Table of Contents

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 


 

FORM 20-F

 


 

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

 

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from              to             

 

Commission file number 1-31517

 


 

LOGO

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

China Telecom Corporation Limited

(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)

 


 

People’s Republic of China

(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

 

31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District

Beijing, China 100032

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 


 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class


 

Name of Each Exchange

On Which Registered


American depositary shares

H shares, par value RMB1.00 per share

 

New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

New York Stock Exchange, Inc.*

 

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. of American depositary shares, each representing 100 H shares.

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

 


 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

As of December 31, 2004, 67,054,958,321 domestic shares and 13,877,410,000 H shares, par value RMB1.00 per share, were issued and outstanding. H shares are ordinary shares of the Company listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      ü        No           

 

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17              Item 18      ü   

 



Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page

Forward-Looking Statements

   1

Certain Definitions and Conventions

   2

PART I

   2
Item 1.      Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers.    2
Item 2.      Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable.    2
Item 3.      Key Information.    2
Item 4.      Information on the Company.    15
Item 5.      Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.    47
Item 6.      Directors, Senior Management and Employees.    64
Item 7.      Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.    71
Item 8.      Financial Information.    79
Item 9.      The Offer and Listing.    79
Item 10.      Additional Information.    80
Item 11.      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.    88
Item 12.      Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.    92
PART II    92
Item 13.      Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.    92
Item 14.      Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.    92
Item 15.      Controls and Procedures.    93
Item 16A.      Audit Committee Financial Expert.    93
Item 16B.      Code of Ethics.    94
Item 16C.      Principal Accountant Fees and Services.    94
Item 16D.      Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.    94
Item 16E.      Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.    94
PART III    94
Item 17.      Financial Statements.    94
Item 18.      Financial Statements.    94
Item 19.      Exhibits.    94

 

- i -


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This annual report contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements are, by their nature, subject to significant risks and uncertainties, and include, without limitation, statements relating to:

 

    our businesses and operating strategies;

 

    our network expansion and capital expenditure plans;

 

    our operations and business prospects;

 

    the expected benefit of any acquisitions or other strategic transactions;

 

    our financial condition and results of operations;

 

    the future prospects of and our ability to integrate the acquired businesses;

 

    the industry regulatory environment as well as the industry outlook generally; and

 

    future developments in the telecommunications industry in China.

 

The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “seek,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify a number of these forward-looking statements.

 

These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions, some of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are not a guarantee of future performance. We do not intend to update these forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from the information contained in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including, without limitation, the risk factors set forth in “Item 3. Key Information – D. Risk Factors” and the following:

 

    any changes in the regulatory policies of the Ministry of Information Industry and other relevant government authorities relating to, among other matters:

 

  - the granting and approval of licenses;

 

  - tariff policies;

 

  - interconnection and settlement arrangements;

 

  - capital investment priorities;

 

  - the provision of telephone services to rural areas in China; and

 

  - numbering resources allocation;

 

    the effects of competition on the demand for and price of our services;


Table of Contents
    the development of new technologies and applications or services affecting our current and future businesses;

 

    changes in political, economic, legal and social conditions in China, including the Chinese government’s specific policies with respect to foreign investment in and entry by foreign companies into China’s telecommunications industry, economic growth, inflation, foreign exchange and the availability of credit; and

 

    changes in population growth and gross domestic product, or GDP, growth and the impact of those changes on the demand for our services.

 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND CONVENTIONS

 

As used in this annual report, references to “us”, “we”, the “Company” and “China Telecom” are to China Telecom Corporation Limited and all of its consolidated subsidiaries except where we make clear that the term means China Telecom Corporation Limited or a particular subsidiary or business group only. References to matters relating to our H shares or ADSs or matters of corporate governance are to the H shares, ADSs and corporate governance of China Telecom Corporation Limited. In respect of any time prior to our incorporation, references to “us”, “we” and “China Telecom” are to the telecommunications businesses in which our predecessors were engaged and which were subsequently assumed by us. All references to “China Telecom Group” are to China Telecommunications Corporation, our controlling shareholder. Unless the context otherwise requires, these references include all of its subsidiaries, including us and our subsidiaries.

 

On June 30, 2004, we acquired the entire equity interests in each of Hubei Telecom Company Limited, Hunan Telecom Company Limited, Hainan Telecom Company Limited, Guizhou Telecom Company Limited, Yunnan Telecom Company Limited, Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited, Gansu Telecom Company Limited, Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited from China Telecom Group. As we and these acquired companies were under the common control of China Telecom Group, our acquisition of the acquired companies has been treated as a “combination of entities under common control”, which was accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests. As presented in this annual report, all data and information relating to our businesses and operations include the data and information relating to the businesses and operations of the acquired companies.

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 3. Key Information.

 

A. Selected Financial Data

 

The following table presents our selected financial data. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the selected income statement data and cash flow data for each of the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report, and should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and operating and financial review and prospects included elsewhere in this annual report. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002

 

- 2 -


Table of Contents

and the selected income statement and cash flow data for each of the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001 are derived from our audited financial statements, which are not included in this annual report. Our audited financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, which differ in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or US GAAP. Information relating to the nature and effect of significant differences between IFRS and US GAAP, as they relate to us for the periods described therein, is presented in Note 33 to the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

The selected financial data reflect the restructuring in 2001, the acquisitions in 2003 and 2004 described under “Item 4. Information on the Company — A. History and Development of the Company — Our Restructuring and Initial Public Offering”, “— The Acquisition in 2003” and “— The Acquisition in 2004”, respectively, and have been prepared as if our current structure had been in existence throughout the relevant periods.

 

Since China Telecom Group controlled the telecommunications operations and the related assets transferred to us prior to our restructuring and continues to control us after our restructuring, the financial data of the telecommunications operations in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province and Zhejiang Province transferred to us by China Telecom Group for periods prior to our incorporation have been combined in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests. The assets and liabilities of the entities being combined are carried forward at their recorded historical amounts, and the book value of the assets and liabilities, as well as the revenue and expenses of each of these entities for the periods prior to our incorporation, are added together to prepare our financial statements.

 

On December 31, 2003, we acquired the entire equity interests in each of Anhui Telecom Company Limited, Fujian Telecom Company Limited, Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited, Guangxi Telecom Company Limited, Chongqing Telecom Company Limited and Sichuan Telecom Company Limited from China Telecom Group. On June 30, 2004, we acquired the entire equity interests in each of Hubei Telecom Company Limited, Hunan Telecom Company Limited, Hainan Telecom Company Limited, Guizhou Telecom Company Limited, Yunnan Telecom Company Limited, Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited, Gansu Telecom Company Limited, Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited from China Telecom Group. As we and these acquired companies were under the common control of China Telecom Group, our acquisitions of these acquired companies are accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired companies have been accounted for at historical amounts and our financial statements for periods prior to the respective acquisitions have been restated to include the financial position and results of operations of the acquired companies on a combined basis. Unless otherwise indicated in this section, our financial data for periods prior to the acquisition in 2004 are presented based on those restated amounts.

 

In connection with our restructuring in 2001, China Telecom Group retained the ownership of certain assets that were historically associated with our operations and primarily consisted of investments in non-telecommunications industries, inter-provincial optic fibers, international gateway and international transmission equipment, telecommunications equipment for special communications services, and certain office equipment, properties and buildings, and the segregation and separate management of these assets by China Telecom Group took effect on December 31, 2001. In connection with our acquisitions in 2003 and 2004, China Telecom Group retained the ownership of certain assets that were historically associated with our operations and primarily consisted of investments in non-telecommunications industries and certain properties, and the segregation and separate management of these assets by China Telecom Group took effect on December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003, respectively. With respect to the restructuring in 2001, except for the income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, the income statement data for the other periods presented below include the results of the assets retained by China Telecom Group. The results of such assets are not reflected in our income statement for periods beginning after December 31, 2001. These assets are not reflected in our balance sheet as of and after December 31, 2001. With respect to the acquisition in 2003, except for the income statement data for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, the income statement data for the other periods presented below include the results of the assets retained by China Telecom Group. The results of such assets are not reflected in our income statement for periods beginning after December 31, 2002. Except for the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, the balance sheet data as of other dates presented below include data related to the assets retained by China Telecom Group in relation to the acquisition in 2003. These assets are not reflected in our balance sheet as of and after December 31, 2002. With respect to the acquisition in 2004, except for the income statement data for the year ended December 31, 2004, the income statement data for the other periods presented below include the results of the assets retained by China Telecom Group. The results of such

 

- 3 -


Table of Contents

assets are not reflected in our income statement for periods beginning after December 31, 2003. Except for the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, the balance sheet data as of other dates presented below include data related to the assets retained by China Telecom Group in relation to the acquisition in 2004. These assets are not reflected in our balance sheet as of and after December 31, 2003.

 

     As of or for the year ended December 31,

 
     2000
RMB


    2001
RMB


    2002
RMB


    2003
RMB


    2004
RMB


    2004
US$


 
     (in millions, except share numbers and per share and per ADS data)  

Income Statement Data:

                                    
IFRS                                     

Operating revenue

   129,665     130,081     140,906     151,553     161,212     19,478  

Operating expenses

   (101,085 )   (109,367 )   (115,798 )   (118,701 )   (121,382 )   (14,665 )

Operating income

   28,580     20,714     25,108     32,852     39,830     4,813  

Income before income tax and minority interests (2)

   27,432     6,839     6,435     14,407     33,263     4,019  

Income tax

   (4,556 )   1,499     1,856     (469 )   (5,187 )   (627 )

Net income

   22,801     8,352     8,219     13,882     28,023     3,386  

Basic earnings per share (1)

   0.33     0.12     0.12     0.18     0.36     0.04  

Basic earnings per ADS (1)

   33.38     12.23     11.87     18.36     35.54     4.29  
U.S. GAAP                                     

Net income

   22,801     16,254     16,991     21,452     25,715     3,107  

Basic earnings per share (1)

   0.33     0.24     0.25     0.28     0.33     0.04  

Basic earnings per ADS (1)

   33.38     23.79     24.54     28.37     32.62     3.94  
Balance Sheet Data:                                     
IFRS                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

   25,159     15,274     22,743     12,721     13,465     1,627  

Accounts receivable, net

   14,324     11,074     11,605     12,951     13,921     1,682  

Property, plant and equipment, net (2)

   285,587     312,326     311,241     309,896     320,179     38,685  

Total assets (2)

   420,199     423,434     423,701     403,942     412,570     49,848  

Short-term debt (3)

   31,376     44,897     53,196     56,243     65,976     7,971  

Accounts payable

   37,283     38,756     34,859     35,629     33,658     4,067  

Long-term obligations

   45,924     46,469     39,052     68,675     72,523     8,762  

Deferred revenues (excluding current portion)

   55,990     49,308     40,894     32,744     25,182     3,043  

Total liabilities

   253,223     252,974     235,490     251,879     251,951     30,441  

Shareholders’ equity (2)

   165,985     169,472     187,025     150,794     159,206     19,236  
U.S. GAAP                                     

Property, plant and equipment, net

   285,587     320,102     331,350     339,300     342,718     41,409  

Total assets

   420,199     431,210     443,810     433,346     435,109     52,572  

Shareholders’ equity

   165,985     174,590     200,406     170,641     176,134     21,281  
Cash Flow Data:                                     
IFRS                                     

Cash flows from operating activities

   59,341     57,083     62,357     58,392     66,078     7,984  

Net cash used in investing activities (4)

   (71,030 )   (75,073 )   (62,578 )   (57,094 )   (56,353 )   (6,809 )

Capital expenditures (4)

   (68,901 )   (73,976 )   (61,437 )   (57,692 )   (56,446 )   (6,820 )

Net cash from / (used in) financing activities

   7,634     8,105     7,690     (11,320 )   (8,981 )   (1,085 )

(1) The basic earnings per share have been calculated based on the net income of RMB22,801 million, RMB8,352 million, RMB8,219 million, RMB13,882 million and RMB28,023 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004, and the weighted average number of shares in issue during the relevant year of 68,317,270,803, 68,317,270,803, 69,241,674,942, 75,614,186,503 and 78,839,968,917 shares, respectively, as if the 68,317,270,803 shares issued and outstanding upon our formation on September 10, 2002 had been outstanding for all periods presented. Basic earnings per ADS have been computed as if all of our issued and outstanding shares, including domestic shares and H shares, are represented by ADSs during each of the years presented. Each ADS represents 100 H shares.

 

- 4 -


Table of Contents
(2) Includes the effect of the revaluation of property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2001 in connection with our restructuring and as of December 31, 2002 and as of December 31, 2003 in connection with our acquisitions. It also includes the effect of the Company’s revaluation of property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2004 which was carried out in accordance with the Company’s accounting policies under IFRS. See Note 7 to our audited financial statements.
(3) Excludes current portion of long-term debt.
(4) Capital expenditures are part of and not an addition to net cash used in investing activities.

 

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the annual general meeting held on May 3, 2004, a final dividend of RMB0.069083 equivalent to HK$0.065 per share totaling RMB5,224 million in respect of the year ended December 31, 2003 was declared and was paid on May 20, 2004. Holders of our ADRs received a dividend of USD$0.8333 per share in 2004 based on the exchange rate of HK$7.80=US$1.00.

 

Pursuant to a resolution passed at the directors’ meeting on March 31, 2005, a final dividend of equivalent to HK$0.065 per share totaling approximately RMB5,576 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 was proposed for shareholders’ approval at the annual general meeting. The dividend has not been provided for in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

Exchange Rate Information

 

Our financial statements are expressed in Renminbi. Solely for the convenience of the reader, this annual report contains translations of certain Renminbi and Hong Kong dollar amounts into U.S. dollars and vice versa at RMB8.2765 = US$1.00 and HK$7.7723 = US$1.00, the noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 31, 2004. These translations should not be construed as representations that the Renminbi or Hong Kong dollar amounts could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at such rates or at all.

 

The noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York were RMB8.2765 = US$1.00 and HK$7.7861 = US$1.00, respectively, on May 23, 2005. The following table sets forth the high and low noon buying rates between Renminbi and U.S. dollars and between Hong Kong dollars and U.S. dollars for each month during the previous six months:

 

Noon Buying Rate

 

     RMB per US$1.00

          HK$ per US$1.00

     High

   Low

          High

   Low

November 2004

   8.2765    8.2764      November 2004    7.7815    7.7718

December 2004

   8.2767    8.2765      December 2004    7.7821    7.7698

January 2005

   8.2765    8.2765      January 2005    7.7994    7.7775

February 2005

   8.2765    8.2765      February 2005    7.7999    7.7984

March 2005

   8.2765    8.2765      March 2005    7.7998    7.7987

April 2005

   8.2765    8.2765      April 2005    7.7995    7.7946

May 2005 (as of May 23)

   8.2765    8.2765      May 2005 (as of May 23)    7.7995    7.7861

 

The following table sets forth the average noon buying rates between Renminbi and U.S. dollars and between Hong Kong dollars and U.S. dollars for each of 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004, calculated by averaging the noon buying rates on the last day of each month during each of the relevant years.

 

- 5 -


Table of Contents

Average Noon Buying Rate

 

     RMB per US$1.00

   HK$ per US$1.00

2000

   8.2784    7.7936

2001

   8.2772    7.7997

2002

   8.2772    7.7996

2003

   8.2771    7.7864

2004

   8.2768    7.7899

 

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

D. Risk Factors

 

Risks Relating to Our Businesses

 

We face increasing competition, which may adversely affect our business growth and results of operations.

 

The telecommunications industry in China is rapidly evolving. Until the mid-1990s, we were the sole provider of wireline telecommunications services in our service regions and, as a result, we had a dominant market position in our service regions. We began to operate in a competitive market as the Chinese government started to implement a number of measures to restructure the telecommunications industry and encourage competition in the industry in the mid-1990s. We face increasing competition from other telecommunications service providers in China. We expect our competitors to expand further their network coverage and increase their sales and marketing efforts in our service regions. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — B. Business Overview — Competition.” In particular:

 

    we face indirect competition in our local wireline telephone services from China’s two mobile telephone service providers, China Mobile Communications Corporation, or China Mobile, and China United Telecommunications Corporation, or China Unicom, and have begun to face direct competition from China Railway Communication Co., Ltd., or China Railcom, and China Network Communications Group Corporation, or China Netcom Group;

 

    we face increasingly intense competition in our long distance telephone services from other providers of long distance services using public switched telephone networks, including China Unicom, China Railcom and China Netcom Group, and other providers of long distance services using the voice-over-Internet-protocol, or VoIP, technology, including China Mobile, China Unicom, China Netcom Group and China Railcom;

 

    we face increasing competition in our Internet and managed data services from many competitors, including, primarily, China Unicom, China Netcom Group, China Mobile and China Railcom; and

 

    we may face additional competition from new entrants or providers of new telecommunications services, such as telephone and Internet services offered over cable TV networks.

 

Moreover, as a result of China’s accession to the World Trade Organization, or the WTO, and the adoption of the Regulations on the Administration of Foreign-Invested Telecommunications Enterprises in January 2002, which implement China’s commitments to the WTO, the Chinese government has agreed to gradually liberalize the various segments and regions of the telecommunications market in China to foreign operators. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — B. Business Overview — Regulatory and Related Matters — Licensing.” Both the percentage of ownership of Sino-foreign joint ventures offering telecommunications services in China and the regions where those

 

- 6 -


Table of Contents

joint ventures are permitted to offer telecommunications services might be increased over the next several years. These and other potential new entrants into the Chinese telecommunications market may further increase the competitive pressure we face.

 

Our ability to compete effectively may be constrained by a number of factors. For example, under the Chinese government’s policy of promoting competition in the telecommunications industry, certain competitors of ours, such as China Unicom and China Railcom, continue to enjoy certain preferential treatment from the Chinese government in tariff setting. They may set their respective tariffs for long distance services using public switched telephone networks and leased line services at levels below the tariffs of our company with the annual approval of the regulatory authorities. This preferential treatment is not available to us. As a result, our competitors who enjoy this preferential treatment may be able to provide their services at prices that are more competitive than ours.

 

In addition, we are not yet permitted to provide mobile communications services. We, through China Telecom Group, are, however, actively seeking the issuance of a license for mobile communications services in the PRC. We can provide no assurances, however, as to whether or when we may be able to receive any benefit of any license for mobile communications in China. Moreover, if we receive the necessary license and commence providing mobile communications services, we will compete with other telecommunications providers not only in our traditional wireline services, but also in mobile telecommunications services.

 

As a result, our customers may choose to use other providers’ services. Increased competition from those providers may force us to lower our tariffs to the extent permitted under relevant laws and regulations, may reduce or reverse the growth of our customer base and may reduce usage of our networks. Any of these developments could materially adversely affect our business growth and results of operations.

 

We will continue to be controlled by China Telecom Group, which could cause us to take actions that may conflict with the best interests of our other shareholders.

 

China Telecom Group, a wholly state-owned enterprise, currently owns approximately 72.09% of our outstanding shares. Accordingly, subject to our articles of association and applicable laws and regulations, China Telecom Group, as our controlling shareholder, will continue to be able to exercise significant influence over our management and policies by:

 

    controlling the election of our directors and, in turn, indirectly controlling the selection of our senior management;

 

    determining the timing and amount of our dividend payments;

 

    approving our annual budgets;

 

    deciding on increases or decreases in our share capital;

 

    determining issuance of new securities;

 

    approving mergers and acquisitions; and

 

    amending our articles of association.

 

The interests of China Telecom Group as our controlling shareholder could conflict with our interests or the interests of our other shareholders. As a result, China Telecom Group may take actions with respect to our businesses that may not be in our or our other shareholders’ best interests.

 

- 7 -


Table of Contents

The letter of undertakings provided to us by China Telecom Group contains vague terms that may not be implemented as we expect.

 

China Telecom Group has provided us a letter of undertakings, under which it has undertaken to support us in our existing operations and future development in the following specific areas:

 

    to treat us equally with any other operators of wireline telephone, Internet and managed data, leased line and other related telecommunications services that are controlled by China Telecom Group;

 

    to give us the right to provide additional telecommunications services in our service regions that fall within the business scope of China Telecom Group; and

 

    to give us the preferential right to acquire China Telecom Group’s interest in companies or other entities that provide telecommunications services.

 

The current terms of the letter of undertakings do not obligate China Telecom Group to provide any financial support to us. The letter of undertakings may not be implemented as we expect due to the vagueness of its terms. Other than the letter of undertakings, we have not entered into any agreement with China Telecom Group to provide for potential allocation of business opportunities between China Telecom Group and us outside our service regions.

 

We face uncertainties associated with the process to implement our strategy to transform from a traditional wireline network operator into a modern integrated information services provider.

 

Our business strategy will focus on transforming from a traditional wireline network operator into a modern integrated information services provider. As part of the strategy, we plan to continue pursuing the operation of mobile business proactively and seek to work with IT service providers to offer differentiated total solutions to enterprise customers. We will exploit the development potential of rural telephony, value-added services, leased line and other services.

 

However, we cannot assure you that the implementation of this new business strategy will not be delayed, or that the strategy will ever be successfully implemented. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the necessary consents, licenses and approvals from national and local governments to conduct new services. We cannot assure you that we can develop sufficient technology to support our new businesses. Even if our initiatives of transformation can be implemented, we cannot assure you that these initiatives will allow us to increase revenues from our existing service offerings or from new communications services. The success of new service development depends on many factors, including, but not limited to, receipt of necessary government approval, proper identification of customer needs, successful development of technology, the ability to manage cost and expenses, timely completion and introduction of new services, differentiation from offerings of competitors and market acceptance. The uncertainties associated with these factors could materially adversely affect our future business and operation.

 

We depend on China Telecom Group and its other subsidiaries to provide certain services and facilities for which we currently have limited alternative sources of supply.

 

In addition to being our controlling shareholder, China Telecom Group, by itself and through its other subsidiaries, also provides us with services and facilities necessary for our business activities, including, but not limited to:

 

    use of international gateway facilities;

 

    provision of services in areas outside our service regions necessary to enable us to provide end-to-end services to our customers;

 

    use of nationwide inter-provincial optic fibers; and

 

- 8 -


Table of Contents
    lease of properties.

 

The interests of China Telecom Group and its other subsidiaries as providers of these services and facilities may conflict with our interests. We currently have limited alternative sources of supply for these services. Therefore, we have limited leverage in negotiating with China Telecom Group and its other subsidiaries over the terms for the provision of these services. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions” for a detailed description of the services provided by China Telecom Group and its other subsidiaries.

 

Since our services require interconnection with networks of other operators, disruption in interconnections with those networks could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

Under the relevant telecommunications regulations, telecommunications operators are required to interconnect with networks of other operators. We have entered into interconnection arrangements with other telecommunications operators. Any disruption of our interconnection with the networks of those operators could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In particular, as a result of the restructuring of China’s wireline telecommunications sector, most wireline telecommunications assets except for the nationwide inter-provincial optic fibers, including the last-mile access network, formerly owned by China Telecom Group in ten northern provinces in China were allocated to China Netcom Group. As we and China Telecom Group have limited local access facilities in those ten provinces, we will need to interconnect, indirectly through China Telecom Group, with China Netcom Group in order to provide end-to-end services to our customers with operations in the ten northern provinces. Any interruption in our interconnection with China Netcom Group could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

We may be unable to obtain sufficient financing to fund our capital requirements, which could limit our growth potential and future prospects.

 

We believe that cash from operations, together with any necessary borrowings, will provide sufficient financial resources to meet our projected capital and other expenditure requirements. We may require additional funds to the extent we have underestimated our capital requirements or overestimated our future cash from operations. In addition, a significant feature of our business strategy is to explore opportunities to transform from a traditional network operator into a modern integrated information services provider, which may require additional capital resources. The cost of implementing new technologies, upgrading our networks or expanding capacity may also be significant. In particular, in order for us to effectively respond to technological changes and more intensive competition, we may be required to make substantial capital expenditures in the future.

 

Financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, any future issuance of equity securities, including securities convertible or exchangeable into or that represent the right to receive equity securities, may require approval from the relevant government authorities. Our ability to obtain additional financing will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

    our future financial condition, results of operations and cash flows;

 

    general market conditions for financing activities by telecommunications companies; and

 

    economic, political and other conditions in the markets where we operate.

 

We cannot assure you that we can obtain sufficient financing at commercially reasonable terms or at all. If adequate capital is not available, our growth potential and future prospects could be adversely affected.

 

If we are not able to respond successfully to technological or industry developments, our business may be adversely affected.

 

The telecommunications market is characterized by rapid advancements in technology, evolving industry standards and changes in customer needs. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in responding to these

 

- 9 -


Table of Contents

developments. In addition, new services or technologies may render our existing services or technologies less competitive. In the event we do take measures to respond to technological developments and industry standard changes, the integration of new technology or industry standards or the upgrading of our networks may require substantial time, effort and capital investment. We cannot assure you that we will succeed in integrating these new technologies and industry standards or adapting our network system in a timely and cost-effective manner, or at all. Our inability to respond successfully to technological or industry developments may adversely affect our businesses, results of operations and competitiveness.

 

We face a number of risks relating to our Internet-related businesses.

 

We currently provide a range of Internet-related services, including dial-up and broadband Internet access and Internet-related applications. We face a number of risks in providing these services.

 

Our network may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses and other disruptive problems. We cannot assure you that the security measures we have implemented will not be circumvented or otherwise fail to protect the integrity of our network. Unauthorized access could jeopardize the security of confidential information stored in our customers’ computer systems. Eliminating computer viruses and other security problems may also require interruptions, delays or suspension of our services, cause us to incur costs and divert management attention.

 

In addition, because we provide connections to the Internet and host websites for customers and develop Internet content and applications, we may be perceived as being associated with the content carried over our network or displayed on websites that we host. We cannot and do not screen all of this content and may face litigation claims due to a perceived association with this content. These types of claims have been brought against other providers of online services in the past and can be costly to defend regardless of the merits of the lawsuit and may damage our reputation.

 

Our Personal Handyphone System business may lose its competitiveness due to price fluctuation of mobile services and difficulties on further development of its technologies.

 

We currently provide Personal Handyphone System, or PHS, services in our service regions. PHS is a telecommunications technology that allows us to offer to our customers wireless local access services with mobility within an area with the same area code. Our ability to realize acceptable returns from our investment in PHS technology will depend on continued customer adoption of this technology. However, this market may not continue to develop. If China Mobile or China Unicom reduces the tariffs for mobile telecommunications services, our existing and potential PHS customers may choose to use these services instead of our PHS services to take advantage of the less geographically restricted service scope and other features of mobile technology, or we may have to reduce our PHS tariff. Our PHS is also facing difficulties in improving its technology. If we cannot improve technologies to support PHS’ future development and customers’ needs, our PHS business will be adversely affected.

 

If the new applications adopted by us do not perform as expected, or if we are unable to deliver commercially viable services based on these applications, our revenue and profitability may not grow as we expect.

 

We are pursuing a number of new growth opportunities in the broader telecommunications industry, including advanced data and broadband information and application services. These opportunities relate to new services for which there are no established markets in China. Our ability to deploy and deliver these new services depends, in many instances, on the development of new applications, which may not be developed successfully or may not perform as we expect.

 

In addition, the success of our broadband Internet services is substantially dependent on the availability of content, applications and devices provided by third-party developers. If we are unable to deliver commercially viable new services, our revenue and profitability will not grow as we expect and our competitiveness may be adversely affected.

 

- 10 -


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to the Telecommunications Industry in China

 

Extensive government regulation of the telecommunications industry may limit our flexibility in responding to market conditions, competition or changes in our cost structure.

 

Our businesses are subject to extensive government regulation. The Ministry of Information Industry, which is the primary telecommunications industry regulator under China’s State Council, regulates, among other things:

 

    industry policies and regulations;

 

    licensing;

 

    tariffs;

 

    competition;

 

    telecommunications resource allocation;

 

    service standards;

 

    technical standards;

 

    interconnection and settlement arrangements;

 

    enforcement of industry regulations; and

 

    universal service obligations.

 

Other Chinese governmental authorities also take part in regulating tariff policies, capital investment and foreign investment in the telecommunications industry. Major capital investments, including telecommunications network development projects, are subject to the approval of relevant Chinese government authorities. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — B. Business Overview — Regulatory and Related Matters — Capital Investment.” The regulatory framework within which we operate may constrain our ability to implement our business strategies and limit our flexibility to respond to market conditions or to changes in our cost structure.

 

Possible future industry restructurings may adversely affect our businesses.

 

The PRC telecommunications industry has undergone restructuring from time to time in the past and may be subject to further restructuring. Possible future restructuring might change the competition environment in the PRC telecommunications industry. The fast development of new technologies might also cause the PRC government to make other adjustments of the existing structure of the industry. Such further industry restructuring may affect the operations of all telecommunications operators in China, including us. Accordingly, we cannot predict the implications and effect of any further restructuring on our operations.

 

Our revenues may be adversely affected by reductions in tariffs mandated by the Chinese government.

 

Tariffs are the prices we charge our customers for our telecommunications services. We are subject to extensive government regulations on tariffs, especially those relating to our basic telecommunications services. Currently, the relevant provincial communications administrations and provincial price bureaus determine the monthly fee and usage fee tariffs for our wireline local telephone services, based on a guidance tariff range set by the Ministry of Information Industry in consultation with the National Development and Reform Commission. The Ministry of Information Industry and the National Development and Reform Commission jointly set tariffs for all domestic and international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services using public switched telephone networks,

 

- 11 -


Table of Contents

leased lines and managed data services. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — B. Business Overview — Regulatory and Related Matters — Tariff Setting.” We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from services that are subject to tariffs determined by the Chinese government. In the past, our revenues have been adversely affected by reductions in tariffs mandated by the Chinese government. In September 2002, the Ministry of Information Industry indicated in writing that it does not intend to initiate any adjustment to tariffs for wireline local telephone services during the next three to five years. We believe therefore that the risk of adjustment of such tariffs in such period has been substantially reduced. However, we cannot predict with accuracy or assure you on the timing, likelihood or likely magnitude of tariff adjustments generally or the extent or potential impact on our businesses of future tariff adjustments. We cannot assure you that our businesses or results of operations will not be adversely affected by any government-mandated tariff adjustments in the future.

 

Future changes to the regulations and policies governing the telecommunications industry in China may have a material adverse effect on our businesses and operations.

 

The regulations and policies governing the telecommunications industry in China experienced continuous changes in the past several years. Possible future changes to regulations and policies of the Chinese government governing the telecommunications industry could adversely affect our businesses and operations. For example, to provide a uniform regulatory framework for the orderly development of the telecommunications industry, the Chinese government is currently preparing a draft telecommunications law. If and when the telecommunications law is adopted by the National Peoples’ Congress or its Standing Committee, it is expected to provide a new regulatory framework for telecommunications regulation in China. We cannot be certain how this law will affect our businesses and operations and whether it will contain provisions more stringent than the current telecommunications regulations.

 

The interpretation and enforcement of China’s WTO commitments regarding telecommunications services may also affect telecommunications regulations and the telecommunications industry in China. Any future regulatory changes, such as those relating to the issuance of additional telecommunications licenses, tariff setting, interconnection and settlement arrangements, competition, changes in technical and service standards, universal service obligations and spectrum and numbering resources allocations, may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

 

The Chinese government may require us, along with other providers in China, to provide universal services with specified obligations, and we may not be compensated adequately for providing such services.

 

Under the Telecommunications Regulations promulgated by the State Council, telecommunications service providers in China are required to fulfill universal service obligations in accordance with relevant regulations to be promulgated by the Chinese government, and the Ministry of Information Industry has the authority to delineate the scope of universal service obligations. The Ministry of Information Industry may also select universal service providers through a tendering process. The Ministry of Information Industry, together with government finance and pricing authorities, is also responsible for formulating administrative rules relating to the establishment of a universal service fund and compensation schemes for universal services.

 

Consequently, we may not be able to realize adequate return on investments for expanding networks to, and providing telecommunications services in, those economically less developed areas due to potentially higher capital expenditure requirements, lower usage by customers and lack of flexibility in setting our tariffs. As a result, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Risks Relating to the People’s Republic of China

 

Substantially all of our assets are located in China and substantially all of our revenue is derived from our operations in China. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects are subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal developments in China.

 

- 12 -


Table of Contents

China’s economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, could affect our businesses.

 

Substantially all of our businesses, assets and operations are located in China. The economy of China differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including without limitation:

 

    government involvement;

 

    level of development;

 

    growth rate;

 

    control of foreign exchange; and

 

    allocation of resources.

 

While China’s economy has experienced significant growth in the past twenty years, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures benefit the overall economy of China, but may also have a negative effect on us. For example, our operating results and financial condition may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations applicable to us.

 

The economy of China has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy. Although in recent years the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets and the establishment of sound corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the Chinese government. In addition, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. It also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through the allocation of resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. We cannot predict the purpose and effect of future economic policies of the PRC government or the impact of such economic policies on our businesses and operations.

 

Government control of currency conversion may adversely affect our financial condition.

 

We receive substantially all of our revenues in Renminbi, which currently is not a freely convertible currency. A portion of these revenues must be converted into other currencies to meet our foreign currency obligations. These foreign currency-denominated obligations include:

 

    payment of interest and principal on foreign currency-denominated debt;

 

    payment for equipment and materials purchased offshore; and

 

    payment of dividends declared, if any, in respect of our H shares.

 

Under China’s existing foreign exchange regulations, we will be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies without prior approval from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, the Chinese government may take measures at its discretion in the future to restrict access to foreign currencies for both current account transactions and capital account transactions if foreign currencies become scarce in China. We may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of our ADRs, if the Chinese government restricts access to foreign currencies for current account transactions.

 

- 13 -


Table of Contents

Foreign exchange transactions under our capital account, including foreign currency-denominated borrowings from foreign banks, issuance of foreign currency-denominated debt securities, if any, and principal payments in respect of foreign currency-denominated obligations, continue to be subject to significant foreign exchange controls and require the approval of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange. These limitations could affect our ability to obtain foreign exchange through debt or equity financing, or to obtain foreign exchange to meet our payment obligations under the debt securities, if any, or to obtain foreign exchange for capital expenditures.

 

Fluctuation of the Renminbi could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We receive substantially all of our revenues, and our financial statements are presented, in Renminbi. The value of the Renminbi fluctuates and is subject to changes in China’s political and economic conditions. Since 1994, the conversion of Renminbi into foreign currencies, including Hong Kong dollars and U.S. dollars, has been based on rates set by the People’s Bank of China. Fluctuations in exchange rates may adversely affect the value, translated or converted into U.S. dollars or Hong Kong dollars, of our net assets, earnings and any declared dividends payable on our H shares in foreign currency terms. Our financial condition and results of operations may also be affected by changes in the value of certain currencies other than the Renminbi, in which our obligations are denominated. For further information on our foreign exchange risks and certain exchange rates, see “Item 3. Key Information — A. Selected Financial Data — Exchange Rate Information” and “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk — Foreign Exchange Rate Risk.” We cannot assure you that any future movements in the exchange rate of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar or other foreign currencies will not adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

The PRC legal system has inherent uncertainties that could limit the legal protections available to you.

 

We were incorporated under the laws of the PRC and are governed by our articles of association. The Chinese legal system is based on written statutes. Prior court decisions may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value. Since 1979, the Chinese government has promulgated laws and regulations dealing with economic matters such as foreign investment, corporate organization and governance, commerce, taxation and trade. However, because these laws and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited volumes of published cases and their non-binding nature, interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties.

 

The direct enforcement by our shareholders of their rights in respect of violations of corporate governance procedures may be limited. In this regard, our articles of association provide that most disputes between holders of H shares and our company, directors, supervisors, officers or holders of domestic shares, arising out of our articles of association or the PRC Company Law and related regulations concerning the affairs of our company, are to be resolved through arbitration by arbitration tribunal in Hong Kong or China, rather than by a court of law. Awards that are made by Chinese arbitral authorities recognized under the Arbitration Ordinance of Hong Kong can be enforced in Hong Kong. Hong Kong arbitration awards are also enforceable in China. However, to our knowledge, no action has been brought in China by any holder of H shares to enforce an arbitral award, and we are uncertain as to the outcome of any action, if brought in China to enforce an arbitral award made in favor of holders of H shares. See “Item 10. Additional Information – B. Articles of Association.”

 

To our knowledge, there has not been any published report of judicial enforcement in China by holders of H shares of their rights under the articles of association or the PRC Company Law.

 

Unlike in the United States, under applicable laws of China, shareholders do not have the right to sue the directors, supervisors, officers or other shareholders on behalf of the corporation to enforce a claim against such party or parties that the corporation has failed to enforce itself. Our shareholders may have to rely on other means to enforce directly their rights, such as through administrative proceedings. Chinese laws and regulations applicable to overseas listed companies do not distinguish among minority, affiliated and unaffiliated shareholders in terms of their rights and protections. In addition, our minority shareholders may not be able to enjoy protections to the same extent afforded to them by companies incorporated under the laws of the United States.

 

- 14 -


Table of Contents

Although we will be subject to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules, or the Listing Rules, and the Hong Kong Codes on Takeovers and Mergers and Share Repurchases, or the Codes, the holders of H shares will not be able to bring actions on the basis of violations of the Listing Rules or the Codes, and must rely on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and The Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong to enforce the Listing Rules or the Codes, as the case may be.

 

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process and enforcing judgments against us and our management.

 

We are a company incorporated under the laws of the PRC, and substantially all of our assets and our subsidiaries are located in China. In addition, most of our directors and officers reside within China, and substantially all of the assets of our directors and officers are located within China. As a result, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States or elsewhere outside China upon most of our directors or officers, including with respect to matters arising under applicable laws and regulations. Moreover, our Chinese counsel has advised us that China does not have treaties providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the United States, the United Kingdom, Japan or most other Western countries. Our Hong Kong counsel has also advised us that Hong Kong has no arrangement for the reciprocal enforcement of judgments with the United States. As a result, recognition and enforcement in China of judgments of a court in the United States and any of the other jurisdictions mentioned above in relation to any matter not subject to a binding arbitration provision may be difficult or impossible.

 

Holders of H shares may be subject to PRC taxation.

 

Under China’s current tax laws, regulations and rulings, dividends paid by us to holders of our H shares outside the PRC are currently exempted from PRC income tax. In addition, gains realized by individuals or enterprises upon the sale or other disposition of our H shares are currently exempted from PRC capital gains tax. If the exemptions are withdrawn in the future, holders of our H shares may be required to pay withholding tax on dividends, which is currently imposed at the rate of 20%, or income tax, which may be imposed upon individuals at the rate of 20%, and holders of our H shares may be required to pay PRC capital gains tax upon the sale or other disposition of our H shares. See “Item 10. Additional Information — E. Taxation — People’s Republic of China.”

 

Item 4. Information on the Company.

 

A. History and Development of the Company

 

Restructuring of the Telecommunications Industry

 

Historically, the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications, through the former Directorate General of Telecommunications, provincial Posts and Telecommunications Administrations and their city- and county-level posts and telecommunications bureaus, controlled and operated public telecommunications networks and businesses in China.

 

As part of the Chinese government’s restructuring of the telecommunications industry, the Ministry of Information Industry was formed in March 1998 to assume, among other matters, the regulatory responsibilities of the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications.

 

In 1999, with the approval of the State Council, the telecommunications networks and businesses previously controlled and operated by the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications were separated along four business lines: wireline, mobile, paging and satellite communications. The Directorate General of Telecommunications was renamed China Telecommunications Corporation in May 2000 to operate the nationwide wireline telecommunications business resulting from such separation. China Mobile and China Satellite Communications Corporation, or China Satellite, were established in May 2000 and December 2001, respectively, as state-owned enterprises to assume the nationwide mobile business and satellite communications business, respectively, while the paging business was transferred to China Unicom.

 

- 15 -


Table of Contents

Restructuring of China Telecom Group

 

In November 2001, the telecommunications assets of our parent company, China Telecom Group, in ten northern provinces, autonomous regions and centrally administered municipalities in China were split off from China Telecom Group in May 2002 and were merged with China Netcom Corporation and Jitong Communications Co. Ltd. to form China Netcom Group. China Telecom Group retains the telecommunications assets in the remaining 21 provinces, autonomous regions and centrally administered municipalities and continues to own the brand name of “China Telecom.” Under the restructuring plan, both China Telecom Group and China Netcom Group are permitted to operate nationwide wireline telecommunications networks and provide nationwide services.

 

In connection with the implementation of the restructuring plan, China Telecom Group and China Netcom Group entered into a number of framework agreements providing for the division of network resources, trademarks, network access codes and other assets and nationwide enterprise customers of China Telecom Group prior to the restructuring, and circuit leasing, network maintenance and other business arrangements. Under these framework agreements, we obtained, indirectly through China Telecom Group, access to local networks owned by China Netcom Group in the ten northern provinces, autonomous regions and centrally administered municipalities. China Telecom Group and China Netcom Group also entered into a couple of implementation agreements in 2002, 2003 and 2004 to implement those framework agreements, the provisions of which are consistent with those framework agreements.

 

Our Restructuring and Initial Public Offering

 

We were incorporated under the laws of China on September 10, 2002 as a joint stock company with limited liability under the name of China Telecom Corporation Limited. Our controlling shareholder, China Telecom Group, a wholly state-owned enterprise, directly owns approximately 72.09% of our issued capital as of May 23, 2005. As part of the restructuring, China Telecom Group’s telecommunications operations in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province and Zhejiang Province, together with the related assets and liabilities, were transferred to us. These assets, liabilities and operations have been segregated and separately managed by us since December 31, 2001. As part of the restructuring, China Telecom Group retained certain assets historically associated with the businesses in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province and Zhejiang Province. These assets had a carrying amount of RMB11,285 million as of December 31, 2001 and primarily consisted of investments in non-telecommunications industries, the inter-provincial transmission optic fibers and properties. In consideration of the net assets related to the telecommunications operations transferred to us, which had a carrying amount of RMB97,485 million as of December 31, 2001, we issued 68,317,270,803 of our shares to China Telecom Group.

 

The telecommunications operations that were transferred to us included:

 

    wireline telephone services, including local telephone, domestic and international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance and interconnection services as well as a range of related value-added services;

 

    Internet and managed data services, including dial-up Internet access, broadband Internet access, managed data, system integration and related value-added services; and

 

    leased line services.

 

Under the restructuring agreement, China Telecom Group has undertaken to indemnify us against any actions, suits, proceedings, claims, losses, damages, payments or other expenses caused by or arising from any assets transferred to us by China Telecom Group due to events that occurred prior to the effective date of our restructuring.

 

In addition, under the restructuring agreement, China Telecom Group has undertaken to indemnify us against any liabilities or losses as a result of any adverse effect that agreements entered or to be entered into between China Telecom Group and China Netcom Group may have on our assets and operations or the implementation of our agreements with China Telecom Group.

 

- 16 -


Table of Contents

Immediately prior to our initial public offering, China Telecom Group owned 87.01% of our outstanding shares. In addition, Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd., Jiangsu Guoxin Investment Group Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Financial Development Company each owned 8.37%, 1.43% and 3.19%, respectively, of our outstanding shares. As part of a reform plan approved by the State Council on the administration of rural telecommunications services in 2002, China Telecom Group transferred a portion of its interest in our company to these shareholders, which are state-owned enterprises owned and controlled by the provincial governments in each of Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province and Zhejiang Province, as compensation for the financial support they have provided historically in the construction of rural telecommunications infrastructure in their provinces. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions.” Under a share transfer agreement each of these shareholders has entered into with China Telecom Group, each of Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd., Jiangsu Guoxin Investment Group Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Financial Development Company has agreed, unless otherwise agreed by China Telecom Group:

 

    not to sell, transfer or pledge any of our shares it obtained under the share transfer agreement during the three-year period after November 15, 2002, and

 

    following the expiry of the three-year period after November 15, 2002, not to sell or transfer more than 20% of our shares it obtained under the share transfer agreement during any six-month period for two years.

 

China Telecom Group has undertaken to give us a preferential right to acquire its interest in companies or other entities that provide telecommunications services. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions — Arrangements Relating to Our Restructuring and Initial Public Offering — Letter of Undertakings.”

 

Under a non-competition agreement between us and China Telecom Group, China Telecom Group has undertaken to us, for so long as our shares are listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or another exchange, and China Telecom Group holds over 30% of our issued share capital or is regarded as our controlling shareholder under the Listing Rules, China Telecom Group will not at any time, directly or indirectly, provide basic telecommunications services or selected value-added telecommunications services in our service regions that may compete with us. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions — Arrangements Relating to Our Restructuring and Initial Public Offering — Non-Competition Agreement.”

 

In connection with our restructuring and acquisitions, we entered into various arrangements with China Telecom Group and a number of its provincial subsidiaries relating to the mutual provision of ongoing telecommunications and other services. These agreements include agreements for trademark licensing, centralized services, interconnection arrangements, optic fiber leasing, property leasing, IT services, comprehensive services and other services. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions” for a more detailed description of these arrangements.

 

Following our restructuring, China Telecom Group continues to be the holder of the licenses required for operating our telecommunications business. In accordance with the approval of the Ministry of Information Industry, we derive our exclusive rights to operate our businesses from our status as a subsidiary controlled by China Telecom Group, and China Telecom Group must hold and maintain all licenses received from the Ministry of Information Industry in connection with our businesses for our benefit. The government currently does not charge license fees for the telecommunications licenses held by China Telecom Group. To the extent the government begins to charge such fees in the future, we will likely share the cost with China Telecom Group. In addition, we may not be able to benefit from the licenses held by China Telecom Group if we cease to remain its controlled subsidiary. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions.”

 

In 2002, we successfully completed our initial public offering of H shares and raised approximately RMB10,659 million in aggregate net proceeds for us. Upon completion of our initial public offering, our shares became listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and ADSs representing our H shares are listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

- 17 -


Table of Contents

The following chart sets forth our corporate organization and shareholders prior to the acquisition in 2003:

 

LOGO

 


(1) The percentages may not add up to 100% due to rounding discrepancies.

 

Our Acquisition in 2003

 

On December 31, 2003, we acquired from China Telecom Group the entire equity interests in each of Anhui Telecom Company Limited, Fujian Telecom Company Limited, Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited, Guangxi Telecom Company Limited, Chongqing Telecom Company Limited and Sichuan Telecom Company Limited and certain network management and research and development facilities. These acquired companies are the leading providers of wireline telecommunications services, including wireline telephone, managed data, Internet and leased line services in Anhui Province, Fujian Province, Jiangxi Province, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Chongqing Municipality and Sichuan Province, respectively. The assets, liabilities and operations of these acquired companies had been segregated and separately managed by us since December 31, 2002. As part of the reorganization in preparation of the acquisition, China Telecom Group has undertaken to indemnify these companies for any loss or damages suffered by them as a result of, or related to, the reorganization and/or in connection with events preceding the reorganization.

 

The purchase price of the acquisition amounted to RMB46 billion. Of the purchase price, we paid an initial consideration of RMB11 billion in cash upon the completion of the acquisition. The deferred consideration of the remaining RMB35 billion is payable on December 31, 2013. We may prepay all or, from time to time, a part of the deferred consideration at any time within a ten-year period without penalty. We will pay interest to China Telecom

 

- 18 -


Table of Contents

Group at semi-annual intervals on the actual amount of the deferred consideration remaining outstanding at an annual rate of 5.184% for the first five years after December 31, 2003. This rate will be adjusted on the fifth anniversary of the completion of the acquisition on December 31, 2003 based on the then current Renminbi lending rate of the Chinese commercial banks for loans with tenure of more than five years. In 2004, we paid China Telecom Group approximately RMB1,814 million interest on the deferred consideration for our acquisition in 2003.

 

In connection with this acquisition and as part of the reform plan of rural telecommunications services, China Telecom Group agreed to transfer to Fujian Electronic Information (Group) Co., Ltd., a state-owned enterprise owned by the provincial governments of the Fujian Province, 977,004,913 of our domestic shares. Since China Telecom Group sold 462,749,683 shares in our global offering in 2004, the shares it agreed to transfer to Fujian Electronic Information (Group) Co., Ltd. has decreased to 969,317,182 shares accordingly, which represents approximately 1.45% of our total issued domestic shares as of May 23, 2005. Such transfer is subject to a number of conditions precedent and will not be made prior to September 10, 2005.

 

On December 31, 2003, our Company, together with our wholly-owned subsidiary, Shanghai Telecom Company Limited, acquired from China Telecom Group the entire equity interest in China Telecom Group Yellow Pages Information Company Ltd., or China Telecom Yellow Page. The aggregate consideration of the transaction was RMB25 million, which falls below the de minimis provision under the Listing Rules, and therefore the transaction is exempt from the reporting, announcement and independent shareholders’ approval requirements.

 

- 19 -


Table of Contents

Set out below is our corporate structure immediately after the acquisition in 2003 but prior to the acquisition in 2004:

 

LOGO

 


(1) The percentages may not add up to 100% due to rounding discrepancies.
(2) Denotes the companies acquired pursuant to the acquisition.
(3) Includes 977,004,913 of our domestic shares that China Telecom Group agreed to transfer to Fujian Electronic Information (Group) Co., Ltd., a state-owned enterprise owned by the provincial governments of the Fujian Province as part of the reform plan of rural telecommunications services. Due to the sale of certain shares by China Telecom Group in our global offering in 2004, the number of shares to be transferred has decreased to 969,317,182 shares after our global offering in 2004, which represents approximately 1.45% of our total issued domestic shares as of May 23, 2005. Such transfer is subject to a number of conditions precedent and will not be made prior to September 10, 2005.
(4) On December 31, 2003, our Company, together with our wholly-owned subsidiary, Shanghai Telecom Company Limited, acquired from China Telecom Group the entire equity interest in China Telecom Group Yellow Pages Information Company Ltd., which is not shown in the chart above. The aggregate consideration of the transaction was approximately RMB25 million, which falls below the de minimis provision under the Listing Rules, and therefore the transaction is exempt from the reporting, announcement and independent shareholders’ approval requirements.

 

- 20 -


Table of Contents

Our Acquisition in 2004

 

On June 30, 2004, we acquired from China Telecom Group its entire equity interests in each of Hubei Telecom Company Limited, Hunan Telecom Company Limited, Hainan Telecom Company Limited, Guizhou Telecom Company Limited, Yunnan Telecom Company Limited, Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited, Gansu Telecom Company Limited, Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited. These acquired companies are providers of wireline telecommunications services, including wireline telephone, Internet and managed data and leased line services in Hubei province, Hunan province, Hainan province, Guizhou province, Yunnan province, Shaanxi province, Gansu province, Qinghai province, Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region and Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, respectively.

 

The purchase price of the acquisition amounted to RMB27.8 billion. Of the purchase price, we paid an initial consideration of RMB8.34 billion in cash upon the completion of the acquisition. The deferred consideration of the remaining RMB19.46 billion is payable on June 30, 2014. We may prepay all or, from time to time, a part of the deferred consideration at any time within a ten-year period without penalty. From June 30, 2004, we will pay interest to China Telecom Group at half-yearly intervals on the actual amount of deferred consideration remaining outstanding. Interest will accrue daily and, for the first five years after June 30, 2004, will be payable at the rate of 5.184% per year, being 10% discount to the RMB lending rate of 5.76% per year of commercial banks in the PRC in respect of loans with tenure of more than five years as published by the People’s Bank of China and prevailing at 12:00 noon (Beijing time) on April 8, 2004, being the business day immediately preceding the day of the execution of the acquisition agreement. Thereafter, the interest rate will be adjusted on June 30, 2009 to the then RMB lending rate of a commercial bank loan of similar amount and tenure with the same discount. On June 30, 2004, we repaid RMB4,310 million of this payable amount using the net proceeds from issue of new H shares in May 2004. In 2004, we paid China Telecom Group approximately RMB393 million interest on the deferred consideration.

 

In preparation for this acquisition, Hubei Telecom Company Limited, Hunan Telecom Company Limited, Hainan Telecom Company Limited, Guizhou Telecom Company Limited, Yunnan Telecom Company Limited, Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited, Gansu Telecom Company Limited, Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited were all incorporated in March 2004, each as a wholly-owned subsidiary of China Telecom Group. China Telecom Group’s telecommunications operations in Hubei province, Hunan province, Hainan province, Guizhou province, Yunnan province, Shaanxi province, Gansu province, Qinghai province, Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region and Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, together with related assets and liabilities were transferred to the respective acquired companies. The assets, liabilities and operations of these companies have been segregated and separately managed since December 31, 2003. As part of the reorganization in preparation of the acquisition, China Telecom Group has undertaken to indemnify these companies for any loss or damages suffered by them as a result of, or related to, the reorganization and/or in connection with events preceding the reorganization.

 

Our Global Offering in 2004

 

In May 2004, we issued 5,318,181,818 new H shares with a par value of RMB1.00 each, representing 4,466,693,018 H shares and 8,514,888 ADSs, each representing 100 H shares, at prices of HK$2.30 per H share and US$29.49 per ADS, respectively, by way of a global offering to Hong Kong and overseas investors. We raised net proceeds of RMB12,702 million from this issuance of new H shares. On June 30, 2004, we used RMB12,650 million of the net proceeds from this issuance to make a cash payment for the acquisition of 2004, i.e., RMB8,340 million as the initial consideration and RMB4,310 million as part of the deferred consideration. As part of the global offering, 531,818,182 existing domestic shares of RMB1.00 each owned by China Telecom Group and our other domestic shareholders were converted into H shares and sold to Hong Kong and overseas investors.

 

- 21 -


Table of Contents

Set out below is our corporate structure immediately after the acquisition in 2004 and as of May 23, 2005:

 

LOGO

 

- 22 -


Table of Contents

(1) The percentages may not add up to 100% due to rounding discrepancies.
(2) Includes 969,317,182 of our domestic shares (representing approximately 1.45% of our total issued domestic shares as of May 23, 2005) that China Telecom Group has agreed to transfer to Fujian Electronic Information (Group) Co., Ltd., a state-owned enterprise owned by the provincial governments of the Fujian Province as part of the reform plan of rural telecommunications services. Such transfer is subject to a number of conditions precedent and will not be made prior to September 10, 2005.
(3) Denotes the companies acquired pursuant to the acquisition in 2004.
(4) On December 31, 2003, our company, together with our wholly-owned subsidiary, Shanghai Telecom Company Limited, acquired from China Telecom Group the entire equity interest in China Telecom Group Yellow Pages Information Company Ltd., which is not shown in the chart above. The aggregate consideration of the transaction was approximately RMB25 million, which falls below the de minimis provision under the Listing Rules, and therefore the transaction is exempt from the reporting, announcement and independent shareholders’ approval requirements.

 

General Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, China 100032 and our telephone number is (86-10) 6642-8166. Our website address is www.chinatelecom-h.com. The information on our web site is not a part of this annual report. We have appointed CT Corporation System at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011 as our agent for service of process in the United States.

 

B. Business Overview

 

We are the leading provider of wireline telecommunications services in our service regions in China. Our service regions consist of Anhui Province, Chongqing Municipality, Fujian Province, Gansu Province, Guangdong Province, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Guizhou Province, Hainan Province, Hubei Province, Hunan Province, Jiangsu Province, Jiangxi Province, Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, Qinghai Province, Shaanxi Province, Shanghai Municipality, Sichuan Province, Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, Yunnan Province, Zhejiang Province. Our scope of business includes:

 

  (1) operating a variety of domestic wireline telecommunications networks and facilities (including wireless local loops);

 

  (2) providing voice, data, image, multimedia telecommunications and information services based on the wireline networks;

 

  (3) providing international services and conducting accounts settlement with overseas operators in accordance with state regulations; and

 

  (4) providing telecommunications and information-related system integration, technological development, technical services, information consulting, and conducting design, manufacture, sales and installation of telecommunications equipment.

 

Our businesses grew steadily in 2004. Our local telephone subscribers continue to grow at a steady pace. Broadband subscribers maintained strong growth and became a growth driver with increasing importance in our revenue structure. Domestic long distance services recorded both usage and revenue growth and value-added services portfolio was further expanded.

 

Our operating revenue depends largely on customer base, usage volume and the level and structure of our tariffs. The following table shows our selected operating data as of the dates and for the periods indicated.

 

- 23 -


Table of Contents
     As of or for the year ended December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

Local Telephone:

              

Access lines in service (in millions)

   133.1    161.0    186.7

Total pulses (in billions)

   459.3    455.1    466.8

Domestic Long Distance:

              

Total outgoing call minutes carried (in billions)

   59.5    67.3    82.0

International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan Long Distance:

              

Total outgoing call minutes carried (in billions)

   1.55    1.67    1.65

Interconnection

              

Volume of inbound local call minutes (in billions)

   53.5    76.2    94.7

Dial-up Internet Access:

              

Number of subscribers (in millions)

   24.0    22.2    15.8

Dial-up on-line usage (minutes in billions)

   81.6    54.9    30.0

Broadband Access:

              

Number of subscribers (in millions)

   2.4    7.2    13.8

Managed Data (bandwidth leased in thousands):

              

DDN (x64Kbps)

   378.2    471.2    493.3

Frame relay (x128Kbps)

   48.1    88.3    156.3

ATM (x2Mbps)

   16.6    19.0    23.8

Leased Digital Circuits:

              

Total bandwidth (x2Mbps) (bandwidth leased in thousands)

   164.5    163.1    169.5

Value-added Services

              

Caller ID service subscribers (in millions)

   51.5    82.5    109.0

Usage of telephone information services (minutes in billions)

   0.9    1.7    2.4

 

The number of our local access lines in service increased by approximately 15.9% from 2003 to 2004. The usage of our local voice services increased by approximately 11.6% from 384.5 billion pulses to 429.2 billion pulses from 2003 to 2004. Subscribers for our broadband access services grew significantly from 7.2 million as of December 31, 2003 to 13.8 million as of December 31, 2004. We expect broadband business to become a key driver of our future growth. We experienced significant growth in value-added services in 2004. The subscriber number of our caller ID services increased by approximately 32.1% from 2003 to 2004. The usage of telephone information services increased by approximately 38.8% from 2003 to 2004. We expect to further capitalize on the market potential of value-added services in the future.

 

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our operating revenue for 2002, 2003 and 2004:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31

     2002

   2003

   2004

     (RMB in millions)

Wireline telephone services (1)

              

Local

              

Installation fees

   2,305    2,643    2,865

Monthly fees

   25,338    27,499    29,827

Local usage fees

   44,440    45,815    47,646
    
  
  

Sub-total

   72,083    75,957    80,338

Domestic long distance (2)

   25,726    25,460    26,231

International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance (2)

   3,878    3,943    3,788

Interconnections

   7,524    8,365    10,719

Upfront connection fees

   10,564    9,771    8,458
    
  
  

Sub-total

   119,775    123,496    129,534

Internet

   5,998    10,007    14,109

Managed data

   3,147    3,210    3,015

Leased line services

   5,520    5,103    4,154

Others (3)

   6,466    9,737    10,400
    
  
  

Total operating revenue

   140,906    151,553    161,212
    
  
  

(1) Includes revenue from our registered subscribers, public telephones and prepaid calling cards services.
(2) Includes revenue from our VoIP long distance services.
(3) Includes primarily revenue from the provision of value-added telecommunications services, sale and repairs and maintenance of customer-end equipment, and lease of telecommunications network facilities.

 

- 24 -


Table of Contents

We believe there is still potential for further growth in China’s telecommunications market, due to the growth of China’s economy, the broader adoption of information technology and advanced communications services in China. However, with increasingly intensified competition and the further expansion and price fluctuation of mobile services, mobile substitution has become more apparent and adversely affected the growth potential of our wireline telephone service. Therefore, in 2005, our business strategy will focus on transforming from a traditional wireline network operator into a modern integrated information services provider. As part of the strategy, we plan to continue to pursue the operation of mobile business proactively and seek to work with IT service providers to offer differentiated total solutions to enterprise customers. We will fully exploit the development potential of rural telephony, value-added services, leased line and other services.

 

Wireline Telephone Services

 

Our telephone services consist of local telephone, domestic long distance, international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance, value-added voice and information services and interconnection.

 

Wireline telephone services are our main services, generating 80.3% of our total operating revenue in 2004, compared to 81.5% in 2003. Revenue generated by these services slightly increased from RMB123,496 million in 2003 to RMB129,534 million in 2004.

 

Local Telephone Services

 

Our local telephone services provide the largest revenue source for our wireline telephone services. Revenue derived from our local telephone services in 2004 accounted for 49.8% of our total operating revenue, compared to 50.2% in 2003.

 

We have expanded our local telephone subscribers and the total number of our subscribers reached 186.7 million at the end of 2004, an increase of 25.7 million, or approximately 15.9% from 2003. Wireless local access service and public telephone service subscribers grew relatively faster. As of the end of 2004, wireless local access service subscribers and public telephone service subscribers reached 42.2 million and 12.4 million, increasing 16.6 million and 2.8 million, or approximately 64.9% and 29.0%, respectively, from 2003. In the local telephone services market, urban residential subscribers growth has slowed down and the subscribers and usage diversion exacerbated, while wireless local access service demand was comparatively stable and the rural telecommunications market exhibited a strong growth potential.

 

- 25 -


Table of Contents

Access lines . The following table sets forth selected information regarding our local telephone subscribers as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

     (in millions)

Residential

   98.8    108.1    113.1

Enterprise

   16.3    17.7    19.0

Public telephones

   7.2    9.6    12.4

Wireless local access

   10.8    25.6    42.2

Total

   133.1    161.0    186.7

 

Service usage . The following table sets forth certain usage information regarding our local telephone services for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

Total usage (pulses in billions) (1)

   459.3    455.1    466.8

(1) Pulses are the billing units for calculating local telephone usage fees. The definition of a pulse for intra-district calls changed in connection with the tariff adjustments mandated by the Chinese government and implemented by us in 2001. See “— Tariffs” for the respective definitions of a pulse before and after the tariff adjustments in 2001.

 

Local voice usage reached 429,150 million pulses in 2004, an increase of approximately 11.6% from 2003. As some customers of our dial-up Internet services began to use our broadband Internet services, dial-up Internet usage, including dial-up usage of customers of other Internet service providers, decreased from 70,621 million pulses in 2003 to 37,665 million pulses in 2004, representing a 46.7% decrease. Tariffs for dial-up Internet access were much lower than the usage fees for voice services.

 

Tariffs . For our local telephone services, we charge an upfront installation fee, a fixed monthly fee and local call usage fees based on call duration. The tariffs are regulated by the Chinese government. The local call usage fees are either intra-district or inter-district, depending upon whether a call is within a single service district or between service districts. We implemented the tariff adjustments mandated by the Chinese government in the first half of 2001. The mandated tariff adjustments changed the tariff levels for many telecommunications services, including local and long distance telephone, data and leased line services. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Tariff Setting” included elsewhere under this Item.

 

The following table sets forth the changes in our tariffs before and after the tariff adjustments we implemented in 2001 for local telephone services:

 

   

Before Tariff Adjustments


 

After Tariff Adjustments


    (RMB)

Monthly fee: (1)

       

Residential customers

  7.6 – 25.0   10.0 – 25.0

Enterprise customers

  12.0 – 37.0   15.0 – 35.0

Usage fee:

       

Intra-district

  0.16 – 0.22 per pulse (three minute intervals)   0.18 – 0.22 for the first two pulses (first three minutes or less) and 0.09 – 0.11 for each additional pulse (one minute intervals)

Inter-district

  0.20 – 0.50 per pulse (one minute intervals)   0.20 – 0.50 per pulse (one minute intervals)

 

- 26 -


Table of Contents
   

Before Tariff Adjustments


 

After Tariff Adjustments


    (RMB)

Communications fee:

       

Internet dial-up

  0.08 – 0.11 per pulse (three minute intervals)   0.02 per pulse (one minute intervals)

(1) Monthly fees for customers vary depending on whether a subscriber is located in the provincial capital, a city, a county or rural areas.

 

Prior to July 2001, we charged an upfront connection fee for basic access services. State guidance rates for connection fees for basic access services varied from time to time and were adjusted from a range of RMB2,500 to RMB5,000 in 1999 to a range of RMB500 to RMB1,000 in 2001, and the connection fees were eliminated entirely in July 2001. The decrease in and ultimate elimination of the connection fees have stimulated customer growth, especially for residential customers. In addition, all previous surcharges on telephone services, which were mostly levied by provincial and local governments, were eliminated in July 2001.

 

Domestic Long Distance Services

 

Revenue from our domestic long distance services reached RMB26,231 million, an increase of approximately 3.0% from 2003. Total domestic long distance usage was 81,960 million minutes, representing an annual growth rate of approximately 21.8%. Total revenue from our domestic long distance services represented approximately 16.3% of our total operating revenue in 2004, compared to approximately 16.8% in 2003. Our domestic long distance services had a market share of 45.8% as measured by total minutes carried through our networks as calculated based on statistical data from the Ministry of Information Industry, which was down 3.6 percentage points from 2003. In order to improve our revenue in the increasingly competitive market environment for our long distance services market, we adopted a more effective pricing strategy and accelerated the development of public telephone supermarkets. Meanwhile, we further streamlined phone cards distribution channels to divert long distance usage volume from mobile services. Our efforts were rewarded with increases in both domestic long distance usage and revenue.

 

Service usage . The following table shows the total minutes of domestic long distance calls carried through our long distance network for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

Total minutes of usage (in millions): (1)

              

Public switched telephone networks

   30,367    31,491    39,831

VoIP

   29,125    35,821    42,129
    
  
  

Total

   59,492    67,312    81,960

(1) Includes calls originated by mobile subscribers that are carried over our long distance networks.

 

We have commenced providing VoIP services since 1999. The usage of our VoIP domestic long distance services as a percentage of the total usage of domestic long distance services decreased from approximately 53.2% in 2003 to approximately 51.4 % in 2004, mainly because of the migration of the customers to mobile telecommunications. However, the average VoIP call duration is generally longer than that of long distance calls using public switched telephone networks. We provide VoIP services primarily to price sensitive customers, such as small businesses, certain residential customers and non-resident persons. We offer our VoIP services selectively to small businesses or other non-resident persons in response to market demand and offer flexible VoIP service packages in response to competition.

 

Tariffs. The tariff adjustments that we implemented in 2001 abolished the distance-based tariff structure, reduced the unit of billing from one minute to six seconds and eliminated long distance call surcharges.

 

- 27 -


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the tariffs for our domestic long distance telephone services before and after the tariff adjustments in 2001, which are based on state tariff rates:

 

   

Before Tariff Adjustments


 

After Tariff Adjustments


    (RMB)

Public switched telephone network services

      All at the unified rate of 0.07 per six seconds (1)

Intra-provincial less than 300 km

  0.50-0.60 per minute (2)    

Intra-provincial more than 300 km

  0.60 per minute (2)    

Inter-provincial less than 800 km

  0.80 per minute (2)    

Inter-provincial more than 800 km

  1.00 per minute (2)    

VoIP services (3)

  0.30 per minute   Not regulated

(1) A discount rate of up to 40% applies to calls made during off-peak hours, which are from 12:00 am to 7:00 am every day.
(2) A discount rate of 50% applies to calls made during off-peak hours, which are from 9:00 pm to 12:00 am for weekdays and from 7:00 am to 12:00 am on public holidays and weekends; a discount rate of 70% applies to calls made during 12:00 am to 7:00 am everyday.
(3) Does not include separate usage fees for local services when a VoIP call is placed. The local usage fee of a VoIP call is the same as the local usage fee of an intra-district local voice call.

 

VoIP long distance services are charged at lower tariff rates than those for long distance services using public switched telephone networks. However, we also charge local usage fees on VoIP long distance calls. The tariff adjustments in 2001 deregulated the tariffs for VoIP services, which provides us the flexibility in setting tariffs for our VoIP services.

 

International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan Long Distance Services

 

Revenue from our international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services amounted to RMB3,788 million in 2004, down approximately 3.9% from 2003. Usage in 2004 was 1,654 million minutes, approximately the same level as 2003. Our market share in this sector was 56.3% as measured by total minutes carried through our networks as calculated based on statistical data from the Ministry of Information Industry, 4.9 percentage points down from 2003. Nevertheless, we maintained our leading position in this market. Our international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance telephone services contributed approximately 2.3% to our total operating revenue in 2004, compared to approximately 2.6% in 2003. We also provide VoIP international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services, similar to our VoIP domestic long distance services in our service regions.

 

Service usage . The following table sets forth certain information related to the usage of our international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services, including usage of international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services by mobile subscribers, for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

Outgoing call minutes (in millions) (1) :

              

Public switched telephone networks

   793    1,015    632

VoIP

   753    655    1,022
    
  
  

Total

   1,546    1,670    1,654

(1) Includes calls originated by subscribers of other operators that are carried through the international gateways of China Telecom Group.

 

Tariffs. The tariff adjustments in 2001 reduced the basic unit of billing from one minute to six seconds and simplified the rate schedule by abolishing the distance-based tariff structure. The following table sets forth our international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance tariffs before and after the tariff adjustments:

 

   

Before Tariff Adjustments


 

After Tariff Adjustments


    (RMB)

Public switched telephone networks services:

       

To Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan

  2.55 – 5.00 per minute (1)   0.20 per 6 seconds

To all international destinations

  5.30 – 15.00 per minute (2)   0.80 per 6 seconds (3)

VoIP services: (4)

       

To Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan

  1.50 – 2.50 per minute   1.50 per minute

To all international destinations

  2.40 – 4.80 per minute   2.40 - 4.60 per minute

(1) A discount rate of 40% applies to calls made during off-peak hours.
(2) Rates of RMB5.30-12.00 per minute apply to calls made to Asian countries and regions and a rate of RMB15.00 per minute applied to calls to all other international destinations. A discount rate of 40% applied to calls made during off-peak hours.
(3) A discount rate of up to 40% applies to calls made during off-peak hours.
(4) Does not include separate usage fees for local services when a VoIP call is placed. The local usage fee of a VoIP call is the same as the local usage fee of an intra-district local voice call.

 

- 28 -


Table of Contents

Since the tariff adjustments in 2001, we charge RMB 1.50 per minute for VoIP long distance calls to Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan and RMB 2.40-4.60 per minute for VoIP long distance calls to international destinations, but offer various incentive programs and discounts from time to time.

 

We offer international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services through the international gateways of China Telecom Group. China Telecom Group negotiates bilateral settlement arrangements and rates based on the international settlement standards in the telecommunications industry, and those settlement arrangements and rates also apply to us.

 

Value-added Voice and Information Services

 

In addition to basic local and long distance voice services, we offer a variety of value-added voice and information services. Significant usage growth of our value-added services in 2004 contributed to our overall revenue growth.

 

Value-added voice services . Our value-added voice services include caller ID, call forwarding, conference call and toll-free services. Subscribers of our caller ID services reached 109 million, with a penetration rate of 58.4%, by the end of 2004, an increase by 7 percentage points from 2003. Based on our extensive network resources, customer base and distribution channels, we cooperate with other service providers and continue to develop new value-added voice services. In recent years, we gradually introduced new services such as call-center out-sourcing, video conferencing, direct dial VoIP services with a pre-set access number of 17901, wireline chat room called “Telephone QQ”, wireline short messaging services and PHS short messaging services. We also launched a service called Color Ring Tone in 2004. We intend to develop this service to meet the existing and potential PHS subscribers’ demands. We also expect the revenue generated by this service to grow in line with our existing and potential PHS subscribers’ increasing usage of this service. Through our intensive marketing efforts, our customers became familiar with these services and increased their usage. We believe that these value-added voice services allow us to enhance customer satisfaction and increase our revenue. As subscribers in our service regions become more accustomed to these value-added voice services, we believe there is significant growth potential in these areas.

 

Telephone information services . We have significantly expanded the scope of our automated and operator-assisted telephone information and applications services in recent years. Our general information services allow users to access information at our standard telephone usage rates plus information usage fees. We also provide other specialized telephone information and application services, such as telephone banking, telephone advertising, telephone lottery and telephone stock trading services. Total usage of our telephone information services was 2,419 million minutes in 2004, an increase of approximately 38.8% from 2003. We intend to further expand the scope and usage of these services and develop flexible revenue sharing arrangements with content and application service providers.

 

- 29 -


Table of Contents

Telephone directory services . We publish telephone directories, known as Yellow Pages, in our service regions. In addition, we have introduced online yellow pages and other related information services. We derive advertising revenue from our printed and on-line yellow pages services.

 

Tariffs . Value-added voice and information services are classified as “market-based” for purpose of tariff determination by relevant regulatory authorities. See “– Regulatory and Related Matters – Tariff Setting.” We determine tariffs for our value-added voice and information services according to market conditions. Tariffs for these services vary to a large extent based on types of services and geographical locations.

 

Interconnection

 

Interconnection services accounted for approximately 6.6% of our total operating revenue in 2004. Under relevant regulations, we are exempt from any interconnection payment for outbound local traffic to mobile operators. See “—Regulatory and Related Matters—Interconnection” for tariff details. As a result of our continuously expanding customer base and the growing Chinese telecommunications industry, the volume of inbound local calls through our networks reached 94,747 million minutes in 2004, an increase of 24.3% from 2003. The volume of inbound long distance calls also recorded an increase.

 

We have interconnection arrangements with other telecommunications operators, including China Telecom Group, China Netcom Group, China Mobile and China Unicom. All interconnection and settlement arrangements among public wireline telephone, mobile, and Internet networks in China are governed by the Telecommunications Regulations and the rules on interconnection arrangements and settlement promulgated by the Ministry of Information Industry. See “— Regulatory and Related Matters — Interconnection” included elsewhere under this item.

 

China Telecom Group entered into interconnection agreements with other telecommunications service providers in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province and Zhejiang Province, prior to our incorporation in 2002, with other telecommunications service providers in Anhui Province, Fujian Province, Jiangxi Province, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Chongqing Municipality and Sichuan Province, prior to our acquisition in 2003 and with other telecommunications service providers in Hubei province, Hunan province, Hainan province, Guizhou province, Yunnan province, Shaanxi province, Gansu province, Qinghai province, Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region and Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region prior to our acquisition in 2004. These agreements provide for interconnection settlement with respect to local calls and domestic and international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance calls involving our networks. In connection with our initial public offering in 2002 and the acquisitions in 2003 and 2004, China Telecom Group has assigned to us, and we have assumed, its rights and obligations under these agreements in relation to our service regions. We also entered into an interconnection agreement with China Telecom Group. The economic terms and the settlement procedures under that agreement are in accordance with the standards set forth in the interconnection rules and regulations, which are described in more details under “— Regulatory and Related Matters — Interconnection” included elsewhere under this item. See also “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions — Apportionment of International Settlement; — Ongoing Related Party Transactions between Us and China Telecom Group — Interconnection Agreement.”

 

Internet and Managed Data Services

 

We intend to strategically expand our Internet services. Revenue from Internet services was RMB14,109 million in 2004, an increase of approximately 41.0% from 2003 and represented approximately 8.8% of our total operating revenue. Broadband business became a key strategic driver for our sustainable development. In 2004, our broadband subscribers grew by 6.6 million or 91.4% from the end of 2003 to 13.8 million in 2004, further consolidated our leading position in the broadband access service market in our service regions.

 

- 30 -


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth selected information regarding our Internet, managed data and related services as of the dates or for the periods indicated:

 

     As of or for the Year Ended December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

Dial-up Internet access services:

              

Dial-up subscribers (in thousands)

   24,020    22,163    15,824

Dial-up on-line usage (minutes in millions)

   81,648    54,886    30,046

Broadband access services (in thousands):

              

DSL subscribers

   1,718    5,229    10,000

FTTx + LAN subscribers

   674    1,975    3,716

Others

   19    28    122

 

Dial-up Internet Access Services

 

We classify our dial-up Internet access users into registered users, non-registered users and prepaid users. In addition, we provide Internet transit and access services to some international and domestic telecommunications operators. We also provide many business customers with direct fiber optic links between their local area networks and the Internet.

 

Our dial-up Internet access subscribers decreased by approximately 28.6%, from approximately 22.2 million as of December 31, 2003 to approximately 15.8 million as of December 31, 2004. Total usage of our dial-up Internet access services by our subscribers decreased from 54,886 million minutes in 2003 to 30,046 million minutes in 2004, or approximately 45.3%. We believe the decline was mainly due to migration of customers from our dial-up Internet services to our broadband Internet services.

 

Tariffs . Registered dial-up Internet access users pay an Internet access fee as well as local communications fees. In 2003, the Ministry of Information Industry liberalized the tariff regulations and lifted state guidance tariffs for Internet services. Currently, there are no pre-set tariff rates promulgated by the Chinese government or other regulatory authorities on Internet services.

 

Broadband Internet Access

 

We began offering broadband Internet access services in 2000. In 2004, our broadband subscribers maintained its strong growth and became a revenue growth driver with increasing importance in our revenue structure. Our broadband subscribers grew by 6.6 million or 91.4% from the end of 2003 to 13.8 million in 2004.

 

DSL services . In 2004, we continued to leverage on our dominant position in local access networks, extensive distribution network and high quality customer services in promoting our DSL services. We promote DSL services as the primary broadband Internet access means for our residential customers and small- and medium-sized enterprise customers. DSL services can be offered over existing copper wires and are suitable for high-speed Internet access. We had approximately 5 million DSL subscribers as of December 31, 2003 and approximately 10 million DSL subscribers as of December 31, 2004.

 

Fiber-Ethernet access services . We offer broadband access services through fiber optic cables that directly link Ethernet technology-based LANs in office buildings or high-end residential complexes to the Internet. Fiber-Ethernet access uses optic fiber technology and Ethernet protocol to connect residential users and business users to a telecommunications network and greatly expands capacity of the access network. As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, we had approximately 1.9 million customers and 3.7 million customers, respectively, using fiber-Ethernet access services.

 

- 31 -


Table of Contents

Broadband application services . We continue to leverage our broadband access networks and distribution channels to develop various broadband application services such as distance education, distance medical services, video conferencing, on-line games, entertainment and video-on-demand services.

 

Based on our large subscriber base, network resources, application platforms and reliable supporting systems, as well as our customer management and billing system, we cooperated with other service providers and launched ChinaVnet in 2003 to promote our broadband Internet access services. ChinaVnet offers billing platforms and channels for Internet content and application providers and provides subscribers with convenient access to the comprehensive content and application services provided by those service providers. We believe that the introduction of ChinaVnet will stimulate growth in the subscriber base and revenue from our broadband Internet services.

 

In 2003, we introduced a service known as “Broadband New Vision”, which is a multimedia service that allows the transmission of video, voice and data over our Broadband access networks. In addition, we provide to our key customers tailored total solutions based on our broadband and data networks. For example, we cooperated with the customs departments in our service regions and launched a service called “e-Customs”. The “e-Customs” service provides our Internet users with customs clearance services and certain other import and export related services over the Internet. Since 2004, we have commenced conducting research on the technology and business models in the IPTV business. We may form alliance with content providers to supply IPTV programs. In addition, we expect to cooperate with television manufacturers to upgrade our telephone terminals in order to realize the integration of television, broadband and voice service.

 

Tariffs . Internet services are classified as “market-based” for purpose of tariff determination by relevant regulatory authorities. See “Regulatory and Related Matters — Tariff Setting.” We determine tariffs for dial-up and broadband services according to market conditions. Tariffs for these services vary to a large extent based on types of services and geographical locations.

 

Managed Data Services

 

Our managed data services include Digital Data Network, or DDN, frame relay, or FR, and Asynchronous Transfer Mode, or ATM, services. In 2004, we continued to focus on government, financial and large enterprise customers. Our marketing efforts focused on providing global one-stop shopping, tailored services and comprehensive solution packages to these customers. Our customers can enjoy a full range of consulting, trouble-shooting, billing and collection, and technical support services by contacting any designated account manager in our company.

 

DDN services . The bandwidth volume of our DDN services grew by approximately 4.7% in 2004. Our DDN services provide high-quality and reliable transmission at speeds ranging from 64Kbps to 2Mbps and continue to meet the increasing demand for low- to medium-speed transmission capacity from enterprise customers. DDN systems are composed of optic fibers, digital transmission paths and digital cross multiplexing nodes. DDN systems are capable of providing high-quality private circuits and other services at various data rates to satisfy users’ multimedia communications needs.

 

Frame relay/ATM services . The bandwidth volume of our frame relay and ATM services grew by approximately 77.0% and 25.3%, respectively, in 2004. We offer advanced high-speed data communications services based on frame relay and ATM technologies. These services enable flexible and cost-effective usage of bandwidth resources. Frame relay is a type of connection-oriented packet switching technology that employs statistical multiplexing over a shared network. Frame relay offers both access to a network and transmission of data across a network and is used by customers with significant amounts of data traffic. ATM is a high bandwidth and multiplexing technology. ATM is developed for high data rates with a high quality of service, and can offer integrated voice, data and video services at various data rates.

 

We offer these services as part of our total telecommunications solutions to large enterprise customers, including government agencies, large corporations and institutions. Many of these customers choose frame relay and

 

- 32 -


Table of Contents

ATM services to form VPNs and link their local area networks at different locations. We also collaborate with a number of international telecommunications service providers to build global communications networks for multinational corporations.

 

Tariffs . We determine most of the tariffs for our data services within a price range set by the Chinese government. We generally charge an upfront fee for installation and testing for our data services and a fixed monthly fee. We offer various incentive programs and discounts for our customers who wish to upgrade to higher bandwidth services. These incentive programs and discounts have stimulated demand for our managed data services in recent years.

 

The following table sets forth the monthly fees for DDN services at the bandwidth of 64Kbps and 2Mbps for the periods indicated:

 

     Monthly Fee

     2002

   2003

   2004

     (RMB)

64Kbps

              

Intra-district

   1,500    1,500    1,500

Inter-district

   2,000    2,000    2,000

Intra-provincial

   3,500    3,500    3,500

Inter-provincial

   3,500    3,500    3,500

2Mbps

              

Intra-district

   6,000    6,000    6,000

Inter-district

   8,000    8,000    8,000

Intra-provincial

   12,000    12,000    12,000

Inter-provincial

   12,000    12,000    12,000

 

The following tables set forth the monthly fees in 2004 for frame relay and ATM services, which include monthly fees for port access and permanent virtual circuits, or PVCs:

 

     Monthly Fee for Port Access

Bandwidth


   2Mbps

   10Mbps

   100Mbps

   155Mbps

     (RMB)

Monthly fees

   1,000    5,000    9,000    10,000

PVC monthly fees (RMB): (1)

                   

 

     PVC Monthly Fees

Bandwidth


   Intra-District

   Inter-District

   Domestic Long
Distance


     (RMB)

256Kbps

   800    1,150    2,200

2Mbps

   1,500    2,200    4,000

10Mbps

   5,000    11,500    15,500

155Mbps

   14,500    39,000    130,000

(1) One-way tariff for PVC circuits of ATM services.

 

System Integration and Other Value-added Services

 

We offer system integration and solution services to our customers. Our system integration services encompass initial consulting, network planning, network implementation, application development and maintenance. Our current development focuses on system integration and information management such as network management and data mining and analysis services.

 

- 33 -


Table of Contents

In 2004, we also launched Short Message Services over PHS, or SMS over PHS service. Usage of SMS over PHS grew rapidly after achieving interconnection with other wireline and mobile services operators, presenting a market potential for further growth.

 

Leased Line Services

 

We also provide domestic and international leased line services in our service regions. We offer these services as part of our total telecommunications solutions and market these services to large enterprise customers and other operators through our large enterprise customer service teams. In addition to leased lines, we also lease other network elements to business and government customers and other telecommunications service providers. We mainly lease digital circuits, digital trunk lines and optic fibers. The revenue from our leased line services is mainly derived from the lease of domestic and international digital circuits. Revenue from our leased line services was RMB4,154 million in 2004, a decrease of approximately 18.6% from 2003, mainly due to the decrease in prices. As of the end of 2004, we leased out a total of 169.5 thousand digital circuits (in 2Mbps equivalent), an increase of approximately 3.9% from 2003.

 

The following table sets forth the total amounts of bandwidth of our leased line service as of the end of the year indicated:

 

Leased Digital Circuits    2002

   2003

   2004

Total bandwidth (x2Mbps) (thousand)

   164.5    163.1    169.5

 

Tariffs . We charge monthly fees for leased lines based on tariff rates set by the Chinese government, which vary based on bandwidth and whether the leased line is local or long distance. Leased line tariffs have generally decreased in recent years. The tariff adjustments in 2001 substantially reduced tariffs for leased line services.

 

The following table sets forth the tariffs for 2Mbps and 155Mbps digital circuits for the periods indicated:

 

     Monthly Fee

     2002

   2003

   2004

     (RMB)

2Mbps

              

Intra-district

   2,000    2,000    2,000

Inter-district

   4,000    4,000    4,000

Intra-provincial (1)

   6,000    6,000    6,000

Inter-provincial (1)

   6,000    6,000    6,000

155Mbps

              

Intra-district

   44,000    44,000    44,000

Inter-district

   88,000    88,000    88,000

Intra-provincial (1)

   132,000    132,000    132,000

Inter-provincial (1)

   132,000    132,000    132,000

(1) Does not include the tariffs for local digital circuits and access lines.

 

Marketing, Distribution and Customer Services

 

Marketing Initiatives

 

We market all of our telecommunications services under the “China Telecom” brand name, which is one of the best known brand names in China. We offer a full range of differentiated services to our customers to address their telecommunications needs. Based on customer segmentation, we have implemented various promotion measures, in particular packaging our services and providing a variety of tariff plans, to mitigate our loss of local voice service usage. Moreover, in order to meet customers’ increasingly diversified demands for telecommunications services, we have further optimized our products and services development and marketing mechanisms, and established a ‘total solution’ service system for major customers. We believe these measures have facilitated our business

 

- 34 -


Table of Contents

transformation from a provider of telecommunications network services to an integrated telecommunications solutions provider. As a result, we also believe that we have increased our responsiveness to the market and our service quality. In addition, in 2004, we established our China Telecom brand strategy to enhance customer awareness of our available services.

 

Sales, Distribution and Customer Services

 

Dedicated customer manager system for large enterprise customers . We have implemented a large enterprise customer manager system. Under this system, our dedicated customer managers directly market our services to large enterprise customers. These customer managers form dedicated management teams based on the industry background or geographical locations of the customers. We conduct periodic performance reviews and evaluations of the performance of the customer managers based on several factors, including revenue growth, market share, customer satisfaction and customer retention. As of December 31, 2004, we had 9,298 managers for major customers, 10,405 managers for corporate customers nationwide.

 

Community manager system . We offer integrated sales and maintenance services to small- and medium-sized enterprise customers through our community manager system and divide their community coverage responsibilities by geographical area. Our community managers are responsible for customer development and customer care. We link their compensation mainly to the voice traffic in their coverage areas. In addition, our community managers are also responsible for gathering market and demand information. As of December 31, 2004, we had 38,304 managers for community customers nationwide.

 

Contract system in rural areas . Under this system, we select certain local residents to be responsible for service promotion, customer development, equipment maintenance and fee collection. This system enables us to lower operational costs effectively while at the same time satisfying the needs of our rural customers.

 

Customer service hotlines . We provide customer services through our customer service hotlines with the uniform access number of “10000.” Our customer service hotlines offer uniform electronic-based services to our residential and enterprise customers. Our customer service hotlines handle service inquiries and service applications, collect bill payments and handle customers’ complaints.

 

Billing services . We bill our residential customers on a monthly basis and provide a range of payment choices for the convenience of our customers, including direct-debit service, which automatically deducts the monthly payment from the subscriber’s designated bank or postal account. We also provide specially tailored billing and collection services to our large enterprise customers to help them more effectively plan and monitor their telecommunications needs.

 

Marketing and sales agencies and other wholesale channels . We market our services through our own retail outlets as well as agents and distributors. Our cooperation with third party agencies and distributors helps us reach a broader customer base and reduce our operating expenses. We provide a range of wireline telecommunications services, including, among others, local and long distance telephone and data services, to government agencies and regulatory authorities at all levels as well as to many state-owned enterprises in our service regions. A number of these government entities and state-owned enterprises are among our largest customers, and the amount of revenue received from entities controlled by the PRC government during 2004 was material to us. We provide these services in the normal course of business.

 

Precision Management

 

To ensure our successful business transformation, we will implement precision management at all levels of the Company. We will adopt quantitative standards to reduce data deviations in all aspects of management on an integrated basis covering marketing activities, network operations, allocation of financial resources and management of human resources.

 

- 35 -


Table of Contents

Network System

 

We were able to realize significant economies of scale as a result of the extensive coverage and scale of our network. It employs a variety of advanced technologies and suitable architecture and can be efficiently migrated to the next generation of network technology. Our network system is managed and operated by our experienced network management and maintenance teams and offers flexible functionality and reliable operation. It supports a comprehensive range of end-to-end wireline telecommunications services and enables customized products to be delivered for a variety of telecommunications needs. Our networks and services are supported by our strong research and development capabilities. We have formulated viable plans in light of future advances in technology to migrate our network system smoothly to the next generation of network technology in order to protect our existing investments.

 

Network Architecture

 

Our network system consists of transport networks, service networks, an application layer and support networks.

 

    Transport networks : Transport networks provide the transport functions of voice and data signals for all of our services.

 

    Service networks : Service networks include our wireline telephone network, data networks, Internet network and other service networks such as intelligent networks, and support our basic and value-added telecommunications services.

 

    Application layer : The application layer provides the platform for a variety of applications and services such as e-commerce, video-on-demand, and on-line games.

 

    Support networks : Support networks include signaling networks, digital synchronous networks and network management systems and support the reliable and effective operation of our networks at all levels.

 

Network Capacity and Technology

 

Local access networks . We own extensive local access networks in our service regions. As of December 31, 2004, our local access networks covered all cities, counties and most rural villages in our service regions. As part of our strategic focus on the broadband and PHS network in order to optimize our network and improve utilization, we continue to expand our broadband local access networks utilizing our existing copper line resources and optimizing our PHS network. As of December 31, 2004, the total capacity of our DSL access ports reached 16.9 million lines. At the same time, we are selectively connecting additional large office buildings and business centers with fiber optic access. We also developed wireless LANs in certain business areas in major cities, including hotels, airports, cafes and office buildings to provide business travelers with broadband access services.

 

Transport network . Our transport system is based on an advanced, high-speed, large-capacity, secure and reliable fiber optic network throughout our service regions. Our fiber optic transport network is also supplemented by satellite transmissions and digital microwave links. Our fiber optic network had a total cable length of 1.1 million kilometers in our service regions as of December 31, 2004.

 

Wireline telephone networks . Our wireline telephone network has been substantially built in the last decade utilizing digital technology. As of December 31, 2004, the total capacity of local switches reached approximately 251.8 million lines and the capacity of long distance switches reached approximately 5.0 million lines. In addition, China Telecom Group has built international gateways in Shanghai and Guangzhou and we utilize these international gateways for our international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance telephone services.

 

In developing our wireline telephone networks, we have adopted technologies that enable high capacity and fewer exchanges to reduce our construction and operating costs. We have installed advanced intelligent networks

 

- 36 -


Table of Contents

over our telephone networks. Intelligent networks combine advanced computer technologies with traditional switching techniques to provide flexible value-added services such as prepaid services, virtual private network services and toll free call services. As of December 31, 2004, the utilization rate of local and long distance switches were approximately 76.5% and 74.3%, respectively.

 

Internet and managed data networks . We have developed a large-capacity, high-quality, reliable and extensive Internet and managed data network system in our service regions. Our Internet and managed data networks allow us to provide services both at the network layer, such as Internet access, managed data and virtual private network services, and at the application layer, such as Internet data center, e-commerce and video-on-demand services.

 

Our data network system includes a DDN network, a frame relay network and an ATM network. These networks cover all cities and counties in our service regions. Our ATM network allows multi-service access and flexible bandwidth management and provides high-quality, integrated end-to-end services.

 

Our Internet network is part of ChinaNET. ChinaNET deploys mainstream Gigabyte routers as the main network technology. Most of its backbone routes allow high-speed transmission with the use of several 2.5Gbps circuits.

 

Support networks . The operation of our wireline telephone, Internet and managed data networks depends on various support networks, including a signaling network based on a signaling technology known as Signaling System 7 protocol, a digital synchronous network and network management systems for various networks and services, such as Internet data center, e-commerce and video-on-demand services.

 

Equipment procurement . We purchase most of our network equipment from leading international and domestic suppliers. We also purchase from local suppliers a variety of network equipment, such as transport equipment and local switches. We make most of our purchases through competitive tenders primarily based on product and service quality, system compatibility and price.

 

Our five largest suppliers of telecommunications equipment accounted for approximately 36.6% of our total capital expenditures for 2004. Our largest supplier of telecommunications equipment accounted for approximately 12.9% of our total capital expenditures for 2004.

 

Information Technology Systems

 

As a consistent corporate focus, we continue to improve our operational and management efficiency through the establishment and improvement of our information technology systems. Our information technology systems (CTG-MBOSS) include the business support systems, operation support systems and management information. Adoption of the enterprise application integration technology has allowed for smooth interconnection among all major systems of our company, enabling full information sharing within our company.

 

    Our business support systems (BSS) include our business management system, billing and customer service systems and provide comprehensive and integrated support for various aspects of our business, such as customer relationship management, new service request responses, billing and network error reporting and correction.

 

    We have developed our operation support systems (OSS) and continue to enhance their functionality. These systems include an integrated network management system and a network resources system, and enable us to enhance network management capabilities, promptly correct network errors and improve resource utilization and network reliability. See “ — Support Networks.”

 

    Our management support systems (MSS) include financial information, procurement and human resources management systems. These systems gather and process various operational and financial data for management, marketing and customer service purposes. Operating and financial data gathered by these

 

- 37 -


Table of Contents
 

systems allow us to analyze network usage patterns, monitor service quality and customer satisfaction, understand market demand and trends, determine network expansion needs and investment plans and formulate marketing strategies. We are in the process of further improving our management information systems and incorporating them into our enterprise resource planning system.

 

We believe that the development of our information technology systems will further enhance our market responsiveness and quality of customer services, and will significantly improve our operating efficiency, the management of our business and our competitiveness.

 

Competition

 

We compete with other telecommunications service providers in our wireline telephone, Internet, managed data and leased line services. All of our principal competitors are wholly or majority owned by the Chinese government. The government encourages orderly and fair competition in the telecommunications industry in China. Currently, providers of basic telecommunications services must apply for a license from the Ministry of Information Industry. Only a limited number of providers have obtained licenses to provide basic telecommunications services in China. In China, there are currently two licensed mobile telecommunications service providers, China Mobile and China Unicom, and four wireline service providers, China Netcom Group, China Unicom, China Railcom and us. We face direct and indirect competition from our competitors in all of our businesses within our service regions. During the implementation of our strategy to become an integrated information service provider, we will not only face competition in our traditional wireline service, but also in new services, including mobile telecommunications service. We also expect the level of competition to increase as further deregulation occurs within China’s telecommunications industry. See “Risk Factors — Risk Relating to Our Business — We face increasing competition, which may adversely affect our business growth and results of operations.” and “— Regulatory and Related Matters — Licensing” included elsewhere under this item.

 

Competition in Wireline Telephone Services

 

Local telephone services . Mobile service substitution for our wireline telephone services has been the principal competition to our local telephone services. Currently, China Mobile and China Unicom are the only licensed providers of mobile communications services in China. Compared with these mobile service providers, our wireline telephone services continue to offer better voice quality, higher communication consistency, reliability and lower cost, and our wireless local access services also offer mobility within limited local areas. Mobile service providers, however, have the advantages of unrestricted mobility and roaming capability.

 

Until the mid-1990s, we were the sole licensed wireline local telephone services provider in our service regions. Our local telephone services currently compete with the wireline services offered by China Netcom Group and China Railcom, which have been licensed to provide local telephone services in our service regions. We compete with these operators primarily on the basis of brand name, network coverage, service quality and service offerings. In addition, we have a large customer base, which allows us to compete through economies of scale and to cross-sell our services to our existing customers.

 

Long distance telephone services . We compete with China Unicom, China Railcom and China Netcom Group with respect to long distance telephone services using public switched telephone networks in our service regions. China Unicom and China Railcom are allowed to set their tariffs, subject to annual regulatory approval, for long distance services using public switched telephone networks and are therefore able to offer more competitive prices to customers. In addition, mobile telecommunications services have diverted some of the traffic from our long distance telephone services. We compete with these service providers on the basis of customer base, brand name, network resources, quality of service and marketing and distribution strength. Access to our long distance services does not require the dialing of any pre-set access number or personal identification number.

 

China Mobile, China Netcom Group, China Unicom, China Railcom and China Satellite provide VoIP services that compete with our public switched telephone network and VoIP long distance services in our service regions. We compete with these VoIP service providers on the basis of customer base, reliability, quality and coverage of

 

- 38 -


Table of Contents

networks and general service quality. The tariff adjustments in 2001 deregulated the tariffs of VoIP services. This has allowed us to combine price flexibility with bundled services to meet different customer needs and to attract new customers.

 

Competition in Internet Service

 

We compete with other service providers of Internet access services on the basis of customer base, brand name, coverage of access networks and cooperation with the providers of Internet content and applications.

 

Competition in Managed Data Services

 

We compete with China Netcom Group, China Railcom, China Mobile and China Unicom for managed data services. We compete on the basis of end-to-end connectivity, network coverage, service quality and scale efficiency.

 

Competition in Leased Line Services

 

We compete with China Netcom Group, China Unicom and China Railcom in leased line services. We compete with them on the basis of the coverage and quality of networks, ability to provide end-to-end connectivity, quality of network management and customer services.

 

Competitive Implications of China’s Accession to WTO

 

Since China’s accession to the WTO, foreign operators have been permitted to gradually increase their investments in the telecommunications industry in China. Like domestic service providers, foreign operators are subject to the licensing requirements of the Ministry of Information Industry. In addition, investments by foreign operators may not exceed limits set forth in relevant laws and regulations with respect to the amount of investment and percentage of total investment that foreign operators are permitted to make in telecommunications enterprises in China. For example, the foreign ownership percentage in basic telecommunications services will be subject to a maximum limit of 49%. See “— Regulatory and Related Matters — Licensing” included elsewhere under this item.

 

Foreign operators may have competitive advantages over us in terms of financial and management resources, network management and technical expertise. On the other hand, because foreign operators currently are prohibited from establishing wholly owned subsidiaries in the telecommunications industry in China, we believe that we are well positioned to establish strategic alliances with strong global operators in this respect. See “Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — We face increasing competition, which may adversely affect our business growth and results of operations.”

 

Trademarks

 

We conduct our businesses under the “China Telecom” brand name and logo. Currently, China Telecom Group owns certain trademarks in China, some of which have been registered with the Trademark Office of the PRC State General Administration for Industry and Commerce, or the Trademark Office, and some of which are in the process of being registered with the Trademark Office. China Telecom Group has executed a trademark license agreement with us. Under this agreement, China Telecom Group agreed to grant to us and our subsidiaries the right to use these trademarks upon the completion of the registration on a royalty-free basis until December 31, 2006, which is automatically renewable for three more years at our option. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions — Ongoing Related Party Transactions between Us and China Telecom Group — Trademark License Agreement.”

 

- 39 -


Table of Contents

Regulatory and Related Matters

 

Overview

 

The telecommunications industry in China is subject to extensive government regulation. A number of central government authorities have regulatory responsibilities for various aspects of the telecommunications industry. These authorities primarily include:

 

    The Ministry of Information Industry, which is responsible for, among other things:

 

    formulating and enforcing industry policies and regulations as well as technical standards;

 

    granting telecommunications service licenses;

 

    supervising the operations and quality of service of telecommunications service providers;

 

    allocating and administering telecommunications resources such as spectrum and numbers;

 

    together with other relevant regulatory authorities, formulating tariff standards for telecommunications services;

 

    formulating interconnection and settlement arrangements between telecommunications networks; and

 

    maintaining fair and orderly market competition among service providers.

 

    Provincial communications administrations under the Ministry of Information Industry, which oversee the implementation of the Ministry’s regulations and exercise regulatory authorities delegated by the Ministry within their respective provinces, autonomous regions and centrally administered municipalities.

 

    The National Development and Reform Commission, which, together with the Ministry of Information Industry, sets government fixed tariffs and government guidance tariffs for certain telecommunications services. The actual tariffs charged by providers of telecommunications services are determined by provincial communications administrations, together with the price bureaus of the provinces, autonomous regions or centrally administered municipalities where those providers operate. See “—Tariff Setting” below. It also approves investment and finance projects exceeding certain capital expenditure amounts as well as foreign investment projects exceeding certain investment amounts.

 

In order to provide a uniform regulatory framework to encourage the orderly development of the telecommunications industry, the Chinese government is in the process of drafting a telecommunications law. We expect that, if and when the telecommunications law is adopted by the National People’s Congress or its Standing Committee, the highest state legislative body in China, it will become the basic telecommunications statute and provide a regulatory framework for the telecommunications industry in China.

 

Telecommunications Regulations

 

China’s State Council promulgated the Telecommunications Regulations, which became effective as of September 25, 2000. The Telecommunications Regulations are substantially consistent with, and are primarily intended to, streamline and clarify the then existing rules and policies for the telecommunications industry. They provide the primary regulatory framework for China’s telecommunications industry in the interim period prior to the adoption of the telecommunications law.

 

The Telecommunications Regulations are intended to develop a transparent and fair regulatory environment to encourage fair and orderly competition and development in the telecommunications industry. The

 

- 40 -


Table of Contents

Telecommunications Regulations address all key aspects of telecommunications operations, including, among others, entry into the telecommunications industry, network interconnection, telecommunications resource allocation, tariffs and service standards.

 

Licensing

 

The Telecommunications Regulations adopt the existing regulatory distinction between basic and value-added telecommunications services, which are subject to different licensing requirements. Basic telecommunications services include, among others, wireline local and domestic long distance telephone services, international telecommunications services, IP telephone services, mobile communications services (such as 900/1800MHz GSM, 800MHz CDMA and 3G mobile communications services), satellite communications services, paging services, data communications services (such as Internet data transmission services, international data communications services), network access services and the domestic and international telecommunications facility services. Value-added telecommunications services include, among others, value-added services provided over wireline telephone networks (e.g., telephone information, call center, voice mail and video conferencing services), value-added services provided over mobile networks, value-added services provided over Internet networks (e.g., Internet data center and Internet access and content services) and value-added services provided over other data networks (e.g., computer information, e-mail and electronic data interchange services).

 

Providers of any basic telecommunications services as well as providers of value-added services in two or more provinces, autonomous regions and centrally administered municipalities in China must apply for licenses from the Ministry of Information Industry. In accordance with the approval of the Ministry of Information Industry, we derive our exclusive rights to operate our businesses from our status as a subsidiary controlled by China Telecom Group, which holds the licenses required for operating our telecommunications businesses.

 

China’s State Council has promulgated the Administrative Regulations on Telecommunications Companies with Foreign Investment, which became effective on January 1, 2002. According to those regulations, enterprises with foreign investment may operate basic and value-added telecommunications businesses subject to the approval of the Ministry of Information Industry and the Ministry of Commerce, formerly the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation. Certain limitations have been placed on the total registered capital of, and maximum foreign shareholdings in, such enterprises.

 

The table below summarizes the foreign ownership and geographic restrictions for telecommunications joint ventures in China:

 

Foreign Ownership Percentage and Geographic Restrictions

for Foreign-Invested Telecommunications Enterprises

 

     As of December 31,

Sector


   2001

  2002

  2003

  2004

  2005

   2006

  2007

Wireline

               25%
(3 cities) (1)
       35%
(17 cities) (2)
  49%
(nationwide)

Mobile

   25%
(3 cities) (1)
  35%
(17 cities) (2)
      49%
(17 cities) (2)
       49%
(nationwide)
   

Value-added

   30%
(3 cities) (1)
  49%
(17 cities) (2)
  50%
(nationwide)
                

Paging

   30%
(3 cities) (1)
  49%
(17 cities) (2)
  50%
(nationwide)
                

(1) The initial three cities are Beijing, Shanghai and Guangzhou.
(2) The 17 cities are Beijing, Chengdu, Chongqing, Dalian, Fuzhou, Guangzhou, Hangzhou, Nanjing, Ningbo, Qingdao, Shanghai, Shenyang, Shenzhen, Xiamen, Xi’an, Taiyuan and Wuhan.

 

- 41 -


Table of Contents

The Ministry of Information Industry has promulgated the Measures on Administration of Telecommunication Business Licenses, which became effective on January 1, 2002. Those regulations apply to the application for, and examination and approval of, telecommunications business licenses in China.

 

The Chinese government has not publicly announced its decisions on issues such as whether it will grant any 3G licenses, and if so, the timing of the grant of the 3G licenses, the number of 3G licenses to be granted, any technical requirements, or any selection of preferred technologies.

 

Tariff Setting

 

The levels and categorization of most of our current tariffs are subject to regulation by various government authorities, including the Ministry of Information Industry, the National Development and Reform Commission, and, at the local level, the relevant provincial communications administrations and price bureaus. Under the Telecommunications Regulations, telecommunications tariffs are categorized into government fixed tariffs, government guidance tariffs and market based tariffs.

 

Currently, the monthly fee and usage fee for wireline local telephone services are determined by the relevant provincial communications administrations and provincial price bureaus, based on a guidance tariff range set by the Ministry of Information Industry in consultation with the National Development and Reform Commission. Tariffs for all domestic and international long distance services using public switched telephone networks, leased lines and other basic telecommunications services are fixed jointly by the Ministry of Information Industry and the National Development and Reform Commission. Tariffs for telecommunications services in respect of which effective competition has already developed, as determined by the Ministry of Information Industry according to the market conditions, may be set by the service providers. We derive a substantial portion (in excess of 70%) of our revenue from services that are subject to government guidance tariffs and government fixed tariffs. Currently, the Ministry of Information Industry allows tariffs for VoIP, Internet access services and certain value-added services provided over wireline telephone networks, such as telephone information, caller identification, voice mail and video conferencing services, to be set by service providers.

 

There is uncertainty with respect to how the Ministry of Information Industry would make a determination regarding effective competition as it has not publicly disclosed the criteria it uses for determining whether a certain type of service should be subject to market based tariffs. Under the Telecommunications Regulations, cost should be the primary basis for tariff setting, but the tariff level should also take into account social and economic development, the development of the telecommunications industry and consumers’ ability to afford the services. The Ministry of Information Industry has not provided a timetable for tariff deregulation or indicated that service providers will eventually be permitted to freely set all tariffs.

 

Over the past few years, the Chinese government has adjusted the tariffs for telecommunications services, including the elimination of connection fees in July 2001. See “— B. Business Overview — Wireline Telephone Services” included elsewhere under this item. In general, we expect these adjustments to stimulate the overall usage of our telecommunications services. We also expect that increased flexibility in setting certain tariffs will allow us to better respond to changes in market demand and competitive conditions. For a discussion on the impact of these adjustments on our financial condition and results of operations, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

 

The Chinese government retains the ultimate authority to adopt changes to tariffs. However, the Telecommunications Regulations require the government to hold public hearings before setting or changing fixed or guidance tariff rates, which should be attended by, among others, telecommunications operators and consumers. See “Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Telecommunications Industry in China — Our revenues may be adversely affected by reductions in tariffs mandated by the Chinese government.”

 

- 42 -


Table of Contents

Interconnection

 

Under the Telecommunications Regulations and the Administrative Rules on Interconnection between the Public Telecommunications Networks promulgated by the Ministry of Information Industry in May 2001, major telecommunications operators in China cannot refuse requests for interconnection and must enter into interconnection agreements upon request by other service providers. Interconnection agreements must be filed with the Ministry of Information Industry. Interconnection agreements may not be terminated unilaterally without prior approval by the Ministry of Information Industry.

 

The Telecommunications Regulations further provide that the technical standards and settlement methods for network interconnections be formulated by the Ministry of Information Industry. In accordance with these regulations, China Telecom Group has entered into various interconnection agreements with other telecommunications service providers, including China Mobile, China Unicom, China Netcom Group and China Railcom.

 

In October 2003, the Ministry of Information Industry promulgated a new regulation on interconnection between public telecommunications networks. In addition to formalizing certain existing interconnection rules, the new regulation provides for the interconnection settlement arrangements among mobile operators and provide further detailed implementation mechanisms in relation to revenue sharing and settlement arrangements. This new regulation has no significant impact on wireline operators such as us.

 

The following table sets forth selected interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements for local calls before and after the regulatory adjustment in 2001 (1) :

 

Network from Which

  Calls Originated


  

Network at Which

Calls Terminated


   Old Settlement Arrangement

   New Settlement Arrangement

Mobile operator

   Wireline local operator    (1)   Mobile operator collects the cellular usage charge from its subscribers    (1)   Mobile operator collects the cellular usage charge from its subscribers
          (2)   Mobile operator pays RMB0.05 per minute to wireline operator    (2)   Mobile operator pays RMB0.06 per minute to wireline operator

Wireline local operator

   Mobile operator        No revenue sharing or settlement        No revenue sharing or settlement

Wireline local operator A

   Wireline local operator B    (1)   Operator A collects the usage charge from its subscribers         
          (2)   In the case of intra-district calls, operator A and operator B equally share the revenue. In the case of inter-district calls, the operator whose inter-district transmission facility is used in transmitting the call gets 90% of the usage charge and the other operator gets 10%.         

(1) Except for settlement arrangement between mobile operators which became effective in 2003.

 

- 43 -


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth selected current main interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements for public switched telephone network domestic long distance calls:

 

Network from Which

  Calls Originated


 

Network at Which

Calls Terminated


 

Current Main Settlement

Arrangement


Wireline local or mobile operator A

  Wireline local or mobile operator B, through the long distance network of operator C   RMB0.06 per minute for operator A, RMB0.06 per minute for operator B, the rest of the long distance tariff for operator C

 

The following table sets forth selected current main interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements for public switched telephone network international long distance calls, including calls originated from and terminated in Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan:

 

Network from Which

  Calls Originated


 

Network at Which

Calls Terminated


 

Current Main Settlement

Arrangement


Domestic wireline local or mobile operator A

  International long distance operator B, through the domestic long distance network of operator C to international gateway   RMB0.06 per minute for operator A, not more than RMB0.54 per minute for operator C, the rest of the international long distance tariff for operator B, where operator A and operator B, or operator B and operator C can be the same operator

International long distance operator A

  Domestic wireline local or mobile operator B, through domestic long distance network of operator C and international gateway of operator D   RMB0.06 per minute for operator B, not more than RMB0.54 per minute for operator C, the rest of the international long distance tariff for operator D, where operator B and operator C, or operator C and operator D can be the same operator

 

The following table sets forth selected current main interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements for VoIP long distance calls:

 

Network from Which Calls

        Originated


  

Network at Which Calls

Terminated


  

Current Main Settlement

Arrangement


Wireline or mobile network A

   Wireline local or mobile operator B through the VoIP network of operator C    (1)   Operator C collects the VoIP long distance charges from its subscribers
          (2)   Operator C pays RMB0.06 per minute to operator B on the terminating end
          (3)   No settlement between operator C and operator A on the originating end

 

Effective November 1, 2002, the Ministry of Information Industry has unified the minimum level of the termination rate for international calls, including for this purpose calls from Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan, terminating in mainland China. Such termination rate is required to be no less than US$0.17 per minute, but can be higher based upon negotiations between the carriers.

 

- 44 -


Table of Contents

Technical Standards

 

The Ministry of Information Industry sets industry technical standards for telecommunications terminal and interconnection-related equipment used in the public telecommunications networks. A network access license from the Ministry of Information Industry and other relevant regulatory authorities is required for all such equipment. Most of the standards set by the Ministry of Information Industry conform to standards recommended by the International Telecommunications Union and other international telecommunications standards organizations.

 

Capital Investment

 

On July 16, 2004, the State Council promulgated, effective immediately, the Decision on Reform of Investment System, or the Investment Reform Decision, which significantly modified the government approval process for major investment projects in China. The Investment Reform Decision eliminated the government approval requirements for investment projects that do not involve direct government funding unless the investment projects are in the restricted sectors specified in the annually adjusted catalogue released by the State Council. The 2004 catalogue, which was attached as an annex to the Investment Reform Decision, sets forth approval requirements for individual investment projects in restricted sectors. Within the telecommunications sector, some investment projects in certain areas, such as domestic backbone transmission network, require the National Development and Reform Commission’s approval.

 

The Investment Reform Decision grants large enterprises more power of decision-making on investment. Where a large enterprise which has established modern corporate governance invests in any of the projects in the restricted sectors specified in the 2004 catalogue, it may apply for approval on individual project basis, or make medium and long-term development and construction plan, which, if approved by the State Council or the competent governmental authority, no specific approval is required for the projects contemplated in the plan. In this case, the enterprise is only required to go through the registration process and report to the relevant governmental authority, on a timely basis, the construction process of the project.

 

Telecommunications Resources

 

The Ministry of Information Industry is responsible for the administration and allocation of telecommunications resources in China, including radio frequencies and telecommunications network numbers. The use of these resources by telecommunications service providers is subject to the approval of the Ministry of Information Industry or the relevant provincial communications administrations and a usage fee payable to the Chinese government.

 

On December 31, 2004, the Ministry of Information Industry, the Ministry of Finance and the National Development and Reform Commission promulgated the Interim Measure on Collection of Usage Fees of Telecommunications Network Numbers, or the Interim Measures, effective January, 1, 2005. The Interim Measures provide for the standards and collection of usage fees of telecommunications network numbers. In accordance with the Interim Measures, telecommunications services providers, including us, shall pay the usage fees of telecommunications network numbers.

 

Quality of Service

 

Under the Telecommunications Regulations, the Ministry of Information Industry and the relevant provincial communications administration have the responsibility of supervising and monitoring the quality of services provided by telecommunications service providers in China. Under the Telecommunications Regulations, customers of telecommunications service providers have the right to submit their complaints to the Ministry of Information Industry and the relevant provincial communications administration or other relevant government authorities.

 

Under the Consumer Protection Law of China, the Consumers’ Associations can participate in the inspection and examination of goods and services by relevant governmental authorities; and the customers can lodge their complaints with the Consumers’ Associations, which can investigate the goods or services involved in the complaints, and mediate the complaints.

 

- 45 -


Table of Contents

Universal Services

 

Under the Telecommunications Regulations, telecommunications service providers in China are required to fulfill universal service obligations in accordance with relevant regulations to be promulgated by the Chinese government, and the Ministry of Information Industry has been given authority by the Chinese government to delineate the scope of its universal service obligations. The Ministry of Information Industry may also select universal service providers through a tendering process. The Ministry of Information Industry, together with government finance and pricing authorities, is also responsible for formulating administrative rules relating to the establishment of a universal service fund and compensation schemes for universal services.

 

Under the Telecommunications Regulations, all Chinese telecommunications operators shall provide universal services, but the formal timetable for the establishment of the systems to implement universal services has not been set up. Currently, China’s government requires telecommunications operators to provide telephone services in a number of remote villages in China as transitional measures prior to the formalization of a universal service obligation framework. In order to fulfill such obligations under those transitional measures, China Telecom Group will assume the responsibility for investing in and constructing the necessary network facilities in remote villages of some provinces. We operate and maintain such network facilities, while China Telecom Group will compensate us for the related expenses. Once the universal service regulatory framework is finalized, we will perform our duties thereunder accordingly.

 

State-Owned Assets Supervision

 

Under the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China, Interim Measures for the Supervision and Administration of State-Owned Assets of the Enterprises, and other administrative regulations, the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council, or the SASAC, among others, supervises the preservation of the value of state-owned assets, guides the reform and restructuring of state-owned enterprises, and evaluates the performances of management executives of state-owned enterprises through legal procedures. Our controlling shareholder, China Telecom Group, is a wholly state-owned enterprise and subject to the SASAC’s supervision.

 

C. Organization Structure

 

See “— A. History and Development of the Company — Our Restructuring and Initial Public Offering” included elsewhere under this item.

 

D. Property, Plants and Equipments

 

Properties

 

Executive Offices

 

Our principal executive offices are located in Beijing and we obtained the right to occupy and use these offices pursuant to an agreement we entered into with China Telecom Group in September 2002 and its supplemental agreements on October 26, 2003 and April 13, 2004, respectively. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions — Ongoing Related Party Transactions between Us and China Telecom Group — Centralized Services Agreement.”

 

Properties

 

We conduct our businesses on land and premises either owned by ourselves or leased from China Telecom Group and/or its affiliates and third parties. As to our owned properties, although a majority of the land and building titles to these properties have been registered in our name after they were acquired by us as part of our restructuring, certain land and building titles to these properties are still registered in the name of China Telecom Group. China Telecom Group has agreed to indemnify us against any loss or damage incurred by us caused by or arising from any

 

- 46 -


Table of Contents

challenge of, or interference with, our right to use these properties. As to our leased properties, China Telecom Group has undertaken to us that it will indemnify us against any loss or damage caused by or arising from any challenge to, or interference with, such right. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions — Ongoing Related Party Transactions between Our Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries of China Telecom Group — Property Leasing Agreements.”

 

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our audited financial statements and our selected financial data, in each case, together with the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this annual report. Our audited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. IFRS differs in a number of significant respects from US GAAP. Note 33 to our audited financial statements, included elsewhere in this annual report, contains information relating to the nature and effect of significant differences between IFRS and US GAAP as they relate to us and provides a reconciliation to US GAAP of our net income and shareholders’ equity. Since China Telecom Group controlled the telecommunications operations and the related assets transferred to us prior to our restructuring and continues to control us after our restructuring, the financial data of the telecommunications operations transferred to us presented in this section and in our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for periods prior to our incorporation have been combined in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests. The assets and liabilities of the entities being combined are carried forward at their recorded historical amounts, and the book value of the assets and liabilities and the revenue and expenses of each of these entities for the periods prior to our incorporation are added together to prepare our financial statements. On December 31, 2003, we acquired the entire equity interests in each of Anhui Telecom Company Limited, Fujian Telecom Company Limited, Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited, Guangxi Telecom Company Limited, Chongqing Telecom Company Limited and Sichuan Telecom Company Limited from China Telecom Group. On June 30, 2004, we acquired the entire equity interests in Hubei Telecom Company Limited, Hunan Telecom Company Limited, Hainan Telecom Company Limited, Guizhou Telecom Company Limited, Yunnan Telecom Company Limited, Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited, Gansu Telecom Company Limited, Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited from China Telecom Group. As we and these acquired companies were under the common control of China Telecom Group, our acquisitions of these companies have been accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired companies have been accounted for at historical amounts and our financial statements for periods prior to the respective acquisitions have been restated to include the financial position and results of operations of the acquired companies on a combined basis. Unless otherwise indicated in this section, our financial data for periods prior to the acquisitions are presented based on those restated amounts. With respect to the acquisition in 2003, the income statement data for the year ended December 31, 2002 include the results of the assets retained by China Telecom Group in relation to the acquisition in 2003. The results of such assets are not reflected in our income statement for periods beginning after December 31, 2002. These assets are not reflected in our balance sheet as of and after December 31, 2002. With respect to the acquisition in 2004, the income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 include the results of the assets retained by China Telecom Group in relation to our acquisition in 2004. The results of such assets are not reflected in our income statement for periods beginning after December 31, 2003. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002 include data related to the assets retained by China Telecom Group in relation to the acquisition in 2004. These assets are not reflected in our balance sheet as of and after December 31, 2003.

 

Overview

 

We are the leading provider of wireline telecommunications services in our service regions in China. Our service regions consist of Anhui Province, Chongqing Municipality, Fujian Province, Gansu Province, Guangdong Province, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Guizhou Province, Hainan Province, Hubei Province, Hunan Province, Jiangsu Province, Jiangxi Province, Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, Qinghai Province, Shaanxi Province, Shanghai Municipality, Sichuan Province, Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, Yunnan Province and Zhejiang Province.

 

- 47 -


Table of Contents

Financial Overview

 

Our operating revenue increased while our operating expenses grew at a rate below our revenue growth rate. The table below sets forth a breakdown of our operating revenue in terms of amount and as a percentage of our total operating revenue for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     Amount

   Percentage
of Operating
Revenue


    Amount

   Percentage
of Operating
Revenue


    Amount

   Percentage
of Operating
Revenue


 
     (RMB in millions, except percentage data)  

Operating Revenue:

Wireline telephone services: (1)

                                 

Local:

                                 

Installation fees

   2,305    1.6 %   2,643    1.8 %   2,865    1.8 %

Monthly fees

   25,338    18.0 %   27,499    18.2 %   29,827    18.5 %

Local usage fees

   44,440    31.5 %   45,815    30.2 %   47,646    29.5 %

Sub-total

   72,083    51.1 %   75,957    50.2 %   80,338    49.8 %

Domestic long distance (2)

   25,726    18.3 %   25,460    16.8 %   26,231    16.3 %

International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance (2)

   3,878    2.8 %   3,943    2.6 %   3,788    2.3 %

Interconnection (3)

   7,524    5.3 %   8,365    5.5 %   10,719    6.6 %

Upfront connection fees

   10,564    7.5 %   9,771    6.4 %   8,458    5.3 %

Sub-total

   119,775    85.0 %   123,496    81.5 %   129,534    80.3 %

Internet and managed data services:

                                 

Internet (4)

   5,998    4.3 %   10,007    6.6 %   14,109    8.8 %

Managed data (5)

   3,147    2.2 %   3,210    2.1 %   3,015    1.9 %

Sub-total

   9,145    6.5 %   13,217    8.7 %   17,124    10.7 %

Leased line services

   5,520    3.9 %   5,103    3.4 %   4,154    2.6 %

Other services (6)

   6,466    4.6 %   9,737    6.4 %   10,400    6.4 %

Total operating revenue

   140,906    100.0 %   151,553    100.0 %   161,212    100.0 %

(1) Includes revenue from our registered subscribers, public telephones and prepaid calling card services. Revenue from prepaid calling card services is recognized as the services are provided to our customers.
(2) Includes revenue from our VoIP long distance services.
(3) Includes charges to domestic and foreign telecommunications operators for delivery of calls connecting to our wireline telecommunications networks.
(4) Includes revenue from dial-up and broadband Internet access services.
(5) Includes revenue from DDN, frame relay and ATM services.
(6) Includes revenue from value-added telecommunications services, sale, repairs and maintenance of certain customer-end equipment and lease of telecommunications network facilities.

 

Our total operating revenue is mainly affected by the number of our subscribers, the level of usage of our services and the levels and structure of our tariffs. Our total operating revenue increased from RMB151,553 million in 2003 to RMB 161,212 million, or approximately 6.4%, in 2004 primarily due to the growth in our local telephone service revenue, Internet services revenue and interconnection revenue. Revenue from our long distance services increased at a moderate rate, while revenue from our managed data and leased line services decreased.

 

Revenue from our local telephone services increased by approximately 5.8% from RMB75,957 million in 2003 to RMB80,338 million in 2004, primarily as a result of the continued growth in our subscriber and usage volume. The number of our telephone access lines in service increased from 161.0 million as of December 31, 2003 to 186.7 million as of December 31, 2004. Although wireline usage sustained favorable growth, we expect the growth to slow down due to further expansion and price fluctuation of mobile service.

 

- 48 -


Table of Contents

Revenue from our domestic long distance services increased by approximately 3.0% in 2004 primarily due to the increase of total usage while revenue from international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services decreased by approximately 3.9% in 2004 as a result of the decrease in prices. Revenue from interconnection services increased by approximately 28.1% in 2004 primarily attributed to an increase in interconnection volume as a result of the expansion of the domestic services subscribers.

 

Revenue from Internet services increased approximately 41.0% from 2003 to 2004 due primarily to the broadband subscriber growth. Revenue from our Internet services accounted for approximately 8.8% of our total operating revenue in 2004. We expect further development in our broadband services continues to drive the growth of our revenue. Revenue from our managed data and leased line services decreased by 6.1% and 18.6%, respectively, in 2004, primarily due to decreases in prices as a result of the intensifying market competition. Revenue from our other business increased approximately 6.8% from 2003 to 2004 primarily due to the increase in revenue from value-added services, including caller display service and telephone message service.

 

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our operating expenses in terms of amount and as a percentage of our total operating revenue for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     Amount

   Percentage
of Operating
Revenue


    Amount

   Percentage
of Operating
Revenue


    Amount

   Percentage
of Operating
Revenue


 
     (RMB in millions, except percentage data)  

Operating Expenses:

                                 

Depreciation and amortization

   45,810    32.5 %   46,597    30.7 %   47,170    29.3 %

Network operations and support (1)

   34,403    24.4 %   31,338    20.7 %   27,611    17.1 %

Selling, general and administrative (1)

   13,503    9.6 %   16,778    11.1 %   19,229    11.9 %

Personnel

   18,894    13.4 %   20,812    13.7 %   23,233    14.4 %

Interconnection charges and other expenses

   3,188    2.3 %   3,176    2.1 %   4,139    2.6 %

Total operating expenses

   115,798    82.2 %   118,701    78.3 %   121,382    75.3 %

(1) Excluding related personnel expenses.

 

Our total operating expenses increased by approximately 2.3% from RMB118,701million in 2003 to RMB121,382 million in 2004. Our network operations and support expenses decreased by approximately 11.9% in 2004. Our depreciation and amortization expenses slightly increased approximately by 1.2% in 2004. Our selling, general and administrative expenses, our personnel expenses and our interconnection and other operating expenses increased approximately 14.6%, 11.6% and 30.3% respectively. Our selling expenses increased due to the reinforcement of our marketing to cope with increasingly intensified market competition while our general and administrative expenses decreased primarily due to our strict expenditure control. Our personnel expenses increased due to the further reform of performance-linked remuneration scheme to attract and retain talented employees and motivate employees. Our interconnection charges and other expenses increased due to the increase of inter-network traffic. As a percentage of total operating revenue, total operating expenses decreased to approximately 75.3% in 2004 from 78.3% in 2003.

 

- 49 -


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our total operating revenue, operating expenses, operating income and net income in terms of amount and as a percentage of our total operating revenue, and cash flows from operating activities for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     Amount

   Percentage
of Operating
Revenue


    Amount

   Percentage
of Operating
Revenue


    Amount

   Percentage
of Operating
Revenue


 
     (RMB in millions, except percentage data)  

Operating revenue

   140,906    100.0 %   151,553    100.0 %   161,212    100.0 %

Operating expenses

   115,798    82.2 %   118,701    78.3 %   121,382    75.3 %

Operating income

   25,108    17.8 %   32,852    21.7 %   39,830    24.7 %

Net income

   8,219    5.8 %   13,882    9.2 %   28,023    17.4 %

Cash flows from operating activities

   62,357    —       58,392    —       66,078    —    

 

Our operating income increased by approximately 21.2%, from RMB32,852 million in 2003 to RMB39,830 million in 2004, primarily as a result of the increase in our operating revenue and a lower corresponding rate of increase in our operating expenses.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations contained elsewhere in this annual report are based on our audited financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. Our reported financial condition and results of operations are sensitive to accounting methods, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of our financial statements. We base our assumptions and estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable and which form the basis for making judgments about matters that are not readily apparent from other sources. On an on-going basis, our management evaluates its estimates. Actual results may differ from those estimates as facts, circumstances and conditions change.

 

The selection of critical accounting policies, the judgments and other uncertainties affecting application of those policies and the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions are factors to be considered when reviewing our financial statements. Our principal accounting policies are set forth in detail in Note 2 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. We believe the following critical accounting policies involve the most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

 

Accounting for Long-lived Assets

 

Depreciation . Property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, after taking into account their estimated residual value. The following estimated useful lives are used for depreciation purpose. These estimated useful lives are based on our historical experience with similar assets and take into account anticipated technological changes.

 

     Depreciable lives
primarily range from


Buildings and improvements

   8 – 30 years

Telecommunications network plant, transmission and switching equipment

   6 – 10 years

Furniture, fixture, motor vehicles and other equipment

   4 – 10 years

 

We review the estimated useful lives of the assets regularly in order to determine the amount of depreciation expense to be recorded during any reporting period. The depreciation expense for future periods is adjusted if there are significant changes from previous estimates. There have been no significant changes to the estimated useful lives and residual value during each of the three years ended December 31, 2004.

 

- 50 -


Table of Contents

Impairment . The carrying amounts of long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, are reviewed periodically in order to assess whether the recoverable amounts have declined below the carrying amounts. These assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their recorded carrying amounts may not be recoverable. When such a decline has occurred, the carrying amount is reduced to the recoverable amount. The amount of impairment loss is the difference between the carrying amounts of the assets and their recoverable amounts. The recoverable amount is the greater of the net selling price and the value in use. In determining the value in use, expected future cash flows generated by the assets are discounted to their present value, which requires significant judgment in terms of projection of cash flows for future years and the assumption on the pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Under US GAAP, the company is required to record an impairment to reflect the fair value of long-lived assets, and the fair value of the assets under US GAAP is determined using the discounted cash flow method similar to that used for determining the assets’ value in use under IFRS. For the year ended December 31, 2004, RMB88 million impairment losses were recognized in our audited income statement. As a result, the carrying value of certain equipment for outdated telecommunications services have been fully written off. No impairment losses were recognized for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003.

 

Revaluation . As required by the relevant PRC rules and regulations, our property, plant and equipment were revalued as of December 31, 2001, and the property, plant and equipment of the companies that we acquired in 2003 and 2004 were revalued as of December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003, respectively. These revaluations were carried out for each asset class by independent valuers on a depreciated replacement cost basis. Subsequent to the revaluation, property, plant and equipment are carried at the revalued amount, being the fair value as of the date of the revaluation, less subsequent accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Revaluations are performed with sufficient regularity to ensure that the carrying amount does not differ materially from that which would be determined using fair value at the balance sheet date. We revalued our property, plant and equipment on a depreciated replacement cost basis in accordance with our IFRS accounting policies as of December 31, 2004. The results of subsequent revaluations may have an impact on our future results to the extent the fair values of our property, plant and equipment change significantly.

 

Revenue Recognition for Upfront Connection and Installation Fees

 

We defer the recognition of upfront customer connection and installation fees and amortize them over the expected customer relationship period of ten years. The related direct incremental customer acquisition costs (including direct costs of installation) are also deferred and amortized over the same expected customer relationship period. We estimate the expected customer relationship period based on our historical customer retention experience and factoring in the expected level of future competition, the risk of technological or functional obsolescence to our services, technological innovation, and the expected changes in the regulatory and social environment. If our estimate of the expected customer relationship period changes as a result of increased competition, changes in telecommunications technology or other factors, the amount and timing of recognition of our deferred revenue would change for future periods. There have been no significant changes to the estimated customer relationship period for each of the three years ended December 31, 2004.

 

Provision for Doubtful Debts

 

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make the required payments. We base our estimates on the aging of our accounts receivable balance, customer credit-worthiness, and historical write-off experience. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, actual write-offs might be higher than expected.

 

Amounts due from the provision of wireline telecommunications services to residential and business customers are due within 30 days from the date of billing. Customers who have accounts overdue by more than 90 days will have their services disconnected.

 

- 51 -


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004:

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     (RMB in millions)  

At beginning of year

   1,853     1,859     1,818  

Provision for doubtful accounts

   1,004     1,037     1,121  

Accounts receivable written off

   (998 )   (1,078 )   (1,257 )
    

 

 

At end of year

   1,859     1,818     1,682  
    

 

 

 

Recently pronounced International Financial Reporting Standards

 

The International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) has issued a number of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards and International Accounting Standards (collectively new “IFRSs”) which are applicable to the Company for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005.

 

The Company has not early adopted these new IFRSs in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. The Company has completed a preliminary assessment of the impact of these new IFRSs to the extent that they are applicable to the Company. A brief summary of the key features of these new IFRSs and the Company’s preliminary assessment result is as follows:

 

IFRS 2

 

In February 2004, the IASB issued IFRS 2, “Share-based Payment”. IFRS 2 addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions in financial statements and requires an entity to measure the employee service received and the liability incurred at the fair value of the instrument at the grant date, and re-measure the fair value of the liability at each balance sheet date until the final settlement of the liability. Currently, the Company does not expect the application of IFRS 2 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

 

IFRS 3

 

In March 2004, the IASB issued IFRS 3, “Business Combinations” and replaced IAS 22 “Business Combinations” and related Interpretations. IFRS 3 requires all business combinations within its scope to be accounted for using the purchase method. IFRS 3 also requires positive goodwill to be tested for impairment annually and stated at cost less accumulated impairment losses, and negative goodwill be recognised immediately in the income statement on acquisition. The Company cannot determine the potential effects that application of IFRS 3 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

IFRS 5

 

In March 2004, the IASB issued IFRS 5, “Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations”. IFRS 5 requires that assets or disposal groups that are classified as held for sale are carried at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. IFRS 5 replaced IAS 35, “Discontinued Operations” and classifies an operation as discontinued at the date the operation meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale or when the entity has disposed of the operation. The Company cannot determine the potential effects that application of IFRS 5 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

IAS 1

 

In December 2003, the IASB issued IAS 1 (Revised 2003), “Presentation of Financial Statements” and replaced IAS 1 (Revised 1997). IAS 1 (Revised 2003) requires disclosure of an entity’s judgments and assumptions on application of its accounting policies. Additionally, IAS 1 (Revised 2003) provides further guidance on classification of assets and liabilities. Currently, the Company does not expect the application of IAS 1 (Revised 2003) will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

 

- 52 -


Table of Contents

IAS 2

 

In December 2003, the IASB issued IAS 2 (Revised 2003), “Inventories” and replaced IAS 2 (Revised 1993) and a related Interpretation. IAS 2 (Revised 2003) eliminates the allowed alternative to measure inventories using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. Additionally, IAS 2 (Revised 2003) requires finance costs of inventories purchased with deferred settlement terms to be accounted for separately over the period of financing. Currently, the Company does not expect the application of IAS 2 (Revised 2003) will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

 

IAS 8

 

In December 2003, the IASB issued IAS 8 (Revised 2003), “Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors”, and replaced IAS 8. IAS 8 (Revised 2003) requires retrospective application of voluntary changes in accounting policies and retrospective restatement to correct prior period errors and eliminates the allowed alternative to include such adjustment in the current period income statement. IAS 8 (Revised 2003) requires, rather than encourage, disclosure of an impending change in accounting policy when an entity has yet to implement a new Standard or Interpretation that has been issued but not yet come into effect. Currently, the Company does not expect the application of IAS 8 (Revised 2003) will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

 

IAS 16

 

In December 2003, the IASB issued IAS 16 (Revised 2003), “Property, Plant and Equipment” and replaced IAS 16 (Revised 1997) and related Interpretations. IAS 16 (Revised 2003) requires an entity to determine cost, useful life and depreciation charge separately for each significant part of an item of property, plant and equipment, and derecognize the carrying amount of a part of an item of property, plant and equipment if that part has been replaced. IAS 16 (Revised 2003) also requires an entity to include the costs of dismantlement, removal or restoration, the obligation for which an entity incurs as a consequence of installing the item in the cost of property, plant and equipment. Currently, the Company does not expect the application of IAS 16 (Revised 2003) will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

 

IAS 17

 

In December 2003, the IASB issued IAS 17 (Revised 2003), “Leases” and replaced IAS 17 (Revised 1997). IAS 17 (Revised 2003) requires a lump sum lease of land and building to be split into a lease of land and a lease of building, in proportion to the relative fair values of the leasehold interests in the land and building elements of the lease, and account for the lease of land and lease of building separately by applying the classification criteria in the standard. Currently, the Company does not expect the application of IAS 17 (Revised 2003) will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

 

IAS 21

 

In December 2003, the IASB issued IAS 21 (Revised 2003), “The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates”, which replaced IAS 21 (revised 1993) and related Interpretation. IAS 21 (Revised 2003) requires each individual entity included in a reporting entity to determine its functional currency and measure its results and financial position in that currency and stipulates that an entity previously classified as an integral foreign operation will have the same functional currency as the reporting entity. Furthermore, IAS 21 (Revised 2003) disallows capitalizing exchange differences resulting from a severe devaluation or depreciation of a currency against which there is no means of hedging, and requires such differences be recognized in the income statement. Currently, the Company does not expect the application of IAS 21 (Revised 2003) will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

 

- 53 -


Table of Contents

IAS 24

 

In December 2003, the IASB issued IAS 24 (Revised 2003), “Related Party Disclosures”, which replaced IAS 24 (reformatted 1994). IAS 24 (Revised 2003) expands the scope of related parties and removes the exemption of profit-oriented state controlled entities from disclosing transactions with other state-controlled entities. IAS 24 (Revised 2003) also requires additional disclosures, including the compensation of key management personnel. Currently, the Company does not expect the application of IAS 24 (Revised 2003) will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

 

IAS 27

 

In December 2003, the IASB issued IAS 27 (Revised 2003), “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements”, which replaced IAS 27 (Revised 2000) and a related Interpretation. IAS 27 (Revised 2003) modifies the conditions for exempting a parent from preparing consolidated financial statements and the conditions for excluding subsidiaries from consolidation. IAS 27 (Revised 2003) also requires minority interests to be presented within equity, separately from the parent shareholders’ equity. In addition, IAS 27 (Revised 2003) prohibits the use of equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates in a parent’s separate financial statements. Currently, the Company does not expect the application of IAS 27 (Revised 2003) will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

 

IAS 28

 

In December 2003, the IASB issued IAS 28 (Revised 2003), “Investments in Associates”, which replaced IAS 28 (Revised 2000) and related Interpretations. IAS 28 (Revised 2003) clarifies its scope and the circumstances for which investments in associates must be accounted for using the equity method. Currently, the Company does not expect the application of IAS 28 (Revised 2003) will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

 

IAS 32

 

In December 2003, the IASB issued IAS 32 (Revised 2003), “Financial Instrument: Disclosure and Presentation”, which replaced IAS 32 (Revised 2000) and related Interpretations. IAS 32 (Revised 2003) clarifies the principle for classifying a financial instrument, and introduces additional disclosures. Currently, the Company does not expect the application of IAS 32 (Revised 2003) will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

 

IAS 33

 

In December 2003, the IASB issued IAS 33 (Revised 2003), “Earnings Per Share”, which replaced IAS 33 (Revised 1997) and a related Interpretation. IAS 33 (Revised 2003) provides guidance and illustrative examples on selected complex matters in respect of the calculation of earnings per share. Currently, the Company does not expect the application of IAS 33 (Revised 2003) will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

 

IAS 36

 

In March 2004, the IASB issued IAS 36 (Revised 2004), “Impairment of Assets”, which replaced IAS 36 (Revised 1998). IAS 36 (Revised 2004) requires that the recoverable amount of any intangible asset with an indefinite useful life or not yet available for use, and goodwill acquired in a business combination, be measured annually, rather than only when there is an indication that the asset may be impaired as required by IAS 36 (Revised 1998). In addition, IAS 36 (Revised 2004) clarifies the elements that should be reflected in the calculation of an asset’s value in use. Currently, the Company does not expect the application of IAS 36 (Revised 2004) will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

 

- 54 -


Table of Contents

IAS 38

 

In March 2004, the IASB issued IAS 38 (Revised 2004), “Intangible Assets”, which replaced IAS 38 (Revised 1998). IAS 38 (Revised 2004) revises the definition of an intangible asset and provides further guidance on recognition of an intangible asset. IAS 38 (Revised 2004) also requires an entity to determine whether the useful life of an intangible asset is definite or indefinite and removes the rebuttable presumption that the useful life of an intangible asset does not exceed 20 years. Currently, the Company does not expect the application of IAS 38 (Revised 2004) will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

 

IAS 39

 

In December 2003 and March 2004, the IASB issued IAS 39 (Revised 2003), “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” and Amendments to IAS 39 (March 2004), “Fair Value Hedge Accounting for a Portfolio Hedge of Interest Rate Risk”, respectively. The revised IAS 39 amends its scope and clarifies the conditions for de-recognition of a financial asset. Additionally, the revised IAS 39 provides further guidance on determining fair value using valuation techniques and evaluating impairment of financial assets. Currently, the Company does not expect the application of the revised IAS 39 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

 

A. Operating Results

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

Operating Revenue

 

Our operating revenue grew by RMB9,659 million, or approximately 6.4%, from RMB151,553 million in 2003 to RMB161,212 million in 2004. This increase primarily reflected increases in revenue from local telephone services, Internet services revenue and interconnection revenue.

 

Local Telephone Services . Revenue from our local wireline telephone services increased by approximately 5.8%, from RMB75,957 million in 2003 to RMB80,338 million in 2004. This increase was primarily due to continued growth in our subscriber base and local usage volume. Revenue from local telephone services accounted for approximately 49.8% of our total operating revenue in 2004, compared to approximately 50.2% in 2003. As of December 31, 2004, the total number of our local telephone access lines increased by 25.7 million, or approximately 15.9%, from 161.0 million in 2003 to 186.7 million in 2004.

 

    Installation Fees . Installation fees received from customers are deferred and amortized over the expected customer relationship period of 10 years. Revenue from the amortized amount of upfront installation fees increased by approximately 8.4%, from RMB2,643 million in 2003 to RMB2,865 million in 2004. The increase was primarily due to continuous increase in access lines in service.

 

    Monthly Fees . Monthly fee revenue increased by approximately 8.5%, from RMB27,499 million in 2003 to RMB29,827 million in 2004, primarily due to the increase of our local telephone subscribers.

 

    Local Usage Fees . Our local usage includes local voice usage and dial-up Internet usage. Revenue from local usage fees increased by approximately 4.0%, from RMB45,815 million in 2003 to RMB47,646 million in 2004. While usage of dial-up Internet services, with lower fees than those for voice services, declined approximately 46.7% from 2003, which we believe is a result of customer migration to our broadband services, voice usage grew by approximately 11.6% to 429,150 million pulses in 2004 from 384,496 million pulses in 2003.

 

Domestic Long Distance Services . Domestic long distance revenue increased by approximately 3.0%, from RMB25,460 million in 2003 to RMB26,231 million in 2004. While the price for long distance services decreased, the total usage of our domestic long distance services increased from 67,312 million minutes in 2003 by

 

- 55 -


Table of Contents

approximately 21.8% to 81,960 million minutes in 2004 as we adopted a more effective pricing strategy and accelerated the development of public telephone supermarkets. Such increase of usage has offset the price decrease in our domestic long distance services.

 

International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan Long Distance Services . Revenue from international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services decreased by approximately 3.9%, from RMB3,943 million in 2003 to RMB3,788 million in 2004. Total usage of international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services (including calls originated from wireline and mobile subscribers) was similar to that in 2003. The decrease in revenue was attributable to the decrease in prices.

 

Interconnection Services . Revenue from interconnection fees increased by approximately 28.1%, from RMB8,365 million in 2003 to RMB10,719 million in 2004. This increase was primarily due to an increase in interconnection volume as a result of the expansion in the domestic telecommunications services subscribers. Our net interconnection income (interconnection revenue deducted by interconnection expenses) was RMB6,624 million, representing a 25.9% increase compared to RMB5,261 million in 2003.

 

Upfront Connection Fees . Upfront connection fees represent the amortized amount of the upfront fees received from the initial activation of our wireline services. These upfront fees are deferred and amortized over 10 years. Effective on July 1, 2001, we ceased charging upfront connection fees to new subscribers. Consequently, the amortized amount continued to decrease by approximately 13.4%, from RMB9,771 million in 2003 to RMB8,458 million in 2004.

 

Internet Services . Internet access services revenue increased by approximately 41.0%, from RMB10,007 million in 2003 to RMB14,109 million in 2004. Revenue from our Internet services contributed 8.8% to our total operating revenue in 2004, as compared to 6.6% in 2003. The increase of Internet access services revenue was primarily due to the rapid development of broadband services. The number of our broadband subscribers increased from 7.2 million as of December 31, 2003 to 13.8 million as of December 31, 2004. We believe that revenue from our broadband Internet services will remain a major driver for our revenue growth.

 

Managed Data Services . Revenue from managed data services decreased by approximately 6.1%, from RMB3,210 million in 2003 to RMB3,015 million in 2004. The decrease was primarily due to the decreases in prices, which has offset the increase of our leased bandwidth of managed data services. The total leased bandwidth of our DDN services was approximately 493,300x 64Kbps as of December 31, 2004, representing an increase of approximately 4.7% from that as of December 31, 2003. The total leased bandwidth of our ATM services was approximately 23,800x 2Mbps as of December 31, 2004, representing an increase of approximately 25.3% from that as of December 31, 2003, and the total leased bandwidth of our frame relay services was approximately 156,300x 128Kbps as of December 31, 2004, representing an increase of approximately 77.0% from that as of December 31, 2003.

 

Leased Line Services . Revenue from leased line services decreased by approximately 18.6%, from RMB5,103 million in 2003 to RMB4,154 million in 2004. The decrease in revenue was mainly due to the price decrease as a result of the intensifying market competition. As of December 31, 2004, we leased out a total of approximately 169,500x 2Mbps equivalent digital circuits, an increase of approximately 3.9% from 2003.

 

Other Services . Revenue from other services increased by approximately 6.8%, from RMB9,737 million in 2003 to RMB10,400 million in 2004, primarily due to the increase in revenue from value-added services, including caller display services and telephone message service. Revenue derived from these services accounted for approximately 6.4% of our total operating revenue in 2004, as compared to approximately 6.4% in 2003.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Total operating expenses increased by approximately 2.3%, from RMB118,701 million in 2003 to RMB 121,382 million in 2004, which is lower than the growth rate of our revenue in 2004. Our network operations and support expenses decreased and our depreciation and amortization expenses slightly increased in 2004. Our selling, general and administrative expenses, our personnel expenses and our interconnection and other operating expenses also increased in 2004.

 

- 56 -


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization . Our depreciation and amortization expenses increased by approximately 1.2%, from RMB46,597 million in 2003 to RMB47,170 million in 2004, mainly due to increase in property, plant and equipment. The depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of our operating revenue decreased from approximately 30.7% in 2003 to approximately 29.3% in 2004.

 

Network Operations and Support . Excluding personnel related costs of RMB15,459 million in 2004 and RMB12,780 million in 2003, our network operations and support expenses decreased by approximately 11.9%, from RMB31,338 million in 2003 to RMB27,611 million in 2004. This decrease was mainly due to a decrease in repairs and maintenance expenses as a result of our centralized management of network maintenance and resources allocation.

 

Selling, General and Administrative . Excluding personnel related costs of RMB7,774 million in 2004 and RMB8,032 million in 2003, our selling, general and administrative expenses increased to RMB19,229 million in 2004 from RMB16,778 million in 2003. Selling and marketing expenses increased by approximately 34.9% from RMB9,648 million in 2003 to RMB13,019 million in 2004 due to the reinforcement of our marketing strength to cope with increasingly intensified market competition. General and administrative expenses decreased by approximately 12.9%, from RMB7,130 million in 2003 to RMB6,210 million in 2004 due to our strict expenditure control.

 

Personnel Expenses . Personnel expenses increased by approximately 11.6%, from RMB20,812 million in 2003 to RMB23,233 million in 2004. This increase was primarily due to the further reform of performance-linked remuneration scheme to attract and retain talented employees and motivate employees.

 

Interconnection Charges and Other Expenses . Interconnection and other expenses increased by 30.3%, from RMB3,176 million in 2003 to RMB4,139 million in 2004, due to the increase in inter-network traffic.

 

Net Finance Costs

 

Our gross interest expense in 2004 increased to RMB6,834 million from RMB4,948 million in 2003 and our net interest expense also increased from RMB3,340 million in 2003 to RMB5,367 million in 2004. The increases are mainly due to the interest expenses incurred from the deferred payments totaling RMB50,150 million, which are part of the purchase considerations of our 2003 and 2004 acquisitions. We had a net foreign exchange loss of RMB204 million in 2004, compared to a net foreign exchange loss of RMB597 million in 2003.

 

Income Tax

 

Our statutory income tax rate is 33%. In 2004, our income tax expense was RMB5,187 million, representing an effective tax rate of 15.6%. The difference between the statutory tax rate and our effective tax rate was primarily due to the exclusion of the upfront connection fees from taxable revenue, and the preferential income tax rate of 15% applied to some of our branches and subsidiaries located in special economic zones and western part of China. Our effective tax rate being lower than the statutory tax rate was also attributable to the tax credits received by our operating subsidiaries on the purchases of domestic equipment. See Note 24 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for further details in respect of the reconciliation of our effective tax rate to the statutory tax rate of 33%. As the tax credits on purchases of domestic equipment are subject to review and approval of regulatory authorities, we cannot determine with reasonable certainty the amount or timing of such credit to be granted in future periods.

 

Net Income

 

Our net income reached RMB28,023 million in 2004, with net margin of approximately 17.4%. In connection with the reorganization of the telecommunications business in the ten regions we acquired, we carried out a

 

- 57 -


Table of Contents

revaluation of the relevant property, plant and equipment in accordance with the relevant regulations in 2003 and a revaluation deficit of RMB14,832 million was resulted. This was one of the reasons for the increase of our net income in 2004 from RMB 13,882 million in 2003.

 

Inflation

 

In recent years, China has not experienced significant inflation, and thus inflation has not had a significant effect on our businesses during the past three years. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, China’s overall national inflation rate, as represented by the general consumer price index, was approximately 1.2% and 3.9% in 2003 and 2004, respectively. China experienced a slight deflation in 2002 at a rate of 0.8%.

 

Foreign Currency Fluctuation Impact

 

See “Item 3. Key Information – D. Risk Factors – Fluctuation of the Renminbi could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.” and “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk – Foreign Exchange Rate Risk.” We do not currently hedge our foreign currencies exposure.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

 

Operating Revenue

 

Our operating revenue grew by RMB10,647 million, or approximately 7.6%, from RMB140,906 million in 2002 to RMB151,553 million in 2003. This increase primarily reflected increases in revenue from local telephone services, Internet services and other services.

 

Local Telephone Services.

 

Revenue from our local wireline telephone services increased by approximately 5.4%, from RMB72,083 million in 2002 to RMB75,957 million in 2003. This increase was primarily due to subscriber growth and usage increase, attributable to the economic development in our service areas. Revenue from local telephone services accounted for 50.2% of our total operating revenue in 2003, compared to approximately 51.2% in 2002. As of December 31, 2003, the total number of our local telephone access lines increased by 27.9 million, or approximately 21.0%, from 133.1 million in 2002 to 161.0 million in 2003.

 

    Installation Fees . Installation fees received from customers are deferred and amortized over the expected customer relationship period of 10 years. Revenue from the amortized amount of upfront installation fees increased by approximately 14.7%, from RMB2,305 million in 2002 to RMB2,643 million in 2003. The increase was primarily due to the continuous increase in the number of our access lines in service in recent years.

 

    Monthly Fees . Monthly fee revenue increased by approximately 8.5%, from RMB25,338 million in 2002 to RMB27,499 million in 2003, primarily due to an increase in the average number of our access lines in service.

 

    Local Usage Fees . Our local usage includes local voice usage and dial-up Internet usage. Revenue from local usage fees increased by approximately 3.1%, from RMB44,440 million in 2002 to RMB45,815 million in 2003. While usage of dial-up Internet services, with lower fees than those for voice services, declined approximately 28.2% from 2002, which we believe is a result of customer migration to our broadband services, voice usage grew approximately 6.5% to 384,496 million pulses in 2003 from 360,986 million pulses in 2002.

 

Domestic Long Distance Services . Domestic long distance revenue decreased by approximately 1.0%, from RMB25,726 million in 2002 to RMB25,460 million in 2003. While total usage of our domestic long distance services increased, the increased usage reflected mainly increase in usage of our substantially lower-priced VoIP

 

- 58 -


Table of Contents

services. The total transmission volume for our domestic long distance services increased from 2002 by approximately 13.1%, to 67,312 million minutes in 2003. The decrease in domestic long distance revenue was due to a decrease in actual price caused by the increase in the proportion of VoIP calls.

 

International, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan Long Distance Services . Revenue from international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services increased by approximately 1.7%, from RMB3,878 million in 2002 to RMB3,943 million in 2003. Total usage of international, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan long distance services (including calls originated from wireline and mobile subscribers) increased by approximately 8.0%, from 1,546 million minutes in 2002 to 1,670 million minutes in 2003.

 

Interconnection Services . Revenue from interconnection fees increased by approximately 11.2%, from RMB7,524 million in 2002 to RMB 8,365 million in 2003. This increase was primarily due to an increase in interconnection volume. In 2003, our net interconnection income (interconnection revenue deducted by interconnection expenses) was RMB5,261 million, representing an increase of approximately 19.3% compared to RMB4,409 million in 2002.

 

Upfront Connection Fees . Upfront connection fees represent the amortized amount of the upfront fees received from the initial activation of our wireline services. These upfront fees are deferred and amortized over 10 years. Effective on July 1, 2001, we ceased charging upfront connection fees to new subscribers. Consequently, the amortized amount continued to decrease by approximately 7.5%, from RMB10,564 million in 2002 to RMB9,771 million in 2003.

 

Internet Services . Internet access services revenue increased by approximately 66.8%, or RMB4,009 million, from RMB5,998 million in 2002 to RMB10,007 million in 2003. Revenue from our Internet services as a percentage of our total operating revenue also increased from approximately 4.3% in 2002 to 6.6% in 2003. This increase was primarily due to the significant increase in broadband revenue caused by the rapid expansion of our broadband subscriber base. The number of our broadband subscribers increased from 2.4 million as of December 31, 2002 to 7.2 million as of December 31, 2003. We believe that revenue from our broadband Internet services will remain a major driver for our revenue growth.

 

Managed Data Services . Revenue from managed data services increased by approximately 2.0%, from RMB3,147 million in 2002 to RMB3,210 million in 2003. The increase was primarily due to usage growth, which was offset by the effect of pricing packages we implemented in order to increase loyalty of our customers. The total leased bandwidth of our DDN services was 471,200x 64Kbps as of December 31, 2003, representing an increase of approximately 24.6% from that as of December 31, 2002. The total leased bandwidth of our ATM services was 19,000x 2Mbps as of December 31, 2003, representing an increase of approximately 14.5% from that as of December 31, 2002, and the total leased bandwidth of our frame relay services was 88,300x 128Kbps as of December 31, 2003, representing an increase of approximately 83.6% from that as of December 31, 2002. The increase in our leased bandwidth of managed data services was a result of the continuous economic growth and an increase in demand for managed data services in our service regions.

 

Leased Line Services . Revenue from leased line services decreased by approximately 7.6%, from RMB5,520 million in 2002 to RMB5,103 million in 2003. The decrease in revenue was mainly due to a decrease in the prices of our leased line services caused by a change in our customer mix. As of December 31, 2003, we leased out a total of 163,100x2Mbps equivalent digital circuits, decreased slightly by approximately 0.9% from 2002.

 

Other Services . Revenue from other services increased by approximately 50.6%, from RMB6,466 million in 2002 to RMB9,737 million in 2003, primarily due to an increase in revenue from our value-added telecommunications services and revenue from the sale, repair and maintenance of customer-end equipment.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Total operating expenses increased by approximately 2.5%, from RMB115,798 million in 2002 to RMB118,701 million in 2003, which is lower than the growth rate of our revenue in 2003. Our network operations and support

 

- 59 -


Table of Contents

expenses decreased and our depreciation and amortization expenses remained stable in 2003. Our selling, general and administrative expenses and our personnel expenses increased, while our interconnection and other operating expenses remained at similar levels to those in 2002.

 

Depreciation and Amortization . Our depreciation and amortization expenses increased slightly by approximately 1.7%, from RMB45,810 million in 2002 to RMB46,597 million in 2003, mainly due to the increase in property, plant and equipment. The depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of our operating revenue decreased from approximately 32.5% in 2002 to approximately 30.7% in 2003.

 

Network Operations and Support . Excluding personnel related costs of RMB12,780 million in 2003 and RMB11,812 million in 2002, our network operations and support expenses decreased by approximately 8.9%, from RMB34,403 million in 2002 to RMB31,338 million in 2003. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in repair and maintenance expenses by 22.2% to RMB13,489 million in 2003, as we further centralized network maintenance and resource allocation and improved network utilization.

 

Selling, General and Administrative . Excluding personnel related costs of RMB8,032 million in 2003 and RMB7,082 million in 2002, our selling, general and administrative expenses increased to RMB16,778 million in 2003 from RMB13,503 million in 2002. Selling and marketing expenses increased by approximately 67.4% from RMB5,764 million in 2002 to RMB9,648 million in 2003 due to the expansion of our subscriber base. General and administrative expenses decreased by approximately 7.9%, from RMB7,739 million in 2002 to RMB7,130 million in 2003 due to our strict expenditure control.

 

Personnel Expenses . Personnel expenses increased by approximately 10.2%, from RMB18,894 million in 2002 to RMB20,812 million in 2003. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the employee compensation pursuant to our merit-based compensation system in order to retain and motivate competent personnel, and to bring our compensation in line with the prevailing market standards.

 

Interconnection Charges and Other Expenses . Interconnection and other expenses remained stable at RMB3,176 million in 2003, compared to RMB3,188 million in 2002.

 

Net Finance Costs

 

Our cash flows from operating activities enabled us to repay a large amount of bank loans in 2003. By leveraging our high credit ratings from domestic banks in China and our financial risk control, we have swapped some of our long-term loans with short-term loans, which have lower interest rates. This contributed to the decrease in our finance costs. In addition, our gross interest expense in 2003 decreased by RMB546 million from 2002 as a result of the decrease in loan borrowing rate and an increase in the proportion of short term loans, and our net interest expense also decreased from RMB3,826 million in 2002 to RMB3,340 million in 2003. We had a net foreign exchange loss of RMB597 million in 2003, compared to a net foreign exchange loss of RMB493 million in 2002.

 

Income Tax

 

Our statutory income tax rate is 33%. In 2003, our income tax expense was RMB469 million, representing an effective tax rate of 3.3%. The difference between the statutory tax rate and our effective tax rate was primarily due to the exclusion of the upfront connection fees from taxable revenue, and the preferential income tax rate of 15% applied to some of our branches and subsidiaries located in special economic zones in China. Another reason for our effective tax rate being lower than the statutory tax rate was the tax credits received by our operating subsidiaries on domestic equipment purchases. See Note 24 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for further details in respect of the reconciliation of our effective tax rate to the statutory tax rate of 33%.

 

- 60 -


Table of Contents

Net Income

 

Our net income reached RMB13,882 million in 2003, with net margin of approximately 9.2%, compared to net income of RMB8,219 million with net margin of approximately 5.8% in 2002.

 

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Cash Flows and Working Capital

 

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     (RMB in millions)  

Cash flows from operating activities

   62,357     58,392     66,078  

Net cash used in investing activities

   (62,578 )   (57,094 )   (56,353 )

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

   7,690     (11,320 )   (8,981 )
    

 

 

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   7,469     (10,022 )   744  

 

Cash and cash equivalents increased by approximately 5.8%, from RMB12,721 million as of December 31, 2003 to RMB13,465 million as of December 31, 2004. Our net cash inflow was RMB744 million in 2004, as opposed to a net cash outflow of RMB10,022 million in 2003, primarily due to, on the one hand, the net proceeds of RMB12,702 million raised from our global offering in 2004, an increase of 7,686 million cash inflows from operating activities and, on the other hand, our cash payment of RMB12,650 million in the same year as part of the acquisition consideration for the telecommunications assets from China Telecom Group.

 

Our principal source of liquidity is cash generated from operating activities, which reached RMB66,078 million in 2004, an increase of RMB 7,686 million from RMB58,392 million in 2003. This increase was primarily due to the steady development of our business and improvement in operational efficiency. The decrease in cash inflows from operating activities in 2003 as compared to 2002 was mainly due to payment of income tax for both 2002 and 2003 during the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by RMB741 million from 2003 to RMB56,353 million in 2004 due to a further decrease in capital expenditures.

 

Net cash used in financing activities was RMB8,981 million in 2004, while net cash used in financing activities was RMB11,320 million in 2003. This change was primarily due to, on the one hand, the net proceeds raised from our global offering in 2004 and, on the other hand, our cash payment in the same year as part of the acquisition consideration for the telecommunications assets from China Telecom Group, the increase of our repayment of loans and distribution of dividends.

 

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the annual general meeting held on May 3, 2004, a final dividend of RMB0.069083 equivalent to HK$0.065 per share totaling RMB5,224 million in respect of the year ended December 31, 2003 was declared and was paid on May 20, 2004. In respect of the companies we acquired in 2004, the net amount of cash contributed from China Telecom Group to these companies (defined as cash contributions minus cash distributions) was RMB100 million in 2004 and RMB3,265 million in 2003.

 

Our working capital (defined as current assets minus current liabilities) was a deficit of RMB118,412 million as of December 31, 2004, compared to a deficit of RMB116,042 million as of December 31, 2003. The increase in our working capital deficit was primarily due to the increase of short-term loans at lower interest rates to benefit from our good credit rating, whilst our liquidity risk is still under control.

 

- 61 -


Table of Contents

We estimate that our current cash and cash equivalents, together with our existing credit facilities from domestic commercial banks, cash flows from operating activities, as well as funds available from short-term and long-term bank borrowings, will be sufficient to satisfy our future working capital requirements and capital expenditures at least through 2005.

 

Indebtedness

 

Our indebtedness as of the dates indicated was as follows:

 

     As of December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

     (RMB in millions)

Short-term debt

   53,196    56,243    65,976

Current portion of long-term debt

   13,853    13,957    11,842

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

   38,963    68,632    72,366
    
  
  

Total debt

   106,012    138,832    150,184

 

We finance a significant portion of our business operations with short-term loans obtained from commercial banks in China. Short-term loans constituted approximately 26.2% of our total liabilities as of December 31, 2004. We have established and maintained high credit ratings with our principal domestic commercial lenders, which have facilitated our ability to obtain credit on favorable terms to meet our financing requirements. As of December 31, 2004, we had available credit facilities of RMB27,855 million from which we can draw upon. The weighted average interest rate of our short-term debt was 4.4% as of December 31, 2004, representing a decrease of 20 basis points from that as of December 31, 2003.

 

Our total debt increased by RMB11,352 million from RMB138,832 million as of December 31, 2003 to RMB150,184 million as of December 31, 2004, primarily due to the deferred consideration of RMB15,150 million for our 2004 acquisition of the companies from China Telecom Group. Consequently, our debt-to-asset ratio (total debt divided by total assets) increased from approximately 34.4% in 2003 to approximately 36.4% in 2004, which we believe is a reasonable level.

 

Excluding the deferred consideration for the acquisitions of RMB50,150 million (2003: RMB35,000 million) our long-term debt (including current portion) decreased from RMB47,589 million as of December 31, 2003 to RMB34,058 million as of December 31, 2004. In contrast, our short-term debt increased from RMB56,243 million as of December 31, 2003, to RMB65,976 million as of December 31, 2004.

 

Of our total debt as of December 31, 2004, approximately 95.2%, 2.1%, 1.9% and 0.8% were denominated in Renminbi, Japanese yen, U.S. dollars and Euros, respectively. We do not currently hedge our foreign currencies exposure.

 

Our short-term and long-term debt does not contain any financial covenants which materially restrict our operations. We do not have any financial instruments held for trading purposes, and as of December 31, 2004, we did not hold any derivative instruments which are designated and qualified as hedging instruments.

 

- 62 -


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

 

The following table sets forth our historical and planned capital expenditure requirements for the periods indicated. Actual future capital expenditures for the periods after December 31, 2004 may differ from the amounts indicated below.

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2001

   2002

   2003

   2004

   2005
(Planned)


   2006
(Planned)


     (RMB in millions)

Total capital expenditures

   78,621    59,865    61,587    56,307    55,800    54,800

 

The total amount of our capital expenditures decreased by approximately 8.6%, from RMB61,587 million in 2003 to RMB56,307 million in 2004. The decrease was primarily due to the continued implementation of our policy to control capital expenditure.

 

In 2004, we continued to implement our prudent policy on capital expenditures and further optimized the allocation of our capital expenditures. We maintained our leading position in access network and also made efforts to transform existing network into intelligent, broadband and IP based networks. At the same time, we made preparation for the construction of the next generation network.

 

Capital Resources

 

We expect to fund our capital expenditure needs through a combination of cash generated from our operating activities, short-term and long-term bank loans and other debt and equity financing. We believe we will have sufficient capital resources to satisfy our capital expenditure requirements for the foreseeable future.

 

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

 

Our emphasis on research and development has contributed to the development of our advanced network, system, and the rollout of our new applications and services. Our researchers focus on network planning and support, new technology trials, market evaluation, investment-related financial analysis and other key areas. Specific areas of research include fiber optic transmission technology, mobile communications technology, next generation networks, broadband access, data communications, operation and service support systems and development of value-added services.

 

D. Trend Information.

 

Please refer to our discussion in each section under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — A. Operating Results.”

 

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of December 31, 2004, we did not have any outstanding derivative financial instruments, off-balance sheet arrangements or guarantees.

 

- 63 -


Table of Contents

F. Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

 

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2004: ,

 

     Payable in

     Total

   2005

   2006

   2007

   2008

   Thereafter

     (RMB in millions)

Contractual Obligations:

                             

Short-term debt

   65,976    65,976    —      —      —      —  

Long-term debt

   84,208    11,842    10,022    8,343    552    53,449

Operating lease commitments

   1,285    369    187    137    124    468

Capital commitments

   4,865    4,865    —      —      —      —  
    
  
  
  
  
  

Total contractual obligations

   156,334    83,052    10,209    8,480    676    53,917

 

G. US GAAP Reconciliation

 

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS, which differs in certain significant respects from US GAAP. The difference, as it applies to our financial statements, primarily relates to the US GAAP requirement that property, plant and equipment be carried at historical cost and depreciation, whereas under IFRS, property, plant and equipment can be carried in the financial statements at the revalued amount and depreciated. See Note 33 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for further information relating to this difference and a description of recently pronounced U.S. accounting standards.

 

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees.

 

A. Directors and Senior Management

 

Directors and Senior Officers

 

On October 20, 2004, Mr. Yang Jie and Mr. Sun Kangmin were appointed as executive directors pursuant to the resolutions passed by our shareholders on the extraordinary general meeting. On November 2, 2004, our board of directors accepted the resignation of Mr. Zhou Deqiang as Chief Executive Officer of our Company, and the resignation of Mr. Chang Xiaobing as President and Chief Operating Officer of our Company, and appointed Mr. Wang Xiaochu as Chief Executive Officer of our Company. On December 20, 2004, the extraordinary general meeting of our Company was held and our shareholders passed resolutions regarding the change of our board of directors. Pursuant to the shareholders’ resolutions, the resignation of Mr. Zhou Deqiang and Mr. Chang Xiaobing as executive directors, the appointment of Mr. Wang Xiaochu, Mr. Leng Rongquan to serve as executive directors and Mr. Li Jinming to serve as non-executive director of our Company were approved.

 

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and executive officers. The business address of each of our directors and executive officers is 31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, China 100032.

 

Name


   Age

  

Position


Wang Xiaochu

   47    Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer

Leng Rongquan

   56    Executive director and President and Chief Operating Officer

Wu Andi

   50    Executive director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Zhang Jiping

   49    Executive director and Executive Vice President

Huang Wenlin

   51    Executive director and Executive Vice President

 

- 64 -


Table of Contents

Name


   Age

  

Position


Li Ping

   51    Executive director, Executive Vice President and Joint Company Secretary

Wei Leping

   59    Executive director and Executive Vice President

Yang Jie

   43    Executive director and Executive Vice President

Sun Kangmin

   48    Executive director and Executive Vice President

Cheng Xiyuan

   61    Executive director

Feng Xiong

   59    Executive director

Li Jinming

   53    Non-executive director

Zhang Youcai

   64    Independent non-executive director

Shi Wanpeng

   68    Independent non-executive director

Vincent Hong Sui Lo

   57    Independent non-executive director

Yung Shun Loy, Jacky

   42    Assistant Chief Financial Officer and Joint Company Secretary

Wang Qi

   50    Controller

 

Wang Xiaochu, 47, is Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of our Company. Mr. Wang held positions such as Director and Deputy Director of the Hangzhou Telecommunications Bureau in Zhejiang Province, Director General of the Tianjin Posts and Telecommunications Administration, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited, and Vice President of China Mobile Communications Corporation. Mr. Wang is also President of China Telecommunications Corporation. He was responsible for the development of China Telecom’s telephone network management systems and various other information technology projects and as a result, received the Class Three National Science and Technology Advancement Award and the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications’s Class One Science and Technology Advancement Award. Mr. Wang graduated from Beijing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications in 1980 and has over 24 years of management experience in the telecommunications industry.

 

Leng Rongquan, 56, is executive director, President and Chief Operating Office of our Company. Mr. Leng is a director level senior engineer. He graduated from the Beijing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications with a Master of Science in engineering. Mr. Leng has held positions such as Chief Engineer of the Beijing Long Distance Telephone Bureau, Deputy Chief Engineer of the Telecommunications Bureau of the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications, Deputy Director General of the Telecommunications Bureau of the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications of the PRC, or the MPT, Deputy General Manager of China Telecommunications Corporation, Deputy General Manager of China Network Communications Group Corporation and Vice Chairman of China Netcom Group Corporation (Hong Kong) Limited. Mr. Leng is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Leng has had 29 years of operational management experience in the telecommunications industry in the PRC.

 

Wu Andi , 50, is executive director, Executive Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer of our Company. Ms. Wu is a Senior Accountant. She graduated in 1983 from the Beijing Institute of Economics with a B.A. degree in finance and trading. From 1996 to 1998, Ms. Wu studied in a postgraduate program in business economics management at the Chinese Institute of Social Sciences. Prior to joining China Telecommunications Corporation in May 2000, Ms. Wu served as Director General of the Department of Economic Adjustment and Communication Settlement of the Ministry of Information Industry, and Director General, deputy Director General and Director of the Department of Finance of the MPT. Ms. Wu is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Ms. Wu has 23 years of financial experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

 

Zhang Jiping , 49, is Executive Director and Executive Vice President of our Company. Mr. Zhang is a professor level Senior Engineer. He graduated in 1982 from the Beijing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications with a B.S. degree in radio telecommunications engineering. From 1986 to 1988, Mr. Zhang studied in a post-graduate program in applied computer engineering at Northeastern Industrial University. Prior to joining China Telecommunications Corporation in May 2000, Mr. Zhang was a Deputy Director General of the DGT of the MPT, and a Deputy Director General of Liaoning PTA and Director of the Network Management Center of the Liaoning PTA. Mr. Zhang is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Zhang has 23 years of operational and managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

 

- 65 -


Table of Contents

Huang Wenlin , 51, is executive director and Executive Vice President of our Company. Ms. Huang is a Senior Economist. She graduated in 1984 from the Beijing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications with a concentration in engineering management. Prior to joining China Telecommunications Corporation in May 2000, Ms. Huang served as Director of the Domestic Communications Division and Director of the Communications Organization Division of the DGT of the MPT. Ms. Huang is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Ms. Huang has 30 years of operational and managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

 

Li Ping , 51, is executive director, Executive Vice President and Joint Company Secretary of our Company. Mr. Li is a Senior Engineer. He graduated in 1976 from the Beijing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications with a major in radio telecommunications and received an MBA degree from the State University of New York at Buffalo in 1989. Prior to joining China Telecommunications Corporation in August 2000, Mr. Li served as Chairman and the President of China Telecom (Hong Kong) International Limited, Vice Chairman and Executive Vice President of China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited and Deputy Director General of the DGT and the MPT. Mr. Li is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Li has extensive experience in managing public companies and 29 years of operational and managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

 

Wei Leping , 59, is executive director and Executive Vice President of our Company. Mr. Wei is a professor level Senior Engineer. He graduated in 1970 from Tsinghua University with a major in radio engineering and received an M.S. degree in communication and information systems from the Research Institute of Post and Telecommunications. Prior to joining China Telecommunications Corporation in April 2001, Mr. Wei served as Deputy Director of the Telecommunications Research Institute of the Ministry of Information Industry, Deputy Director of the Telecommunications Science Planning and Research Institute of the MPT and Deputy Director and Chief Engineer of the Telecommunications Transmissions Research Center of the MPT. Mr. Wei is also Chief Engineer of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Wei has 27 years of experience in research and development for network technologies in the telecommunications industry in China.

 

Yang Jie , 43, is executive director and Executive Vice President of our Company. Mr. Yang is a senior engineer at professor level. In 1984, Mr. Yang graduated from Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications with a bachelor’s degree in wireless electronic engineering. He then obtained a master degree of telecommunications and information management at the Norwegian School of Management. Mr. Yang previously served as Deputy Director General of Shanxi Administration Bureau of Posts and Telecommunications, General Manager of Shanxi Telecommunications Corporation, Vice President of China Telecom Beijing Research Institute and General Manager of the Northern Telecom Department of China Telecommunications Corporation. He is also Vice President of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Yang has 21 years of experience in handling issues relating to the operation and management of the telecommunications industry in China.

 

Sun Kangmin , 48, is executive director and Executive Vice President of our Company. Mr. Sun is a senior engineer. Mr. Sun previously served as Department Head of the Information Industry Department of Sichuan Province, Director General of Communications Bureau of Sichuan Province as well as Chairman and General Manager of Sichuan Telecom Company Limited. Mr. Sun has 21 years of experience in handling issues relating to the operation and management of the telecommunications industry in China.

 

Cheng Xiyuan , 61, is executive director of our Company and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Shanghai Telecom Company Limited. Mr. Cheng is a professor level Senior Engineer. He graduated from Chongqing Institute of Military Telecommunications and Engineering in 1968 with a major in telecommunications. Prior to joining China Telecom Group, Mr. Cheng served as Director General of Shanghai Long Distance Telephone Bureau, a Deputy Director General, Director General and Chief Engineer of Shanghai PTA and General Manager of China Telecom Group Shanghai Corporation and has 36 years of operational and managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

 

Feng Xiong , 59, is executive director of our Company, Chairman of the board of directors and General Manager of Guangdong Telecom Company Limited. Mr. Feng is a professor level Senior Engineer. He graduated from Tsinghua University in 1970 with a major in electronic engineering. He received a master’s degree from Nanjing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications in 1982 with a major in communications and systems. Prior to

 

- 66 -


Table of Contents

joining China Telecom Group, Mr. Feng served as Deputy Chief Engineer and Chief Engineer of the Nanjing Municipal Telecommunications Bureau of Jiangsu PTA, and Deputy Chief Engineer, Chief Engineer and a Deputy Director General of Jiangsu PTA. Mr. Feng currently serves as General Manager of China Telecom Group Guangdong Corporation and has 23 years of operational and managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

 

Li Jinming, 53, is non-executive director of our Company. Mr. Li is Chairman of Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd., one of the domestic Shareholders of our Company, and director of Shenzhen Zhongjin Lingnan Nonfemet Company Limited. Mr. Li graduated from Guangdong Provincial Broadcast and Television University, and studied in the postgraduate class in the faculty of international economics of Lingnan College, Zhongshan University, majoring in international industry and commerce management. He is currently studying in the EMBA class at Lingnan College, Zhongshan University. Mr. Li has held positions such as Section Chief and Deputy Director General of the Guangdong Provincial Discipline Inspection Commission, and director and Deputy General Manager of Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd. Mr. Li has extensive experience in enterprise management.

 

Zhang Youcai , 64, is independent non-executive director of our Company. Mr. Zhang graduated from Nanjing Industrial Chemistry College in 1965 with a major in inorganic chemistry. He was a former Vice Minister of the Ministry of Finance of China and was responsible for the formulation and implementation of government finance policies. Mr. Zhang has contributed to the improvement and reform of the finance system of China over more than a decade. Prior to serving at the Ministry of Finance, Mr. Zhang served as a Deputy Director of the Planning Commission of Nantong City in Jiangsu Province and a Deputy Mayor and Mayor of Nantong. Mr. Zhang has more than 40 years of experience in the regulation of Chinese state-owned enterprises and finance administration.

 

Shi Wanpeng , 68, is independent non-executive director of our Company. He graduated in 1960 from Northern Jiaotong University with a major in Railway Transportation Management. Mr. Shi is a professor level Senior Engineer and served as Deputy Director General and Director General of Department of Transportation and Department of Economy & Technology Cooperation of State Economy & Trade Commission, and Director General of Department of Production Planning of State Development Planning Commission. He had more than 40 years of operational and managerial experience in state-owned enterprise and industry development of PRC.

 

Vincent Hong Sui Lo , 57, is independent non-executive director of our Company. Mr. Lo founded the Shui On Group in 1971 and is the Group’s Chairman and Chief Executive. He is also Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Shui On Land Limited. The Group is engaged in property development, construction, construction materials, and hotel businesses. To further consolidate its prime developments in the Chinese Mainland, the Group established its property flagship — Shui On Land Limited in 2004. Mr. Lo is a member of The Tenth National Committee of Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference, Honorary Life President of Business and Professionals Federation of Hong Kong, President of Shanghai-Hong Kong Council for the Promotion and Development of Yangtze, Vice Chairman of All-China Federation of Industry & Commerce, Economic Adviser to the Chongqing Municipal Government, Vice Chairman of Chamber of International Commerce Shanghai, member of Greater Pearl River Delta Business Council, director of Great Eagle Holdings Ltd, non-executive director of Hang Seng Bank Ltd, Court Member of The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, Adviser to HK-Thailand Business Council, Director of The Real Estate Developers Association of Hong Kong, Adviser to Chinese Society of Macroeconomics and Peking University China Center for Economic Research, and Council Member of China Overseas Friendship Association. He was awarded the Gold Bauhinia Star (GBS) in 1998 and appointed Justice of the Peace in 1999 by the Government of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (HKSAR). He was made an Honorary Citizen of Shanghai in 1999. He was named Businessman of the Year by the Hong Kong Business Awards in 2001, and won the Director of the Year Award in the category of Listed Company Executive Directors from The Hong Kong Institute of Directors in 2002.

 

Yung Shun Loy, Jacky , 42, is the assistant Chief Financial Officer, qualified accountant and Joint Company Secretary of our Company. Mr. Yung is a fellow member of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants and a fellow member of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants of United Kingdom. Mr. Yung is also a Certified Practicing Accountant of Australia. Mr. Yung has nearly 20 years of experience in auditing, company secretary and senior financial management of listed companies.

 

- 67 -


Table of Contents

Wang Qi , 50, is the Controller of our Company. Mr. Wang is a senior accountant. He studied at Beijing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications and the Australian National University. Mr. Wang has a B.A. degree in international economics and a master’s degree in international management. Prior to joining our Company, Mr. Wang served as a Deputy Director General of Anhui PTA. Mr. Wang also served as a Deputy general Manager of China Telecom Group Anhui Corporation prior to his relocation to the headquarters of China Telecom Group in 2000. Mr. Wang is also managing director of the Finance Department of China Telecommunications Corporation. Mr. Wang has 30 years of managerial and accounting experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

 

There is no family relationship between any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Supervisors

 

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our supervisors.

 

Name


   Age

  

Position


Zhang Xiuqin

   58    Chairperson of our supervisory committee

Zhu Lihao

   64    Independent supervisor

Xie Songguang

   56    Supervisor

Li Jing

   39    Supervisor

Wang Huanhui

   60    Supervisor

 

Zhang Xiuqin , 58, is the Chairperson of our Supervisory Committee. Ms. Zhang is a Senior Accountant. Prior to joining China Telecom Group, Ms. Zhang served as a Director of the Systems Division of the Financial Department of the MPT, Director of the Department of Economic Adjustment and Communication Settlement of the Ministry of Information Industry, Director of the Communication Settlement Centre of the Ministry of Information Industry and General Manager of the Huaxin Posts and Telecommunication Economic Development Center. Since July 2000, Ms. Zhang has served as Director of the Audit Department of China Telecommunications Corporation. Ms. Zhang has 36 years of operational and managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

 

Zhu Lihao , 64, is an independent supervisor on our Supervisory Committee. Ms. Zhu is a Senior Auditor and is a board member of the Auditors’ Association. She graduated from Beijing Mining College in 1963 with a major in engineering economics. Ms. Zhu served as a Deputy Director General and Director General of the Department of Industry and Communications of the National Audit Office of China, and the Director General of the Department of Foreign Affairs Auditing of the Audit Bureau. Ms. Zhu has 42 years of experience in management and auditing.

 

Xie Songguang , 56, is a supervisor on our Supervisory Committee. Mr. Xie is a Senior Engineer. He graduated from Nanjing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications in 1985 with a major in communications. Mr. Xie completed an advanced business program in Hangzhou University in 1998. Prior to joining China Telecom Group, Mr. Xie served as a Deputy Director of the Telecommunications Division, and Director of the Operation and Maintenance Division of Zhejiang PTA. Mr. Xie currently serves as a Deputy General Manager of China Telecom Group Zhejiang Corporation and has 30 years of operational and managerial experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

 

Li Jing , 39, is a supervisor on our Supervisory Committee. Mr. Li is an economist. He graduated from the Central Party School in 1995 with a major in economics and management. Prior to joining China Telecom Group, Mr. Li worked at the Audit Division of the Jiangsu PTA, and the audit department and financial department of Suzhou Municipal Posts and Telecommunications Bureau. Mr. Li currently serves as a Director of the Audit Department of China Telecom Group Jiangsu Corporation and has 20 years of financial and auditing experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

 

Wang Huanhui , 60, has been the supervisor representing employees from April 1 this year. Mr. Wang is a senior economist, and graduated from Beijing Institute of Posts and Telecommunications in 1969. In August 2000, Mr. Wang was appointed as director of Supervisors Board of China Telecommunications Corporations. Mr Wang has more than 30 years of operational and management experience in the telecommunications industry in China.

 

- 68 -


Table of Contents

B. Compensation

 

Compensation of Executive Directors and Supervisors

 

Our directors and supervisors receive compensation in the form of salaries, housing allowances, other allowances and benefits in kind, including our contribution to the pension plans for our directors and supervisors. For supervisors who are not employed by us, they will receive fees from us. The aggregate amount of compensation we paid to our directors and supervisors as a group for the year ended December 31, 2004 was approximately RMB9.0 million.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights

 

We implemented a plan of stock appreciation rights for members of our senior management in order to provide further incentives to these employees. The plan, effective from November 15, 2002, is designed to link the financial interests of our senior management with our future results of operations and the performance of our H shares. The number of stock appreciation right units granted to a person may also be adjusted in accordance with the result of his or her performance evaluation. Under this plan, stock appreciation rights were granted in units with each unit representing one H share. No shares will be issued under the stock appreciation rights plan.

 

Our remuneration committee approved the vesting plan for stock appreciation rights in March 2003. Pursuant to the vesting plan, we granted 276 million stock appreciation right units to approximately 451 employees, including members of the board of directors and the supervisory committee (excluding independent directors and independent supervisors), chief executive officer, president, vice presidents, chief financial officer, presidents of provincial subsidiaries and division managers, and heads of our local network operating units structured as strategic business units and basic business units. In March 2004, our board of directors approved a supplemental vesting plan to grant additional stock appreciation rights to senior management members of our provincial subsidiaries in Anhui Province, Fujian Province, Jiangxi Province, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Chongqing Municipality and Sichuan Province and newly promoted senior officers of our company who are qualified to receive stock appreciation rights under our stock appreciation rights plan.

 

Under the plan, all stock appreciation rights will have an exercise period of six years. A recipient of stock appreciation rights may not exercise the rights in the first 18 months after the date of grant. At each of the third, fourth, fifth and sixth anniversary of the date of grant, the total number of stock appreciation rights exercisable may not in aggregate exceed 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%, respectively, of the total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

 

In March 2003, our Compensation Committee approved the plan for stock appreciation rights pursuant to which we granted 276 million stock appreciation right units to eligible employees during 2003.

 

The exercise price of stock appreciation rights granted in 2003 is the initial public offering price of our H shares. Upon exercise of the stock appreciation rights, a recipient will receive, subject to any applicable withholding tax, a cash payment in RMB, translated from the Hong Kong dollar amount equal to the product of the number of stock appreciation rights exercised and the difference between the exercise price and market price of our H shares at the date of exercise based on the applicable exchange rate between RMB and Hong Kong dollar at the date of the exercise.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2004, 70 million stock appreciation right units were exercised. No stock appreciation right units were exercised in the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

We recognize compensation expense of the stock appreciation rights over the applicable vesting period. Changes in our payment obligation under the stock appreciation rights plan resulting from changes in fair value of our H shares for the period subsequent to the vesting period through the date of the exercise are also reflected in our earnings. For the year ended December 31, 2004, compensation expense recognized was RMB70 million as compared to RMB97 million for 2003.

 

- 69 -


Table of Contents

C. Board Practices

 

General

 

Pursuant to our Articles of Association, our directors must be elected by our shareholders at a general meeting. Our directors are generally elected for a term of three years and may serve consecutive terms if re-elected. All the existing directors have their term expiring on September 9, 2005.

 

The PRC Company Law requires a joint stock company with limited liability to establish a supervisory committee. Our supervisory committee consists of five supervisors. One member of our supervisory committee must be an employee representative elected by our employees. The remaining members must be appointed by shareholders at a general meeting. The term of office of our supervisors is three years, which is renewable upon re-election or re-appointment. We have entered into service contracts with our directors or supervisors. None of these service contracts provide benefits to our directors upon termination.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee was set up in 2002, and consists of three members, Mr. Zhang Youcai, Mr. Shi Wangpeng and Mr. Vincent Hong Sui Lo. They are all independent non-executive directors. The Audit Committee is accountable to the Board of Directors and reports to it periodically. Usually, the Committee meets at least twice each year. The Articles of Association of the Audit Committee were approved by our Board of Directors in March 2005, according to which, the principal responsibilities of our Audit Committee include supervision of our Company to ensure authenticity and completeness of our financial statements and effectiveness and integration of the internal control system. It also supervises our internal audit department, and is responsible for the review and consideration of the qualification and appointment of independent auditors, and approval of services provided by the independent auditors. The Audit Committee has the power to establish a mechanism for receiving and handling complaints or anonymous reports in respect of our accounting, internal financial control and audit matters.

 

Remuneration Committee

 

The Remuneration Committee was set up in 2003. It consists of three members, Mr. Zhang Youcai, Mr. Shi Wangpeng and Mr. Vincent Hong Sui Lo, all of whom are independent non-executive directors. The Remuneration Committee is accountable to the Board of Directors and reports to it on its work periodically. Usually, the Remuneration Committee meets at least twice each year. The Articles of Association of the Remuneration Committee were approved by our Board of Directors in March 2005, according to which, its principal responsibilities include ensuring that our remuneration system complies with the relevant regulatory requirements, submitting assessment reports on our remuneration system to the Board of Directors, and presenting recommendations to the Board of Directors on our overall remuneration policy and structure relating to directors and senior management.

 

D. Employees

 

General

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had 253,050 employees. The table below sets forth the number of our employees by their functions as of December 31, 2004:

 

     Number of Employees

   % of Total

 

Management, finance and administrative

   40,240    15.90  

Sales and marketing

   114,872    45.40  

Operations and maintenance

   96,844    38.27  

Others

   1,094    0.43  
    
  

Total

   253,050    100.0 %

 

- 70 -


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2004, we also employed approximately 91,310 temporary employees.

 

We have implemented a short-term and long-term combined incentive remuneration scheme. The primary components of an employee’s remuneration include basic salary, a performance based bonus, compensation based on seniority and stock appreciation rights (stock appreciation rights are exclusively for senior management and senior technological experts). In addition, we also emphasize the importance of employee training and use various means of training to improve the quality and capability of our key employees. We have not been subjected to any strikes or other labor disturbances that have interfered with our operations, and we believe that the relationship between our management and the labor union of our company is good.

 

E. Share Ownership

 

As of December 31, 2004, none of our directors, supervisors or senior managers is a legal or beneficial owner of any shares of our share capital.

 

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.

 

A. Major Shareholders

 

The table below sets forth information regarding the ownership of our share capital as of May 23, 2005 by all persons who are known to us to be the beneficial owners of 5% or more of our share capital and certain state-owned shareholders of our company.

 

Title of Class


  

Identity of Person or Group


   Amount Owned

   Percent of Class

    Percent of Total
Shares (1)


 

Domestic shares

   China Telecom Group    58,346,370,499    87.01 %   72.09 %

Domestic shares

  

Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd.

   5,614,082,653    8.37 %   6.94 %

Domestic shares

  

Zhejiang Financial Development Company

   2,137,473,625    3.19 %   2.64 %

Domestic shares

   Jiangsu Guoxin Investment Group Co., Ltd.    957,031,543    1.43 %   1.18 %

(1) The percentages may not add up to 100% due to rounding discrepancies.

 

China Telecom Group, located at 31 Jinrong Street, Xicheng District, Beijing, China 100032, is our controlling shareholder and is a wholly state-owned enterprise regulated by the State Council. Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd., located at Kai Xuan Hua Mei Da Hotel, 15/F, No. 9, 1 Ming Yue Yi Road, Dongshan District, Guangzhou City, Guangdong Province, China, is a state-owned enterprise owned and controlled by the provincial governments in Guangdong Province. Jiangsu Guoxin Investment Group Co., Ltd., located at 88 Chang Jiang Road, Xuan Wu District, Nanjing City, Jiangsu Province, China, is a state-owned enterprise owned and controlled by the provincial governments in Jiangsu Province. Zhejiang Financial Development Company, located at 1 Huazhe Square, 28/F, Hangzhou City, Zhejiang Province, China, is a state-owned enterprise owned and controlled by the provincial governments in Zhejiang Province. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — A. History and Development of the Company — Our Restructuring.” None of our major shareholders has voting rights that differ from the voting rights of other shareholders. We are not aware of any arrangement which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of our company.

 

In May 2004, we issued 5,318,181,818 new H shares with a par value of RMB1.00 each, by way of a global offering to Hong Kong and overseas investors. As part of the global offering, 531,818,182 existing domestic shares of RMB1.00 each owned by China Telecom Group and the other domestic shareholders were converted into H

 

- 71 -


Table of Contents

shares and sold to Hong Kong and overseas investors. The table below sets forth information regarding the ownership of our share capital by our state-owned shareholders immediately before and after the global offering and sale of H shares or ADSs, as the case may be, by our state-owned shareholders:

 

Title of Class


  

Identity of

Person or

Group


  

Amount Owned

before the 2004

Offering


  

Amount Sold

during the Offering


   Percent of Total
Shares before the
2004 Offering


    Percent of Total
Shares after the
2004 Offering


 

Domestic shares

   China Telecom Group    58,809,120,182    462,749,683    77.78 %   72.09 %

Domestic shares

   Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd.    5,658,608,387    44,525,734    7.48 %   6.94 %

Domestic shares

   Zhejiang Financial Development Company    2,154,426,098    16,952,473    2.85 %   2.64 %

Domestic shares

   Jiangsu Guoxin Investment Group Co., Ltd.    964,621,836    7,590,293    1.28 %   1.18 %

 

B. Related Party Transactions

 

As of May 23, 2005, China Telecom Group, a wholly state-owned enterprise, directly owned and controlled 72.09% of our issued share capital. Accordingly, transactions between China Telecom Group and us constitute connected transactions under the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules.

 

In connection with our restructuring in 2001 and our acquisitions of telecommunications assets from China Telecom Group on December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2004, respectively, we have entered into various agreements with China Telecom Group and a number of its subsidiaries relating to the mutual provision of ongoing telecommunications and other services. Such agreements include those for trademark licensing, centralized services, interconnection arrangements, optic fiber leasing, property leasing and other services.

 

Our independent non-executive directors have confirmed that all connected transactions in the year ended December 31, 2004 to which our company was a party:

 

    had been entered into, and the agreements governing those transactions were entered into, by our company in the ordinary and usual course of business;

 

    had been entered into either:

 

    on normal commercial terms; or

 

    where there was no available comparison to determine whether they are on normal commercial terms, on terms no less favorable than those available to or from independent third parties, as applicable; and

 

    had been entered into on terms that are fair and reasonable so far as the overall interest of the independent shareholders of our company are concerned.

 

The details of the related party arrangements are described below.

 

- 72 -


Table of Contents

Arrangements Relating to Our Restructuring and Initial Public Offering

 

Restructuring Agreement

 

In connection with our restructuring, we entered into a restructuring agreement with China Telecom Group, whereby China Telecom Group transferred to us substantially all of its assets, liabilities and interests in connection with its wireline telephone, Internet and managed data and leased line services in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province, and Zhejiang Province. Under the restructuring agreement, China Telecom Group has undertaken to indemnify us against any actions, suits, proceedings, claims, losses, damages, payments or other expenses caused by or arising from any assets transferred to us by China Telecom Group due to events that occurred prior to the effective date of our restructuring. China Telecom Group has also agreed to provide certain warranties and indemnities to us against all losses or damages suffered by us as a result of any defective titles of properties owned by independent third parties and sub-leased by us. In addition, under the restructuring agreement, China Telecom Group has undertaken to indemnify us against any liabilities or losses as a result of any adverse effect that agreements entered or to be entered into between China Telecom Group and China Netcom Group may have on our assets and operations or the implementation of our agreements with China Telecom Group. To the extent that China Telecom Group obtains terms and conditions in its arrangements with China Netcom Group in our service regions that are more favorable than the terms and conditions of similar arrangements we have with China Telecom Group, China Telecom Group has undertaken to offer us such comparable terms and conditions.

 

Furthermore, in accordance with an approval of the Ministry of Information Industry, China Telecom Group shall hold and maintain all licenses received from the Ministry of Information Industry in connection with our businesses for our benefit.

 

Letter of Undertakings

 

In connection with our restructuring and initial public offering, China Telecom Group has, by a letter of undertakings that is legally binding indefinitely, undertaken that it will support us in our existing operations and future development in the following specific areas that:

 

    we will be the only basic telecommunications services provider under China Telecom Group’s control that will have its securities listed on a stock exchange in Hong Kong or outside mainland China;

 

    to the extent within China Telecom Group’s control, we will be treated equally with any other operators of wireline telephone, Internet and managed data, leased line and other related telecommunications services that are controlled by China Telecom Group with respect to all approvals, transactions and arrangements between us and China Telecom Group and/or operators controlled by China Telecom Group; and

 

    we will have the right to provide additional telecommunications services in our service regions that fall within China Telecom Group’s scope of business (including the trial and commercial application of new telecommunications technologies and provision of new telecommunications services). In addition, we will have a preferential right to acquire China Telecom Group’s interest in companies or other entities that provide telecommunications services.

 

We expect that China Telecom Group will implement its undertaking of extending support to us by honoring its specific commitments set forth above. The current terms of the letter of undertakings do not obligate China Telecom Group to provide any financial support to us. See “Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — The letter of undertakings provided to us by China Telecom Group contains vague terms that may not be implemented as we expect.”

 

Non-Competition Agreement

 

Under a non-competition agreement between our Company and China Telecom Group, China Telecom Group has undertaken to us that, for so long as our shares are listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or any other

 

- 73 -


Table of Contents

exchange, and China Telecom Group holds over 30% of our issued share capital or China Telecom Group is regarded as our controlling shareholder in accordance with the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules, China Telecom Group will not at any time, directly or indirectly, provide basic telecommunications services or selected value-added telecommunications services, in our service regions that may compete with us.

 

We entered into a supplemental connected transactions agreement with China Telecom Group on October 26, 2003. Pursuant to the supplemental connected transactions agreement, the definition of “basic telecommunications services” is amended to include all basic telecommunications services under the regulations of the Ministry of Information Industry, promulgated on February 21, 2003, and the definition of “value-added services” is also amended to include domestic multi-parties telecommunications services, Internet access services, Internet data center services, Internet VPN services and VPN services.

 

Apportionment of International Settlement

 

We have agreed, on our and China Telecom Group’s behalf, to settle any amounts due to or receive any amounts due from a foreign telephone operator in respect of international calls made between China and the relevant foreign country. Amounts will be due from a foreign telephone operator to us and/or China Telecom Group if over a period the volume of inbound calls exceeds the volume of outbound calls. Conversely, amounts will be due to a foreign telephone operator from us and/or China Telecom Group if over a period the volume of outbound calls originating from us and China Telecom Group exceeds the volume of inbound calls. Any amounts due to or due from a particular foreign telephone operator will then be settled between China Telecom Group and us on the basis of the net volume of telephone calls originating from or terminated by China Telecom Group and us respectively in relation to that foreign telephone operator. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the net amount of international settlement we paid was RMB47 million.

 

Inter-provincial Prepaid Telephone Card Settlement

 

We and China Telecom Group have agreed to share the revenue derived from calls made on inter-provincial prepaid telephone cards purchased within our service regions and used outside our service regions in China and vice versa. Revenue from calls made by using certain prepaid telephone cards, including integrated circuit cards and codified cards, will be allocated entirely to the operator from whose service region the call was made.

 

Arrangements Relating to the Acquisitions

 

Indemnification

 

In connection with the acquisition of telecommunications assets from China Telecom Group by our Company, under the Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between our Company and China Telecom Group, China Telecom Group has undertaken to indemnify Anhui Telecom Company Limited, Fujian Telecom Company Limited, Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited, Guangxi Telecom Company Limited, Chongqing Telecom Company Limited and Sichuan Telecom Company Limited for any loss or damages suffered by those companies as a result of, or related to, the reorganization of those companies under which China Telecom Group transferred to those companies the telecommunications operations of China Telecom Group in Anhui Province, Fujian Province, Jiangxi Province, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Chongqing Municipality and Sichuan Province, and for any loss or damages suffered by those companies in connection with events preceding such reorganization.

 

In connection with the acquisition of telecommunications assets from China Telecom Group by our Company, under the Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between our Company and China Telecom Group, China Telecom Group has undertaken to indemnify and keep indemnified us against any loss or liability suffered by us or any acquired company including, but not limited to, any diminution in the value of the assets of or shares in any acquired company, any payment made or required to be made by us or any acquired company and any costs and expenses incurred as a result of or in connection with any claim falling on any acquired company resulting from or by reference to any income, profits or gains earned, accrued or received on or before the date of the acquisition or any event on or before the date of the acquisition whether alone or in conjunction with other circumstances and whether or not such taxation is chargeable against or attributable to any other person, firm or company.

 

- 74 -


Table of Contents

Ongoing Related Party Transactions between Us and China Telecom Group

 

On September 10, 2002, we entered into various agreements with China Telecom Group, effective as of January 1, 2002, relating to the provision of ongoing telecommunications and other services in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province and Zhejiang Province. On October 26, 2003, we entered into various supplemental agreements with China Telecom Group, effective December 31, 2003, relating to the provision of ongoing telecommunications and other services in all of our service regions.

 

On April 13, 2004, our Company and China Telecom Group entered into Supplemental Trademark License Agreement, and Supplemental Agreement Regarding Non-competition Agreement, Centralized Service Agreement, Interconnection Settlement Agreement, Provincial Optic Cable Line Leasing Agreement, effective June 30, 2004. Also on April 13, 2004, Our Company and China Telecom Group entered into Comprehensive Service Agreement, with retrospective effect from January 1, 2004. On December 30, 2004, the Centralized Services Agreement, the Comprehensive Services Agreement, the Property Leasing Agreements, the Property Sub-leasing Agreements, the IT Services Agreements, and the Equipment Procurement Agreements were renewed for further periods of one year.

 

Trademark License Agreements

 

China Telecom Group has registered a number of trademarks, and is in the process of registering other trademarks with the State Trademark Office under the PRC State General Administration for Industry and Commerce. Under the trademark license agreement dated September 10, 2002 and the supplemental trademark license agreements dated October 26, 2003 and April 13, 2004, China Telecom Group has granted to our Company and our subsidiaries a right to use its registered trademarks and its trademarks pending registration on a royalty-free basis. The license granted under the trademark license agreement and the supplemental trademark license agreement will expire on December 31, 2006 and is automatically renewable for further periods of three years at our option.

 

Centralized Services Agreements

 

The Centralized Services Agreement was renewed on December 30, 2004 and may be renewed for further periods of one year upon expiration. The aggregate costs incurred by China Telecom Group and us for the provision of management services relating to the operation of the business support centre and the network management centre, the costs of headquarters and certain network support premises and related facilities (including labor costs, depreciation of equipment and premises, daily expenses, costs relating to maintenance and research) and certain large corporate customers of the headquarters of China Telecom Group, will be apportioned on a pro rata basis between China Telecom Group and us according to the revenues generated by each party. In relation to the use of the international telecommunications facilities, our Company and China Telecom Group have agreed to apportion the costs associated with operating such assets on a pro rata basis according to the aggregate volume of the inbound international calls terminated by, and outbound international calls originated from, China Telecom Group and us, respectively.

 

Prior to our restructuring, no such arrangement was in effect between China Telecom Group and us. For the year ended December 31, 2004, our portion of the costs in respect of the use of international telecommunications facilities and other centralized services were RMB91 million and RMB72 million, respectively.

 

Interconnection Agreement

 

The interconnection agreement dated September 10, 2002 and the supplemental connected transactions agreement dated October 26, 2003 and April 13, 2004 that we entered into with China Telecom Group allow our domestic telephone networks to interconnect with China Telecom Group’s domestic networks outside our service regions. This agreement will expire on December 31, 2006 and can be extended for three years with no times limit unless we give China Telecom Group written notice to terminate three months before the expiration date. The

 

- 75 -


Table of Contents

interconnection agreement does not provide for early termination or non-renewal by China Telecom Group. Interconnection settlement charges between China Telecom Group’s networks and our networks are based on fees prescribed by the Ministry of Information Industry from time to time, which is currently RMB0.06 per minute. The formula for settlement is based on the net volume of telephone calls originating from us to China Telecom Group or originating from China Telecom Group to us multiplied by the Ministry of Information Industry’s prescribed settlement fees. The interconnection agreement stipulates that the settlement be made between us and China Telecom Group on a monthly basis, with the operator that has originated more calls paying the net amount to the operator that has terminated more calls.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, the net settlement payment made by us to China Telecom Group pursuant to the interconnection agreement was RMB103 million.

 

Optic Fiber Leasing Agreement

 

We lease from China Telecom Group the inter-provincial transmission optic fibers in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province and Zhejiang Province, which our telecommunications services are dependent upon, under an optic fiber leasing agreement dated September 10, 2002 and the supplemental connected transactions agreement dated October 26, 2003 and April 13, 2004, respectively. The optic fiber leasing agreement will expire on December 31, 2006 and is automatically renewable for three more years at our option. The amount payable from us to China Telecom Group to lease the relevant parts of the inter-provincial transmission optic fibers will be based on the depreciation charge for the optic fibers within those regions, calculated on the basis of the carrying value of the optic fibers. In addition, we agreed to be responsible for the maintenance of these optic fibers within those service regions.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, the total amount we paid to China Telecom Group with respect to the leasing of optic fibers was RMB99 million.

 

Comprehensive Services Framework Agreement

 

The Comprehensive Services Agreement was entered into between China Telecom Group and our Company on April 13, 2004 and was renewed on December 30, 2004. This agreement will be renewed for further periods of one year upon expiration unless terminated by either party by giving at least three months’ written notification to the other party in advance.

 

This agreement governs the terms and conditions of transactions on two levels: (i) between our Company and certain associates held by China Telecom Group as long-term investments; and (ii) between our Company and certain subsidiaries of China Telecom Group operating in other provinces, or “Provincial Subsisting Companies”. Such transactions include procurement of telecommunications equipment such as optic fiber, network designs, software upgrade, system integration, manufacture of calling cards and so on. Prices under such agreement should be determined in accordance with the government-prescribed prices. In the absence of the government-prescribed prices, the government-guided prices (if any) shall apply. In the absence of both government-prescribed prices and government-guided prices, the market prices shall apply, i.e., the prices at which the same type of services is provided by independent third party in the ordinary course of business. If none of such prices is applicable, the prices shall be determined through agreements between the parties based on reasonable costs plus reasonable profits. For this purpose, “reasonable costs” shall mean the costs determined by the parties after negotiations.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, our expenditure on the comprehensive services pursuant to the Comprehensive Services Agreement was RMB361 million.

 

Ongoing Related Party Transactions between Our Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries of China Telecom Group

 

After our restructuring in connection with our initial public offering in 2001 and our acquisitions of telecommunications assets from China Telecom Group on December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2004, respectively, certain ancillary and mostly non-telecommunications related businesses and assets within our service regions are operated or held by certain subsidiaries of China Telecom Group.

 

- 76 -


Table of Contents

Engineering Framework Agreements

 

The Engineering Framework Agreements will expire on December 31, 2006, and may be renewed for further periods of three years upon expiration. These agreements set out provisions in respect of the supervision and management of services relating to construction, design, and equipment installation and tests provided to our subsidiaries by the Provincial Subsisting Companies through bidding, and/or services as the general contractors for the construction and supervision of engineering projects of our subsidiaries. The charges payable for such engineering services shall be determined by reference to market rates as reflected by prices obtained through tender process.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, our expenditure on engineering services under the engineering agreements was RMB6,376 million.

 

Property Leasing Framework Agreements

 

The Property Leasing Framework Agreements were renewed on December 30, 2004 and may be renewed for further periods of one year upon expiration. Pursuant to such agreements, our subsidiaries lease properties from the Provincial Subsisting Companies for use as business premises, offices, equipment storage facilities and sites for network equipment. On the other hand, our subsidiaries also lease certain properties to the Provincial Subsisting Companies. The rent shall be determined based on the market price with reference to the standard set forth by local pricing authorities.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, our expenditure on rental charges was RMB319 million. For the same period, the rental income derived from the subsidiaries of China Telecom Group was RMB25 million.

 

Properties Sub-leasing Framework Agreements

 

The Property Sub-Leasing Framework Agreements were renewed on December 30, 2004 and may be renewed for further periods of one year upon expiration. Pursuant to such agreements, the Provincial Subsisting Companies sublease certain properties owned and leased by independent third parties to our subsidiaries for use as offices, retail outlets, spare parts storage facilities and sites for network equipment. The rent for sub-leasing of third party property shall be determined based on the market price as agreed between the relevant Provincial Subsisting Company and relevant third party through arm’s length negotiation.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, our expenditure in relation to third party properties sub-leasing was RMB93 million.

 

IT Services Framework Agreements

 

The IT Services Framework Agreements were renewed on December 30, 2004 and may be renewed for further periods of one year upon expiration. Pursuant to such agreements, the Provincial Subsisting Companies may participate in the bidding for the right to provide our subsidiaries with certain information technology services, such as office automation and software upgrade. The charges payable for such IT services shall be determined by reference to market rates or as determined by prices obtained through the tender process.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, our expenditure on information technology services provided by the subsidiaries of China Telecom Group to us was RMB192 million.

 

Equipment Procurement Services Framework Agreements

 

The Equipment Procurement Services Framework Agreements were renewed on December 30, 2004 and may be renewed for further periods of one year upon expiration. Pursuant to such agreements, the Provincial Subsisting Companies have agreed to provide comprehensive procurement services, including management of tenders, verification of technical specifications and installation services. The maximum commission for such procurement

 

- 77 -


Table of Contents

services shall be calculated based on the following: (1) not more than 1% of the contract value for procurement of imported telecommunications equipment; or (2) not more than 3% of the contract value for the procurement of domestic telecommunications equipment and other domestic non-telecommunications materials.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, our expenditure incurred under such agreements was RMB304 million.

 

Community Services Framework Agreements

 

The Community Services Framework Agreements will expire on December 31, 2006, and may be renewed for further periods of three years upon expiration. Pursuant to such agreements, the Provincial Subsisting Companies will provide our subsidiaries with services relating to culture, education, property management, vehicle service, medical care, hotel and conference service, community and sanitary services. The pricing terms for such services are the same as those for comprehensive services.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, our expenditure on services available to us under the community services agreements was RMB2,417 million.

 

Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreements

 

The Ancillary Telecommunications Services Framework Agreements will expire on December 31, 2006, and may be renewed for further periods of three years upon expiration. Pursuant to such agreements, the Provincial Subsisting Companies agree to provide our subsidiaries with certain repair and maintenance services, including maintenance of telecommunications equipment, fire equipment and telephone booths, as well as other customer services. The pricing terms for such services are the same as those for comprehensive services.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, our expenditure on services available to us under the ancillary telecommunications agreements was RMB2,490 million.

 

Special Communications Services Agreements

 

Subsidiaries of China Telecom Group have retained the assets required to provide special communications services such as telecommunications services provided to certain government agencies and under emergency circumstances. Under the special communications service agreements we entered into with subsidiaries of China Telecom Group, China Telecom Group has agreed to lease from us the general telecommunications infrastructure required to provide the special communications services within our service regions. These agreements will expire on December 31, 2006 and will be automatically renewed for three more years unless either party decides not to renew. China Telecom Group has agreed to reimburse us for the leasing of the infrastructure in connection with the special communications services on a basis prescribed by the Ministry of Industry Information. In addition, we have agreed to provide the necessary human resources to maintain and operate the special communications services within our service regions in return for China Telecom Group reimbursing us for the costs we incur in providing such services, including the cost for the network operation support, general and administrative expenses and certain other operating expenses.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, our income for special communications services provided to China Telecom Group was RMB25 million.

 

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

- 78 -


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Information.

 

A. Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Our audited consolidated financial statements are set forth beginning on page F-1.

 

Legal Proceeding

 

We are the defendant in certain lawsuits and a named party in other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While the outcomes of such contingencies, lawsuits or other legal proceedings cannot be determined at present, we believe that the outcomes of such contingencies, lawsuits or other legal proceedings will not likely result in any material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

 

Policy on Dividend Distributions

 

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the annual general meeting held on May 3, 2004, a final dividend of RMB5,224 million (RMB0.069083 equivalent to HK$0.065 per share) in respect of the year ended December 31, 2003 was declared and paid on May 20, 2004. Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the annual general meeting held on June 20, 2003, a final dividend of RMB673 million (RMB0.008897 per share) in respect of the year ended December 31, 2002 was declared and paid on July 10, 2003. Pursuant to a resolution passed at the Directors’ meeting on March 31, 2005, a final dividend of equivalent to HK$0.065 per share totalling approximately RMB5,576 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 was proposed for shareholders’ approval at the annual general meeting. The dividend has not been provided for in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

The declaration and payment of dividends for years following 2004 will depend upon our financial results, our shareholders’ interests, general business conditions and strategies, our capital requirements, contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends by us to our shareholders or by our subsidiaries to us, if any, possible effects on our credit worthiness and other factors our directors may deem relevant. Our board of directors will declare dividends, if any, in Renminbi with respect to our H shares on a per share basis and will pay such dividends in Hong Kong dollars. Any final dividend for a fiscal year will be subject to shareholders’ approval. Under the PRC Company Law and our articles of association, all of our shareholders have equal rights to dividends and distributions. The holders of our H shares will share proportionately on a per share basis in all dividends and other distributions declared by our Company.

 

The Bank of New York, as depositary, will convert the Hong Kong dollar dividend payment and distribute it to holders of ADSs in U.S. dollars, less related fees and expenses and any withholding tax.

 

Item 9. The Offer and Listing.

 

In connection with our initial public offering, our ADSs were listed and commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange on November 14, 2002 under the symbol “CHA”. Our H shares were listed and commenced trading on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on November 15, 2002. Prior to these listings, there was no public market for our equity securities. The New York Stock Exchange and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange are the principal trading markets for our ADSs and H shares, which are not listed on any other exchanges in or outside the United States.

 

As of December 31, 2004 and May 23, 2005, there were 13,877,410,000 H shares issued and outstanding. As of December 31, 2004 and May 23, 2005, there were, respectively, 16 and 8 registered holders of American depositary receipts evidencing 8,452,947 and 7,126,587 ADSs. Since certain of the ADSs are held by nominees, the above number may not be representative of the actual number of U.S. beneficial holders of ADSs or the number of ADSs beneficially held by U.S. persons. The depositary for the ADSs is The Bank of New York.

 

The high and low closing sale prices of the shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and of the ADSs on the NYSE for the periods indicated are as follows.

 

- 79 -


Table of Contents
     Price per Share (HK$)

   Price per ADS (US$)

     High

   Low

   High

   Low

Annual

                   

2002 (from listing date)

   1.49    1.37    18.80    17.27

2003

   3.20    1.34    40.81    17.00

2004

   3.45    2.25    44.54    28.25

Quarterly

                   

First Quarter, 2003

   1.52    1.34    19.42    17.00

Second Quarter 2003

   1.84    1.34    23.15    17.31

Third Quarter 2003

   2.33    1.78    30.00    22.63

Fourth Quarter 2003

   3.20    2.05    40.81    26.12

First Quarter, 2004

   3.45    2.55    44.54    33.20

Second Quarter 2004

   2.83    2.25    35.98    28.25

Third Quarter 2004

   2.75    2.43    34.87    31.34

Fourth Quarter 2004

   3.00    2.48    38.39    31.53

First Quarter, 2005

   3.08    2.65    39.31    34.26

Monthly

                   

December 2004

   3.00    2.75    38.39    35.45

January 2005

   2.90    2.65    37.33    34.26

February 2005

   3.08    2.90    39.31    37.08

March 2005

   2.95    2.65    38.08    34.55

April 2005

   2.80    2.60    35.85    33.45

May 2005 (through May 23)

   2.75    2.63    35.09    33.45

 

Item 10. Additional Information.

 

A. Share Capital

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Articles of Association

 

The section entitled “Description of Share Capital” contained in our registration statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-113181) filed with the Securities and Exchange commission is hereby incorporated by reference. We also filed our amended articles of association with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to our Form 6-Ks (File No. 001-31517) on June 10, 2004 and October 21, 2004, respectively.

 

Our shareholders approved certain amendments to our articles of association at the annual general meetings held on June 9, 2004 and October 20, 2004, respectively, in Beijing, China.

 

Pursuant to the annual general meeting held on June 9, 2004, provisions relating to the service areas of our Company of the articles of association of our Company were amended from “ten provinces (autonomous regions, municipalities directly under the central government), namely Shanghai, Guangdong, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Anhui, Fujian, Jiangxi, Guangxi, Chongqing and Sichuan” to “twenty provinces (autonomous regions, municipalities directly under the central government), namely Shanghai, Guangdong, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Anhui, Fujian, Jiangxi, Guangxi, Chongqing, Sichuan, Hubei, Hunan, Hainan, Guizhou, Yunnan, Shaanxi, Gansu, Qinghai, Ningxia and Xinjiang”. In addition, in order to comply with the newly amended Listing Rules of Hong Kong Stock Exchange, Article 6 was restated as “In accordance with the provisions of the Company Law, the Special Regulations and the Mandatory Provisions for Articles of Association of Companies Listing Overseas (the “Mandatory Provisions”) and other PRC laws and administrative regulations, the Company convened its general meeting on June 9, 2004 to further amend the articles of association of the Company lastly amended in a general meeting of the Shareholders on June 20, 2003 and adopt these articles of association”. The following paragraph “Where any member, under the Listing Rules, is required to abstain from voting on any particular resolution or is restricted to voting only for or only against any particular resolution, any votes cast by or on behalf of such member in contravention of such

 

- 80 -


Table of Contents

requirement or restriction shall not be counted” was added to the end of Article 65. The second paragraph of Article 95 was replaced by “The minimal length of the period during which written notice to the Company of the intention to propose a person for election as a director, and during which written notice to the Company by such person of his willingness to be elected may be given, will be at least 7 days. Such period will commence no earlier than the day after the despatch of the notice of the meeting appointed for such election and end no later than 7 days prior to the date of such meeting”.

 

Pursuant to the resolution passed on the annual general meeting held on October 20, 2004, (a) Article 6 of the Articles of Association was amended as “The Company’s Articles of Association (the “Articles of Association” or “these Articles of Association”) are enacted in accordance with the provisions of the Company Law, the Special Regulations and the Mandatory Provisions for Articles of Association of Companies to be Listed Overseas (the “Mandatory Provisions”) and other PRC laws and administrative regulations.” (b) Article 20 was amended as “By the approval of the relevant companies department authorized by the State Council, the Company may issue a total of 80,932,368,321 ordinary shares, of which 68,317,270,803 were issued to the promoter of the Company at the time when the Company was established, representing 84.41% of the entire issued share capital.” (c) Article 21 was amended as “All the 12,615,097,518 ordinary shares issued by the Company after its incorporation are the overseas-listed foreign-invested shares (H Shares). Pursuant to the Provisional Measures on the Administration of the Reduction of the State-Owned Shares for Raising Social Security Funds, the number of overseas-listed foreign-invested shares (H Shares) converted from a reduction by holders of State-owned shares of their shareholdings of the State-owned shares amounted to 1,262,312,482 shares. The total of the overseas-listed foreign-invested shares (H Shares) issued by the Company shall be 13,877,410,000 shares, representing 17.15% of the issued share capital of the Company. The share capital structure of the Company is as follows: there are a total of 80,932,368,321 ordinary shares issued, of which 58,346,370,499 shares are held by the promoter, China Telecommunications Corporation, representing 72.09% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company. The other holders of the domestic shares are Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd., holding a total of 5,614,082,653 shares representing 6.94% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company, Jiangsu Guoxin Investment Group Co., Ltd., holding a total of 957,031,543 shares representing 1.18% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company, and Zhejiang Financial Development Company, holding a total of 2,137,473,626 shares representing 2.64% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company. A total of 13,877,410,000 overseas-listed foreign-invested shares are held by holders of overseas-listed foreign-invested shares, representing 17.15% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company.” (d) Article 24 was amended as “The registered capital of the Company shall be RMB80,932,368,321.” (e) The first paragraph of Article 94 was amended as “The Company shall have a board of directors. The board of directors shall consist of fifteen (15) directors, of which three (3) shall be independent (non-executive) directors (meaning directors who are independent from the Company’s shareholders and do not hold office in the Company hereinafter).” (f) The second paragraph of Article 133 was amended as “If a director or his associate (as defined in the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited) has a material interest in any contract, transaction, arrangement or other matters that requires the approval of the board of directors, the relevant director shall not vote for the relevant matter at the meeting of the board of directors, and shall not be listed in the quorum of the meeting.”

 

C. Material Contracts

 

See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions” for certain arrangements we have entered into with China Telecom Group.

 

D. Exchange Controls

 

We conduct our business primarily in Renminbi, which is also our functional and reporting currency. The Renminbi is not a fully-convertible currency. Under China’s existing foreign exchange regulations, we will be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies without prior approval from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, the Chinese government may take measures at its discretion in the future to restrict access to foreign currencies for both current account transactions and capital account transactions if foreign currencies become scarce in China. We may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of our ADRs, if the Chinese government restricts access to foreign currencies for current account transactions.

 

- 81 -


Table of Contents

Foreign exchange transactions under our capital account, including foreign currency-denominated borrowings from foreign banks, issuance of foreign currency-denominated debt securities and principal payments in respect of foreign currency-denominated obligations, continue to be subject to significant foreign exchange controls and require the approval of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange. These limitations could affect our ability to obtain foreign exchange through debt or equity financing, or to obtain foreign exchange to meet our payment obligations under the debt securities or foreign exchange for capital expenditures.

 

There are no limitations on the right of non-resident or foreign owners to remit dividends or to hold or vote the ordinary shares or the ADSs imposed by Hong Kong law or by our articles of association or other constituent documents.

 

E. Taxation

 

The taxation of income and capital gains of holders of H shares or ADSs is subject to the laws and practices of China and of jurisdictions in which holders of H shares or ADSs are resident or otherwise subject to tax. The following summary of certain relevant taxation provisions is based on current law and practice, is subject to change and does not constitute legal or tax advice. The discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the H shares or ADSs. In particular, the discussion does not address the tax consequences under state, local and other laws, such as non-U.S. federal laws. Accordingly, you should consult your own tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of an investment in the H shares and ADSs. The discussion is based upon laws and relevant interpretations in effect as of the date of this annual report, all of which are subject to change.

 

People’s Republic of China

 

The following is a summary of certain Chinese tax provisions relating to the ownership and disposition of H shares or ADSs held by the investors as capital assets. This summary does not purport to address all material tax consequences of the ownership of H shares, and does not take into account the specific circumstances of any particular investors. This summary is based on the tax laws of China as in effect on the date of this annual report, as well as on the Agreement between the United States of America and the People’s Republic of China for the Avoidance of Double Taxation, or the PRC-US Treaty, all of which are subject to change (or changes in interpretation), possibly with retroactive effect.

 

This discussion does not address any aspects of Chinese taxation other than income taxation, capital taxation, stamp taxation and estate taxation. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding Chinese, Hong Kong and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of H shares.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

Individual Investors . According to the Provisional Regulations of China Concerning Questions of Taxation on Enterprises Experimenting with the Share System, or the Provisional Regulations, and the Individual Income Tax Law of China, as amended on August 30, 1999, dividends paid by Chinese companies are ordinarily subject to a Chinese withholding tax levied at a flat rate of 20%. For a foreign individual who is not a resident of China, the receipt of dividends from a company in China is normally subject to a withholding tax of 20% unless reduced by an applicable tax treaty. However, the Chinese State Administration of Taxation, or the SAT, the Chinese central government tax authority which succeeded the State Tax Bureau, issued, on July 21, 1993, a Notice of the Chinese State Administration of Taxation Concerning the Taxation of Gains on Transfer and Dividends from Shares (Equities) Received by Foreign Investment Enterprises, Foreign Enterprises and Foreign Individuals, or the Tax Notice, which states that dividends paid by a Chinese company to individuals with respect to shares listed on an overseas stock exchange, or Overseas Shares, such as H shares, are not subject to Chinese withholding tax. The relevant tax authority has not collected withholding tax on dividend payments on Overseas Shares, including H shares and ADSs.

 

- 82 -


Table of Contents

Under the Individual Income Tax Law of China, foreign individuals are subject to withholding tax on dividends paid by a Chinese company at a rate of 20% unless specifically exempted by the tax authority of the State Council. However, in a letter dated July 26, 1994 to the former State Commission for Restructuring the Economic System, the former State Council Securities Commission and the China Securities Regulatory Commission, the SAT reiterated the temporary tax exemption stated in the Tax Notice for dividends received from a Chinese company listed overseas. In the event that this letter is withdrawn, a 20% tax may be withheld on dividends in accordance with the Provisional Regulations, the Amendments and the Individual Income Tax Law. Such withholding tax may be reduced under an applicable double taxation treaty. To date, the relevant tax authorities have not collected withholding tax from dividend payments on such shares exempted under the Tax Notice.

 

Enterprises . According to the Income Tax Law of China Concerning Foreign Investment Enterprises and Foreign Enterprises, dividends paid by Chinese companies to enterprises are ordinarily subject to a Chinese withholding tax levied at a flat rate of 20%. However, according to the Tax Notice, a foreign enterprise with no permanent establishment in China receiving dividends paid with respect to a Chinese company’s Overseas Shares will temporarily not be subject to the 20% withholding tax. If such withholding tax becomes applicable in the future, the rate could be reduced under an applicable double taxation treaty.

 

Tax Treaties . Investors who do not reside in China and reside in countries that have entered into double-taxation treaties with China may be entitled to a reduction of the withholding tax imposed on the payment of dividends to investors of our company who do not reside in China. China currently has double-taxation treaties with a number of other countries, which include:

 

    Australia;

 

    Canada;

 

    France;

 

    Germany;

 

    Japan;

 

    Malaysia;

 

    the Netherlands;

 

    Singapore;

 

    the United Kingdom; and

 

    the United States.

 

Under the China-US Treaty, China may tax a dividend paid by us to an Eligible U.S. Holder up to a maximum of 10% of the gross amount of such dividend. It is arguable that under the China-US Treaty, China may only tax gains from the sale or disposition by an Eligible U.S. Holder of H shares representing an interest in the Company of 25% or more, but this position is uncertain and the Chinese authorities may take a different position. For the purposes of this discussion, an “Eligible U.S. Holder” is a U.S. holder that (i) is a resident of the United States for the purposes of the China-US Treaty, (ii) does not maintain a permanent establishment or fixed base in China to which H shares are attributable and through which the beneficial owner carries on or has carried on business (or, in the case of an individual, performs or has performed independent personal services) and (iii) is not otherwise ineligible for benefits under the China-US Treaty with respect to income and gains derived in connection with the H shares.

 

- 83 -


Table of Contents

Taxation of Capital Gains

 

The Tax Notice provides that gains realized by enterprises that are holders of Overseas Shares would, temporarily, not be subject to capital gains taxes. With respect to individual holders of H shares, the Provisions for Implementation of Individual Income Tax Law of China, or the Provisions, issued on January 28, 1994, stipulated that gains realized on the sale of equity shares would be subject to income tax at a rate of 20% on the gains, and empowered the Ministry of Finance to draft detailed tax rules on the mechanism for collecting such tax, as per the official publication “China Securities News” of April 13, 1994. However, no income tax on gains realized on the sale of equity shares has been collected. Gains on the sale of shares by individuals were temporarily exempted from individual income tax pursuant to notices issued by the SAT dated June 20, 1994, February 9, 1996 and March 30, 1998. In the event this temporary exemption is withdrawn or ceases to be effective, individual holders of H shares may be subject to capital gains tax at the rate of 20% unless such tax is reduced or eliminated by an applicable double taxation treaty. If tax on capital gains from the sale of H shares become applicable, it is arguable that under the China-US Treaty, China may only tax gains from the sale or disposition by an Eligible U.S. Holder of H shares representing an interest in our company of 25% or more, but this position is uncertain and the Chinese authorities may take a different position.

 

On November 18, 2000, the State Council issued a notice entitled “State Council Notice on the Income Tax Reduction for Interest and Other Income that Foreign Enterprises Derive in China,” or the Tax Reduction Notice. Under the Tax Reduction Notice, beginning January 1, 2001, enterprise income tax at a reduced 10% rate will apply to interest, rental, license fees and other income obtained in China by foreign enterprises without agencies or establishment in China, or by foreign enterprises without any substantive relationship with their agency or establishment in China. Therefore, if the exemption as described in the preceding paragraph does not apply or is not renewed, and the Tax Reduction Notice is found not to apply, a foreign enterprise shareholder may be subject to a 20% tax on capital gains, unless reduced by an applicable double taxation treaty.

 

Additional Chinese Tax Considerations

 

Chinese Stamp Duty . Chinese stamp duty imposed on the transfer of shares of Chinese publicly traded companies under the Provisional Regulations should not apply to the acquisition and disposal by non-Chinese investors of H shares or ADSs outside of China by virtue of the Provisional Regulations of China Concerning Stamp Duty, which became effective on October 1, 1988 and which provide that Chinese stamp duty is imposed only on documents executed or received within China that are legally binding in China and are protected under Chinese law.

 

Estate Tax . No liability for estate tax under Chinese law will arise from non-Chinese nationals holding H shares.

 

Hong Kong

 

Tax of Dividends

 

Under the current practice of the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in respect of dividends paid by us.

 

Profits

 

No tax is imposed in Hong Kong in respect of capital gains from the sale of property, such as an H share. Trading gains from the sale of property by persons carrying on a trade, profession or business in Hong Kong where such gains are derived from or arise in Hong Kong from such trade, profession or business will be chargeable to Hong Kong profits tax, which is currently imposed at the rate of 17.5% on corporations with effect from April 1, 2003 and 16.0% on individuals with effect from April 1, 2004. Gains from sales of H shares effected on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange will be considered to be derived from or arise in Hong Kong. Liability for Hong Kong profits tax would thus arise in respect of trading gains from sales of H shares realized by persons carrying on a business of trading or dealing in securities in Hong Kong. There is no tax treaty in effect between the United States and Hong Kong, and the PRC-US Treaty does not apply to Hong Kong.

 

- 84 -


Table of Contents

There will be no liability for Hong Kong profits tax in respect of profits from the sale of ADSs, where purchases and sales of ADSs are effected outside Hong Kong, e.g., on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Stamp Duty

 

Hong Kong stamp duty will be payable by the purchaser on every purchase and by the seller on every sale of H shares registered on the Hong Kong branch register. The duty is charged at the ad valorem rate of 0.1% of the consideration for, or (if greater) the value of, the H shares transferred on each of the seller and the purchaser. In other words, a total 0.2% is currently payable on a typical sale and purchase transaction of H shares. In addition, a fixed duty of HK$5 is currently payable on any instrument of transfer of shares.

 

If one of the parties to the sale is a non-resident of Hong Kong and does not pay the required stamp duty, the duty not paid will be assessed on the instrument of transfer (if any), and the transferee will be liable for payment of such duty.

 

The withdrawal of H shares upon the surrender of ADRs, and the issuance of ADRs upon the deposit of H shares, will also attract stamp duty at the rate described above for sale and purchase transactions unless such withdrawal or deposit does not result in a change in the beneficial ownership of the H shares under Hong Kong law. The issuance of the ADRs upon the deposit of H shares issued directly to the Depositary, as depositary of the ADSs, or for the account of the Depositary, will not be subject to any stamp duty. No Hong Kong stamp duty is payable upon the transfer of ADSs outside Hong Kong.

 

Estate Duty

 

The H shares are Hong Kong property under Hong Kong law, and accordingly, these shares may be subject to estate duty on the death of the beneficial owner of these shares, regardless of the place of the owner’s residence, citizenship or domicile. We cannot assure you that the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department will not treat the ADSs as Hong Kong property that may be subject to estate duty on the death of the beneficial owner of the ADS even if the ADRs evidencing such ADSs are located outside Hong Kong at the date of such death. Hong Kong estate duty is imposed on a progressive scale from 5% to 15%. The rate of and the threshold for estate duty has, in the past, been adjusted on a fairly regular basis. No estate duty is payable when the aggregate value of the dutiable estate does not exceed HK$7.5 million, and the maximum rate of duty of 15% applies when the aggregate value of the dutiable estate exceeds HK$10.5 million.

 

United States

 

United States Federal Income Taxation

 

This section describes the material United States federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of H shares or ADSs. It applies to you only if you are a U.S. holder, as described below, and you hold your H shares or ADSs as capital assets for United States federal income tax purposes. This section does not apply to you if you are a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including:

 

    a bank;

 

    a dealer in securities or currencies;

 

    a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for your securities holdings;

 

    a tax-exempt organization;

 

 

- 85 -


Table of Contents
    an insurance company;

 

    a person liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

    a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of our voting stock;

 

    a person that holds H shares or ADSs that are a hedge or that are hedged against currency risks or as part of a straddle or a conversion transaction; or

 

    a U.S. holder (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

 

This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

 

You are a U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of H shares or ADSs and you are:

 

    a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a domestic corporation;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

 

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state and local tax consequences of owning and disposing of H shares and ADSs in your particular circumstances.

 

This discussion addresses only United States federal income taxation.

 

In general, and taking into account the earlier assumptions, for United States federal income tax purposes, if you hold ADRs evidencing ADSs, you will be treated as the owner of H shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of H shares for ADSs, and ADSs for H shares, generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

Under the United States federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder, you must include in your gross income the gross amount of any dividend paid by us out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes). If you are a noncorporate U.S. holder, dividends paid to you in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2009 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at a maximum rate of 15% provided that you hold H shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. Dividends we pay with respect to H shares or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income. You must include any Chinese tax withheld from the dividend payment in this gross amount even though you do not in fact receive it. You must include the dividend in income when you, in the case of H shares, or the depositary, in the case of ADSs, receive the dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to United States corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations.

 

- 86 -


Table of Contents

The amount of the dividend distribution that you must include in your income as a U.S. holder will be the U.S. dollar value of the Hong Kong Dollar payments made, determined at the Hong Kong dollar/U.S. dollar spot rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in income to the date you convert the payment into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss. The gain or loss generally will be income from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the H shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.

 

Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, but dividends paid in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2007 generally will be passive income or financial services income, and dividends paid in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006, will, depending on your circumstances, be passive income or general income, which, in either case, is treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to you.

 

Taxation of Capital Gains

 

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder and you sell or otherwise dispose of your H shares or ADSs, you will recognize capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount that you realize and your tax basis, determined in U.S. dollars, in your H shares or ADSs. Capital gain of a noncorporate U.S. holder that is recognized before January 1, 2009 is generlly taxed at a maximum rate of 15% where the holder has a holding period greater than one year.. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Your ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations.

 

Hong Kong Stamp Duty

 

Any Hong Kong stamp duty that you pay will not be a creditable tax for United States federal income tax purposes, but you may be able to deduct such stamp duty subject to limitations under the Code.

 

PFIC Rules . We believe that H shares and ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. If we were to be treated as a PFIC, unless a U.S. holder elects to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the H shares or ADSs, gain realized on the sale or other disposition of your H shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain. Instead, if you are a U.S. holder, you would be treated as if you had realized such gain and certain “excess distributions” ratably over your holding period for the H shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. With certain exceptions, your H shares or ADSs will be treated as stock in a PFIC if we were a PFIC at any time during your holding period in your H shares or ADSs. Dividends that you receive from us will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if we are treated as a PFIC with respect to you either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.

 

F. Dividends and Paying Agents.

 

Not applicable.

 

G. Statement by Experts.

 

Not applicable.

 

- 87 -


Table of Contents

H. Documents on Display

 

You may read and copy documents referred to in this annual report on Form 20-F that have been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission at the SEC’s public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms and their copy charges. The SEC also maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

 

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we file with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to another document filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

I. Subsidiary Information

 

Not applicable.

 

J. Summary of Significant Differences between the Corporate Governance Practices of the Company and Those Followed by Domestic Companies under NYSE Listing Standards

 

As a company incorporated in the PRC and listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, or the HKSE, and the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, our company, as a foreign private issuer, is not required to comply with all of the corporate governance rules of Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, but should disclose the significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies under NYSE listing standards.

 

Under the NYSE corporate governance rule 303A.01, a listed company must have a majority of independent directors on its board of directors. A company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, a group or another company is not required to comply with this requirement. Because approximately 72% of our voting power is controlled by China Telecom Group, we, as a controlled company, would not be required to comply with the majority of independent directors requirement.

 

In addition, under currently applicable PRC or Hong Kong laws and regulations, we are not required to have a board with a majority of independent directors. As a company listed on the HKSE, we are subject to the requirement of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, or the Hong Kong Listing Rules, that at least three members of our board of directors be independent as determined thereunder. We currently have three independent directors out of a total of fifteen directors, who satisfy both the requirements regarding “independence” of the Hong Kong Listing Rules and Section 303A.02 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual.

 

Currently, we do not have a nomination/corporate governance committee and are not required to do so under currently applicable PRC or Hong Kong laws and regulations.

 

All members of our audit committee have extensive management experience. However, they do not possess direct experience or expertise in respect of the reconciliation of financial statements with U.S. GAAP and the evaluation of reports filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, by SEC-reporting issuers. Our audit committee is in the process of considering appointing, from time to time, an external financial expert as a consultant.

 

We have not adopted a separate set of corporate governance guidelines and are not required to do so under currently applicable PRC or Hong Kong laws and regulations. However, we are in compliance with the Code on Corporate Governance Practices promulgated by the HKSE.

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

 

Our primary market risk exposures are fluctuations in exchange rates and interest rates.

 

- 88 -


Table of Contents

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

 

We conduct our business primarily in Renminbi, which is also our functional and reporting currency. The Renminbi is not a fully-convertible currency. Although the Renminbi to United States dollar exchange rate has been relatively stable since 1994, we cannot predict nor give any assurance of its future stability. Fluctuations in exchange rates may adversely affect the value, translated or converted into United States dollars or Hong Kong dollars, of our net assets, earnings and any declared dividends. We cannot give any assurance that any future movements in the exchange rate of the Renminbi against the United States dollar or other foreign currencies will not adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. See “Item 3. Key Information — D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the People’s Republic of China — Government control of currency conversion may adversely affect our operations and financial results; — Fluctuation of the Renminbi could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.”

 

The following tables provide information regarding our financial instruments that are sensitive to foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. For debt obligations, the tables present principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates.

 

As of December 31, 2004:

 

     Expected Maturity

     2005

    2006

    2007

    2008

    2009

    Thereafter

    Total

  

Fair

Value


     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)

Assets:

                                             

Cash and cash equivalents

                                             

United States dollars

   105     —       —       —       —       —       105    105

Japanese yen

   1     —       —       —       —       —       1    1

Time deposits

         —       —       —       —       —             

United States dollars

   221     —       —       —       —       —       221    221

Liabilities:

                                             

Debts in Japanese yen

                                             

Fixed rate

   333     552     674     355     104     1,164     3,182    3,318

Average interest rate

   1.2 %   1.2 %   1.7 %   1.2 %   2.8 %   2.7 %         

Debts in United States dollars

                                             

Fixed rate

   584     363     121     70     67     999     2,204    2,133

Average interest rate

   3.6 %   2.8 %   2.3 %   2.1 %   2.0 %   1.5 %         

Variable rate

   152     368     130     29     —       —       679    655

Average interest rate (1)

   1.2 %   2.7 %   1.4 %   0.5 %   —       —             

Debts in Euro

                                             

Fixed rate

   66     42     42     42     42     819     1,053    1,006

Average interest rate

   4.5 %   2.6 %   2.6 %   2.6 %   2.6 %   1.9 %         

Debts in other currencies

                                             

Variable rate

   3     6     6     6     5     44     70    68

Average interest rate (1)

   2.1 %   2.1 %   2.1 %   2.1 %   2.1 %   3.0 %         

(1) The average interest rates for variable rate debts are calculated based on the rates reported as of December 31, 2004.

 

- 89 -


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2003:

 

     Expected Maturity

     2004

    2005

    2006

    2007

    2008

    Thereafter

    Total

   Fair
Value


     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)

Assets:

                                             

Cash and cash equivalents

                                             

United States dollars

   266     —       —       —       —       —       266    266

Hong Kong dollars

   1     —       —       —       —       —       1    1

Time deposits

                                             

United States dollars

   227     —       —       —       —       —       227    227

Hong Kong dollars

   21     —       —       —       —       —       21    21

Liabilities:

                                             

Debts in Japanese yen

                                             

Fixed rate

   429     432     418     384     386     2,131     4,180    4,413

Average interest rate

   1.2 %   1.2 %   1.3 %   1.3 %   1.4 %   2.5 %         

Debts in United States dollars

                                             

Fixed rate

   855     694     442     130     63     1,102     3,286    3,320

Average interest rate

   3.9 %   4.1 %   3.5 %   3.6 %   3.5 %   2.7 %         

Variable rate

   63     162     347     58     29     —       659    660

Average interest rate (1)

   1.9 %   3.0 %   2.6 %   1.8 %   1.8 %   —             

Debts in Euro

                                             

Fixed rate

   59     135     43     40     40     722     1,039    1,040

Average interest rate

   3.9 %   3.9 %   3.6 %   3.2 %   3.1 %   2.3 %         

Debts in other currencies

                                             

Variable rate

   1     7     7     7     5     46     73    74

Average interest rate (1)

   2.1 %   3.2 %   2.9 %   3.2 %   2.8 %   3.0 %         

(1) The average interest rates for variable rate debts are calculated based on the rates reported as of December 31, 2003.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

The People’s Bank of China has the sole authority in China to establish the official interest rates for Renminbi-denominated loans. Financial institutions in China set their effective interest rates within the range established by the People’s Bank of China. Interest rates and payment methods on loans denominated in foreign currencies are set by financial institutions based on interest rate changes in the international financial market, cost of funds, risk levels and other factors.

 

We are exposed to interest rate risk resulting from fluctuations in interest rates on our short-term and long-term debts. Increases in interest rates will increase the cost of new borrowing and the interest expense with respect to outstanding floating rate debt. As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, our debt consisted of fixed and variable rate debt obligations with maturities from 2005 to 2040 and from 2004 to 2040, respectively.

 

- 90 -


Table of Contents

The following tables present cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates of our interest rate sensitive financial instruments as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively:

 

As of December 31, 2004:

 

     Expected Maturity

     2005

    2006

    2007

    2008

    2009

    Thereafter

    Total

   Fair
Value


     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)

Liabilities:

                                             

Debts in Renminbi

                                             

Fixed rate

   8,604     6,591     6,350     —       —       5     21,550    21,410

Average interest rate

   5.3 %   5.0 %   5.0 %   —       —       5.3 %         

Variable rate

   68,076     2,100     1,200     50     50     50,150     121,446    120,236

Average interest rate (1)

   4.4 %   5.1 %   5.0 %   5.2 %   5.2 %   5.2 %         

Debts in Japanese yen

                                             

Fixed rate

   333     552     674     355     104     1,164     3,182    3,318

Average interest rate

   1.2 %   1.2 %   1.7 %   1.2 %   2.8 %   2.7 %         

Debts in United States dollars

                                             

Fixed rate

   584     363     121     70     67     999     2,204    2,133

Average interest rate

   3.6 %   2.8 %   2.3 %   2.1 %   2.0 %   1.5 %         

Variable rate

   152     368     130     29     —       —       679    655

Average interest rate (1)

   1.2 %   2.7 %   1.4 %   0.5 %   —       —             

Debts in Euro

                                             

Fixed rate

   66     42     42     42     42     819     1,053    1,006

Average interest rate

   4.5 %   2.6 %   2.6 %   2.6 %   2.6 %   1.9 %         

Debts in other currencies

                                             

Variable rate

   3     6     6     6     5     44     70    68

Average interest rate (1)

   2.1 %   2.1 %   2.1 %   2.1 %   2.1 %   3.0 %         

(1) The average interest rates for variable rate debts are calculated based on the rates reported as of December 31, 2004.

 

As of December 31, 2003:

 

     Expected Maturity

     2004

    2005

    2006

    2007

    2008

    Thereafter

    Total

   Fair
Value


     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)

Liabilities:

                                             

Debts in Renminbi

                                             

Fixed rate

   5,812     9,356     5,696     1,645     150     4     22,663    22,792

Average interest rate

   5.4 %   5.2 %   5.1 %   5.3 %   5.2 %   5.9 %         

Variable rate

   62,981     4,672     3,578     600     50     35,051     106,932    107,014

Average interest rate (1)

   4.7 %   5.2 %   5.1 %   5.2 %   5.2 %   5.2 %         

 

- 91 -


Table of Contents
     Expected Maturity

     2004

    2005

    2006

    2007

    2008

    Thereafter

    Total

   Fair
Value


     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)

Debts in Japanese yen

                                             

Fixed rate

   429     432     418     384     386     2,131     4,180    4,413

Average interest rate

   1.2 %   1.2 %   1.3 %   1.3 %   1.4 %   2.5 %         

Debts in United States dollars

                                             

Fixed rate

   855     694     442     130     63     1,102     3,286    3,320

Average interest rate

   3.9 %   4.1 %   3.5 %   3.6 %   3.5 %   2.7 %         

Variable rate

   63     162     347     58     29     —       659    660

Average interest rate (1)

   1.9 %   3.0 %   2.6 %   1.8 %   1.8 %   —             

Debts in Euro

                                             

Fixed rate

   59     135     43     40     40     722     1,039    1,040

Average interest rate

   3.9 %   3.9 %   3.6 %   3.2 %   3.1 %   2.3 %         

Debts in other currencies

                                             

Variable rate

   1     7     7     7     5     46     73    74

Average interest rate (1)

   2.1 %   3.2 %   2.9 %   3.2 %   2.8 %   3.0 %         

(1) The average interest rates for variable rate debts are calculated based on the rates reported as of December 31, 2003.

 

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.

 

Not applicable.

 

PART II

 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.

 

None.

 

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.

 

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders

 

None.

 

Use of Proceeds

 

The following use of proceeds information relates to our registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-100042), filed by us in connection with our initial public offering. Our H shares commenced trading on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on November 15, 2002. China International Capital Corporation Limited, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated acted as U.S. representatives for the U.S. underwriters and China International Capital Corporation Limited, Merrill Lynch International and Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited acted as international representatives for the international underwriters.

 

- 92 -


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth for China Telecom as the issuer and each selling shareholder information regarding our H shares registered and sold in our initial public offering, including the exercise of the over-allotment option:

 

     Amount Registered
and Sold


  

Aggregate Price

of the Amount Registered
and Sold to Date (US$)


China Telecom

   7,296,915,700    1,383,854,526.34

China Telecom Group

   635,623,200    120,588,923.33

Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd.

   61,159,700    11,603,072.98

Jiangsu Guoxin Investment Group Co., Ltd.

   10,425,800    1,977,958.01

Zhejiang Financial Development Company

   23,285,600    4,417,688.71
    
  

Total

   8,027,410,000    1,522,442,169.37

 

The amount of expenses incurred by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the registered securities totaled USD96,100,213.3, including USD42,539,632.8 for underwriting discounts and commissions, and approximately USD53,560,580.5 for other expenses. None of the payments were direct or indirect payments to our directors, officers, general partners of our associates, persons owning 10% or more of any class of our shares, or any of our affiliates.

 

The net proceeds from the initial public offering of our shares, after deduction of fees and expenses, amounted to RMB10,659 million. In 2003, RMB3197.7 million (equivalent to USD386.3 million) was used for the acquisition of telecommunications assets from China Telecom Group in 2003. The remaining proceeds were used for the expansion and upgrading of our telecommunications network infrastructure, the improvement of our business operation supporting systems, the development of telecommunications applications and technologies, and for general corporate purposes. No application of our net offering proceeds represented direct or indirect payments to our directors, officers, general partners of our associates, persons owning 10% or more of any class of our shares, or any of our affiliates.

 

Item 15. Controls and Procedures.

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report, our disclosure controls and procedures were adequate and effective to ensure that material information relating to our company, including our consolidated subsidiaries, was made known to them by others within our company and our consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Item16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert.

 

All members of our audit committee have extensive management experience. However, members of our audit committee do not possess direct experience or expertise in respect of the reconciliation of financial statements with U.S. GAAP and the evaluation of reports filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission by SEC-reporting issuers. Our board of directors has determined that we do not currently have an audit committee financial expert, as defined in Item 16A(b) of Form 20-F, serving on our audit committee. Our audit committee is in the process of considering appointing, from time to time, an external financial expert as a consultant.

 

- 93 -


Table of Contents

Item16B. Code of Ethics.

 

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, controller and other senior officers of our company. We have filed this code of ethics as an exhibit to our annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 and we hereby incorporate that exhibit into this annual report.

 

Item16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

 

The following table sets forth the aggregate audit fees, audit-related fees, tax fees of our principal accountants and all other fees billed for products and services provided by our principal accountants other than the audit fees, audit-related fees and tax fees for each of the fiscal years 2003 and 2004:

 

    

Audit Fees


  

Audit-Related Fees


   Tax Fees

   Other Fees

2003

   RMB107 million    RMB2 million    —      —  

2004

   RMB129 million    RMB14 million    —      —  

 

Before our principal accountants were engaged by our company or our subsidiaries to render audit or non-audit services, the engagement has been approved by our audit committee.

 

Item16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.

 

None.

 

PART III

 

Item 17. Financial Statements.

 

We have elected to provide the financial statements and related information specified in Item 18 in lieu of Item 17.

 

Item 18. Financial Statements.

 

See Index to Financial Statements for a list of all financial statements filed as part of this annual report.

 

Item 19. Exhibits.

 

(a) See Item 18 for a list of the financial statements filed as part of this annual report.

 

(b) Exhibits to this annual report:

 

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibits

 

Description


1.1   Articles of Association (as amended) (English translation).
2.1   Form of H Share Certificate. (1)

 

- 94 -


Table of Contents
Exhibits

 

Description


2.2   Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, The Bank of New York, as depositary, and Owners and Beneficial Owners from time to time of American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder, including the form of American Depositary Receipt. (2)
4.1   Supplemental Trademark License Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
4.2   Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
4.3   Supplemental Connected Transactions Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
4.4   Form of Underwriting Agreement. (4)
4.5   Supplemental Trademark License Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (5)
4.6   Supplemental Connected Transactions Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (6)
4.7   Comprehensive Services Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (7)
4.8   Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (8)
4.9   Supplemental Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated June 9, 2005, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary)
8.1   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
11.1   Code of Ethics (English translation). (3)
12.1   Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
12.2   Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
13.1   Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).
13.2   Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).
14.1   Consent of KPMG.

(1) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-100042), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2002.
(2) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-100617), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to American Depositary Shares representing our H shares.
(3) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(4) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004

 

- 95 -


Table of Contents
(5) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.
(6) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.3 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.
(7) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.4 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.
(8) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.5 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.

 

- 96 -


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED

By:

 

/s/ Wang Xiaochu


Name:

 

Wang Xiaochu

Title:

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Date: May 24, 2005


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

   F-2

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2004

   F-3

Consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

   F-4

Consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

   F-5

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

   F-7

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

   F-9

 

F - 1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

China Telecom Corporation Limited:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of China Telecom Corporation Limited and subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, all expressed in Renminbi. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and auditing standards generally accepted in Hong Kong. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

International Financial Reporting Standards vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 33 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 have been translated into United States dollars solely for the convenience of the reader. We have audited the translation and, in our opinion, the consolidated financial statements expressed in Renminbi have been translated into United States dollars on the basis set forth in Note 2(a) to the consolidated financial statements.

 

KPMG

 

Hong Kong, China

March 31, 2005

 

F - 2


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND 2004

(Amounts in millions)

          December 31,

     Note

   2003

   2004

   2004

          RMB    RMB    US$
ASSETS                    
Current assets                    

Cash and cash equivalents

   3    12,721    13,465    1,627

Time deposits with maturity over three months

        473    315    38

Accounts receivable, net

   4    12,951    13,921    1,682

Inventories

   5    3,253    2,767    334

Prepayments and other current assets

   6    3,695    3,064    370
         
  
  

Total current assets

        33,093    33,532    4,051

Non-current assets

                   

Property, plant and equipment, net

   7    309,896    320,179    38,685

Construction in progress

   8    31,617    29,450    3,558

Lease prepayments

        4,485    4,830    584

Interests in associates

   9    513    511    62

Investments

   10    206    200    24

Deferred tax assets

   11    10,523    10,805    1,306

Other assets

   16    13,609    13,063    1,578
         
  
  

Total non-current assets

        370,849    379,038    45,797
         
  
  

Total assets

        403,942    412,570    49,848
         
  
  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                    
Current liabilities                    

Short-term debt

   12    56,243    65,976    7,971

Current portion of long-term debt

   12    13,957    11,842    1,431

Accounts payable

   13    35,629    33,658    4,067

Accrued expenses and other payables

   14    26,004    27,531    3,326

Income tax payable

        3,395    1,192    144

Current portion of finance lease obligations

   15    50    156    19

Current portion of deferred revenues

   16    13,857    11,589    1,400
         
  
  

Total current liabilities

        149,135    151,944    18,358
Non-current liabilities                    

Long-term debt

   12    68,632    72,366    8,743

Finance lease obligations

   15    43    157    19

Deferred revenues

   16    32,744    25,182    3,043

Deferred tax liabilities

   11    1,325    2,302    278
         
  
  

Total non-current liabilities

        102,744    100,007    12,083
         
  
  

Total liabilities

        251,879    251,951    30,441

Minority interests

        1,269    1,413    171

Shareholders’ equity

                   

Share capital

   17    75,614    80,932    9,779

Reserves

   18    75,180    78,274    9,457
         
  
  

Total shareholders’ equity

        150,794    159,206    19,236
         
  
  

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

        403,942    412,570    49,848
         
  
  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 3


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

(Amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

          Year ended December 31,

 
     Note

   2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

 
          RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  

Operating revenues

   19    140,906     151,553     161,212     19,478  

Operating expenses

                             

Depreciation and amortization

        (45,810 )   (46,597 )   (47,170 )   (5,699 )

Network operations and support

        (46,215 )   (44,118 )   (43,070 )   (5,204 )

Selling, general and administrative

        (20,585 )   (24,810 )   (27,003 )   (3,262 )

Other operating expenses

   20    (3,188 )   (3,176 )   (4,139 )   (500 )
         

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   21    (115,798 )   (118,701 )   (121,382 )   (14,665 )
         

 

 

 

Operating income

        25,108     32,852     39,830     4,813  

Deficit on revaluation of property, plant and equipment

   7    (14,690 )   (14,832 )   (1,262 )   (153 )

Net finance costs

   22    (4,071 )   (3,606 )   (5,340 )   (645 )

Investment income/(loss)

        50     (42 )   6     1  

Equity in income of associates

        38     35     29     3  
         

 

 

 

Income before income tax and minority interests

        6,435     14,407     33,263     4,019  

Income tax

   23    1,856     (469 )   (5,187 )   (627 )
         

 

 

 

Income before minority interests

        8,291     13,938     28,076     3,392  

Minority interests

        (72 )   (56 )   (53 )   (6 )
         

 

 

 

Net income

        8,219     13,882     28,023     3,386  
         

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

   25    0.12     0.18     0.36     0.04  
         

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares

   25    69,242     75,614     78,840     78,840  
         

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 4


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

(Amounts in millions)

 

    Note

 

Share

capital


  Capital
reserve


   

Share

premium


 

Revaluation

reserve


    Surplus
reserves


 

Statutory
common
welfare

fund


  Other
reserves


    Retained
earnings


   

Total

shareholders’

equity


 
        RMB   RMB     RMB   RMB     RMB   RMB   RMB     RMB     RMB  

Balance as of January 1, 2002, as previously reported

      —     —       —     4,154     —     —     41,730     89,272     135,156  

Adjusted for the Second Acquisition

  1   —     —       —     —       —     —     34,316     —       34,316  
       
 

 
 

 
 
 

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2002, as adjusted

      —     —       —     4,154     —     —     76,046     89,272     169,472  

Capitalization as share capital upon incorporation of the Company

      68,317   20,955     —     —       —     —     —       (89,272 )   —    

Issue of shares, net of issuing expenses of RMB796

      7,297   —       3,362   —       —     —     —       —       10,659  

Net income

      —     —       —     —       —     —     —       8,219     8,219  

Contributions from China Telecom

      —     —       —     —       —     —     —       4,438     4,438  

Distributions to China Telecom

      —     —       —     —       —     —     —       (3,762 )   (3,762 )

Assets distributed to China Telecom in connection with the First Acquisition

  1   —     —       —     —       —     —     —       (5,189 )   (5,189 )

Revaluation surplus

  7   —     —       —     760     —     —     —       —       760  

Recognition of deferred tax assets

  11   —     —       —     —       —     —     2,408     —       2,408  

Elimination of deferred tax liabilities

  11   —     —       —     —       —     —     —       20     20  

Transfer from retained earnings to other reserves

      —     —       —     —       —     —     (13,138 )   13,138     —    

Appropriations

  18   —     —       —     —       8,121   1,624   —       (9,745 )   —    

Revaluation surplus realized

      —     —       —     (10 )   —     —     —       10     —    

Deferred tax on land use rights realized

      —     —       —     —       —     —     (75 )   75     —    
       
 

 
 

 
 
 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2002

      75,614   20,955     3,362   4,904     8,121   1,624   65,241     7,204     187,025  

Net income

      —     —       —     —       —     —     —       13,882     13,882  

Contributions from China Telecom

      —     —       —     —       —     —     —       4,309     4,309  

Distributions to China Telecom

      —     —       —     —       —     —     —       (1,234 )   (1,234 )

Assets distributed to China Telecom in connection with the Second Acquisition

  1   —     —       —     —       —     —     —       (10,762 )   (10,762 )

Revaluation surplus

  7   —     —       —     1,537     —     —     —       —       1,537  

Recognition of deferred tax assets

  11   —     —       —     —       —     —     2,209     —       2,209  

Elimination of deferred tax liabilities

  11   —     —       —     —       —     —     —       150     150  

Transfer from retained earnings to other reserves

      —     —       —     —       —     —     (11,812 )   11,812     —    

Consideration for the acquisition of the First Acquired Group

  1   —     —       —     —       —     —     (45,649 )   —       (45,649 )

Transfer from other reserves to capital reserve

      —     (14,388 )   —     —       —     —     14,388     —       —    

Appropriations

  18   —     —       —     —       7,340   1,748   —       (9,088 )   —    

Dividends

      —     —       —     —       —     —     —       (673 )   (673 )

Revaluation surplus realized

      —     —       —     (17 )   —     —     —       17     —    

Deferred tax on land use rights realized

      —     —       —     —       —     —     (131 )   131     —    
       
 

 
 

 
 
 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2003

      75,614   6,567     3,362   6,424     15,461   3,372   24,246     15,748     150,794  
       
 

 
 

 
 
 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 5


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

(Amounts in millions)

 

    Note

 

Share

capital


  Capital
reserve


   

Share

premium


 

Revaluation

reserve


    Surplus
reserves


 

Statutory
common
welfare

fund


  Other
reserves


    Retained
earnings


   

Total

shareholders’

equity


 
        RMB   RMB     RMB   RMB     RMB   RMB   RMB     RMB     RMB  

Balance as of December 31, 2003

      75,614   6,567     3,362   6,424     15,461   3,372   24,246     15,748     150,794  

Issue of shares, net of issuing expenses of RMB294

      5,318   —       7,384   —       —     —     —       —       12,702  

Net income

      —     —       —     —       —     —     —       28,023     28,023  

Contributions from China Telecom

      —     —       —     —       —     —     —       100     100  

Transfer from retained earnings to other reserves

      —     —       —     —       —     —     2,653     (2,653 )   —    

Consideration for the acquisition of the Second Acquired Group

  1   —     —       —     —       —     —     (27,800 )   —       (27,800 )

Transfer from other reserves to capital reserve

      —     (9,371 )   —     —       —     —     9,371     —       —    

Revaluation surplus

  7   —     —       —     1,233     —     —     —       —       1,233  

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus of property, plant and equipment

  11   —     —       —     —       —     —     (378 )   —       (378 )

Appropriations

  18   —     —       —     —       10,168   2,421   —       (12,589 )   —    

Dividends

  24   —     —       —     —       —     —     —       (5,224 )   (5,224 )

Effect of change in tax rate

  11   —     —       —     —       —     —     (244 )   —       (244 )

Revaluation surplus realized

      —     —       —     (72 )   —     —     —       72     —    

Deferred tax on land use rights realized

      —     —       —     —       —     —     (165 )   165     —    
       
 

 
 

 
 
 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2004

      80,932   (2,804 )   10,746   7,585     25,629   5,793   7,683     23,642     159,206  
       
 

 
 

 
 
 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2004 (in US$)

      9,779   (339 )   1,298   916     3,097   700   928     2,857     19,236  
       
 

 
 

 
 
 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 6


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

(Amounts in millions)

 

         Year ended December 31,

 
     Note

  2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

 
         RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  

Cash flows from operating activities

   (a)   62,357     58,392     66,078     7,984  
        

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

                            

Capital expenditure

       (61,437 )   (57,692 )   (56,446 )   (6,820 )

Purchase of investments

       (332 )   (485 )   (42 )   (5 )

Lease prepayments

       (500 )   (355 )   (444 )   (53 )

Proceeds from disposal of investments

       —       52     42     5  

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

       483     348     379     45  

Purchase of time deposits with maturity over three months

       (1,489 )   (466 )   (325 )   (39 )

Maturity of time deposits with maturity over three months

       697     1,504     483     58  
        

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

       (62,578 )   (57,094 )   (56,353 )   (6,809 )
        

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

                            

Proceeds from initial public offering, net of issuing expenses

       10,659     —       —       —    

Proceeds from issue of shares, net of issuing expenses

       —       —       12,702     1,535  

Capital element of finance lease payments

       (715 )   (210 )   (50 )   (6 )

Proceeds from bank and other debt

       86,975     83,472     77,120     9,318  

Repayments of bank and other debt

       (89,023 )   (86,147 )   (81,070 )   (9,795 )

Payment of dividends

       —       (673 )   (5,224 )   (631 )

Cash (distributions to) / contributions from minority interests

       (14 )   (27 )   91     11  

Cash payment for the acquisition of the First Acquired Group

       —       (11,000 )   —       —    

Cash payment for the acquisition of the Second Acquired Group

       —       —       (12,650 )   (1,529 )

Cash contributions from China Telecom

       4,226     3,461     100     12  

Cash distributions to China Telecom

       (4,418 )   (196 )   —       —    
        

 

 

 

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

       7,690     (11,320 )   (8,981 )   (1,085 )
        

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

       7,469     (10,022 )   744     90  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

       15,274     22,743     12,721     1,537  
        

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

       22,743     12,721     13,465     1,627  
        

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 7


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

(Amounts in millions)

 

(a) Reconciliation of income before income tax and minority interests to cash flows from operating activities

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  

Income before income tax and minority interests

   6,435     14,407     33,263     4,019  

Adjustments for:

                        

Depreciation and amortization

   45,810     46,597     47,170     5,699  

Deficit on revaluation of property, plant and equipment

   14,690     14,832     1,262     153  

Provision for doubtful accounts

   1,004     1,037     1,121     136  

Investment (income)/loss

   (50 )   42     (6 )   (1 )

Equity in income of associates

   (38 )   (35 )   (29 )   (3 )

Interest income

   (248 )   (331 )   (231 )   (28 )

Interest expense

   3,826     3,340     5,367     648  

Unrealized foreign exchange losses

   449     495     152     18  

Loss on retirement and disposal of property, plant and equipment and impairment loss

   3,753     1,628     961     116  

Increase in accounts receivable

   (1,535 )   (2,383 )   (2,091 )   (253 )

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

   742     (687 )   486     59  

Decrease in prepayments and other current assets

   2,311     116     481     58  

(Increase)/decrease in other non-current assets

   (1,104 )   12     297     36  

Increase/(decrease) in accounts payable

   235     (335 )   55     7  

Increase in accrued expenses and other payables

   786     34     1,517     183  

Decrease in deferred revenues

   (8,850 )   (9,320 )   (9,830 )   (1,188 )
    

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

   68,216     69,449     79,945     9,659  

Interest received

   248     331     231     28  

Interest paid

   (5,533 )   (4,944 )   (6,824 )   (824 )

Investment income received

   92     17     43     5  

Income tax paid

   (666 )   (6,461 )   (7,317 )   (884 )
    

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

   62,357     58,392     66,078     7,984  
    

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 8


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

1. PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES, ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

Principal activities

 

China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (hereinafter, collectively referred to as the “Group”) are engaged in the provision of wireline telecommunications and related services in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province, Zhejiang Province, Anhui Province, Fujian Province, Jiangxi Province, Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region, Chongqing Municipality, Sichuan Province, Hubei Province, Hunan Province, Hainan Province, Guizhou Province, Yunnan Province, Shaanxi Province, Gansu Province, Qinghai Province, Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region and Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). The Group offers a comprehensive range of wireline telecommunications services to residential and business customers, including local, domestic long distance (“DLD”) and international long distance (“ILD”) telephone services, Internet and managed data, leased line, and other related services.

 

The operations of the Group are subject to the supervision and regulation by the PRC government. The Ministry of Information Industry, pursuant to the authority delegated to it by the PRC’s State Council, is responsible for formulating the telecommunications industry policies and regulations, including the regulation and setting of tariff levels for basic telecommunications services, such as local and long distance telephone services, managed data services, leased line and interconnection arrangements.

 

Organization

 

The Company was incorporated in the PRC on September 10, 2002 as part of the reorganization (the “Restructuring”) of China Telecommunications Corporation (“China Telecom” and together with its subsidiaries other than the Company are referred to as “China Telecom Group”), a state-owned enterprise which is under the supervision and regulation of the Ministry of Information Industry. In November 2001, pursuant to a further industry restructuring plan approved by the State Council, China Telecom’s wireline telecommunications networks and related operations in 10 northern provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions of the PRC were transferred to China Netcom Group. China Telecom retained the wireline telecommunications networks and related operations of 21 provinces, municipalities and autonomous regions of the PRC, including those of the Company’s subsidiaries. In accordance with this industry restructuring plan, China Telecom and China Netcom Group own 70% and 30%, respectively, of the nationwide inter-provincial optic fibers.

 

In connection with the Restructuring, China Telecom transferred to the Company the wireline telecommunications business and related operations in Shanghai Municipality, Guangdong Province, Jiangsu Province and Zhejiang Province together with the related assets and liabilities (the “Predecessor Operations”) in consideration for 68,317 million ordinary domestic shares of the Company. The shares issued to China Telecom have a par value of RMB1.00 each and represented the entire registered and issued share capital of the Company of that date. In connection with the Restructuring, certain assets historically associated with the Predecessor Operations were not transferred to the Company and were retained by China Telecom. These assets, which amounted to RMB11,285 as of December 31, 2001, primarily related to investments in non-telecommunications industries, inter-provincial transmission optic fibres and properties. As a result of the segregation and separate management of these assets by China Telecom beginning December 31, 2001, the assets retained by China Telecom were reflected as a distribution to China Telecom in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2001.

 

Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Company’s independent shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on December 15, 2003, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in Anhui Telecom Company Limited, Fujian Telecom Company Limited, Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited, Guangxi Telecom Company Limited, Chongqing Telecom Company Limited and Sichuan Telecom Company Limited (collectively the “First Acquired Group”) and certain network management and research and development facilities from China Telecom for a total purchase price of RMB46,000 on December 31, 2003 (hereinafter, referred to as the “First Acquisition”). The purchase price consisted of a cash payment of RMB11,000 and a long-term payable of RMB35,000 (see Note 12). Prior to the First Acquisition and effective December 31, 2002, China Telecom transferred the wireline telecommunications business and related operations in Anhui Province, Fujian Province, Jiangxi Province, Guangxi

 

F - 9


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

1. PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES, ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (continued)

 

Organization (continued)

 

Zhuang Autonomous Region, Chongqing Municipality and Sichuan Province together with the related assets and liabilities in consideration for the entire equity interests in each of the entities of the First Acquired Group. Certain assets historically associated with these operations were retained by China Telecom, and as of December 31, 2002, these assets amounted to RMB5,189 and consisted primarily of investments in non-telecommunications industries and properties.

 

Pursuant to the resolution passed by the Company’s independent shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on June 9, 2004, the Company acquired the entire equity interests in Hubei Telecom Company Limited, Hunan Telecom Company Limited, Hainan Telecom Company Limited, Guizhou Telecom Company Limited, Yunnan Telecom Company Limited, Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited, Gansu Telecom Company Limited, Qinghai Telecom Company Limited, Ningxia Telecom Company Limited and Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited (collectively the “Second Acquired Group”) from China Telecom for a total purchase price of RMB27,800 on June 30, 2004 (hereinafter, referred to as the “Second Acquisition”). The purchase price consisted of a cash payment of RMB8,340 and a long-term payable of RMB19,460. On June 30, 2004, the Company repaid RMB4,310 of this payable amount using the net proceeds from issue of new H shares in May 2004 (see Note 12). Prior to the Second Acquisition and effective December 31, 2003, China Telecom transferred the wireline telecommunications business and related operations in Hubei Province, Hunan Province, Hainan Province, Guizhou Province, Yunnan Province, Shaanxi Province, Gansu Province, Qinghai Province, Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region and Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region together with the related assets and liabilities in consideration for the entire equity interests in each of the entities of the Second Acquired Group. Certain assets historically associated with these operations were retained by China Telecom, and as of December 31, 2003, these assets amounted to RMB10,762 and consisted primarily of investments in non-telecommunications industries and properties.

 

Basis of presentation

 

Since China Telecom controlled the Predecessor Operations transferred to the Company and continues to control the Company, the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the periods prior to the legal formation of the Company have been prepared as a reorganization of entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests (“as-if-pooling-of-interests accounting”). Accordingly, under as-if-pooling-of-interests accounting, the assets and liabilities of the Predecessor Operations transferred to the Company in connection with the Restructuring have been accounted for at historical amounts.

 

In addition, as the First Acquired Group and the Second Acquired Group (“the Acquired Groups”) were under the common control of China Telecom, the First Acquisition and the Second Acquisition (“the Acquisitions”) have been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as a combination of entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the Acquired Groups have been accounted for at historical amounts and the consolidated financial statements of the Company prior to the Acquisitions have been restated to include the results of operations and assets and liabilities of the Acquired Groups on a combined basis. The assets retained by China Telecom in respect of the Acquisitions were reflected as distributions to China Telecom in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003 respectively. The considerations paid by the Company for the acquisition of the Acquired Groups have been accounted for as equity transactions in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity.

 

F - 10


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

1. PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES, ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (continued)

 

Basis of presentation (continued)

 

The results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the financial condition and shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2003, January 1, 2003 and January 1, 2002 previously reported by the Group and the Second Acquired Group and the combined amounts presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are set out below:

 

    

The Group

(as previously
reported)


  

The Second

Acquired
Group


    Combined

     RMB    RMB     RMB

Results of operations:

               

2002:

               

Operating revenues

   109,564    31,342     140,906

Operating income/(loss)

   25,997    (889 )   25,108

Net income/(loss)

   9,773    (1,554 )   8,219

Basic earnings/(loss) per share (RMB)

   0.14    (0.02 )   0.12

2003:

               

Operating revenue

   118,451    33,102     151,553

Operating income

   32,448    404     32,852

Net income/(loss)

   24,686    (10,804 )   13,882

Basic earnings/(loss) per share (RMB)

   0.33    (0.15 )   0.18

Financial condition:

               

Current assets as of December 31, 2003

   25,504    7,589     33,093

Total assets as of December 31, 2003

   305,605    98,337     403,942

Current liabilities as of December 31, 2003

   96,666    52,469     149,135

Total liabilities as of December 31, 2003

   173,064    78,815     251,879

Shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2003

   131,272    19,522     150,794

Shareholders’ equity as of January 1, 2003

   152,848    34,177     187,025

Shareholders’ equity as of January 1, 2002

   135,156    34,316     169,472

 

For the periods presented, all significant balances and transactions between the Group and the Acquired Groups prior to the Acquisitions have been eliminated.

 

F - 11


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

(a) Basis of preparation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). IFRS includes International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) and interpretations.

 

The consolidated financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis as modified by the revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment (Note 7). Information relating to the nature of significant differences between IFRS and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and their effect on net income for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and on shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are set forth in Note 33.

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS and US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The accounting policies described below have been consistently applied by the Group.

 

The IASB has issued a number of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards and International Accounting Standards (collectively new “IFRSs”) which are effective for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005.

 

The Group has not early adopted these new IFRSs in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. The Group has already commenced an assessment of the impact of these new IFRSs but is not yet in a position to state whether these new IFRSs would have significant impact on its results of operations and financial position.

 

The consolidated financial statements are expressed in Renminbi (“RMB”), the national currency of the PRC. Solely for the convenience of the reader, the December 31, 2004 consolidated financial statements have been translated into United States dollars at the noon buying rate in New York on December 31, 2004 for cable transfers in RMB as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York of US$1.00 = RMB8.2765. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted into United States dollars at that rate or at any other certain rate on December 31, 2004, or at any other certain date.

 

(b) Basis of consolidation

 

A subsidiary is an enterprise controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of an enterprise so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

 

The financial results of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases, and the share attributable to minority interests is deducted from or added to income before minority interests. All significant intercompany balances and transactions and any unrealized gains/losses arising from intercompany transactions are eliminated on consolidation.

 

An associate is a company, not being a subsidiary, in which the Group exercises significant influence over its management. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control over those policies.

 

The consolidated statement of income includes the Group’s share of the results of its associates for the period. In the consolidated balance sheet, interests in associates are stated at the Group’s attributable share of net assets.

 

F - 12


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

(c) Translation of foreign currencies

 

The functional and reporting currency of the Group is RMB. Foreign currency transactions during the year are translated into RMB at the applicable rates of exchange quoted by the People’s Bank of China (“PBOC rates”) prevailing on the transaction dates. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated into RMB at the applicable PBOC rates at the balance sheet date.

 

Exchange differences, other than those capitalized as construction in progress, are recognized as income or expense in the consolidated statement of income. For the periods presented, no exchange differences were capitalized.

 

(d) Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and in hand and time deposits with original maturities of three months or less when purchased. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. None of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents is restricted as to withdrawal.

 

(e) Accounts receivable

 

Accounts receivable are stated at cost less allowance for doubtful accounts. An allowance for doubtful accounts is provided based upon the evaluation of the recoverability of these accounts at the balance sheet date.

 

(f) Inventories

 

Inventories consist of materials and supplies used in maintaining the wireline telecommunications network and goods for resale. Materials and supplies are valued at cost less a provision for obsolescence.

 

Inventories that are held for resale are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

 

F - 13


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

(g) Property, plant and equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are initially recorded at cost, less subsequent accumulated depreciation and impairment losses (Note 2(k)). The cost of an asset comprises its purchase price, any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to working condition and location for its intended use and the cost of borrowed funds used during the periods of construction. Expenditure incurred after the asset has been put into operation is capitalized only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the item of property, plant and equipment. All other expenditure, including the cost of repairs and maintenance, is expensed as it is incurred.

 

Subsequent to the revaluations (Note 7) which were based on depreciated replacement costs, property, plant and equipment are carried at revalued amount, being the fair value at the date of the revaluation, less subsequent accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. When an item of property, plant and equipment is revalued, any accumulated depreciation at the date of the revaluation is restated proportionately with the change in the gross carrying amount of the asset so that the carrying amount of the asset after revaluation equals its revalued amount. The separate classes into which the Company groups assets for the revaluation are buildings and improvements; telecommunications network plant and transmission and switching equipment; and furniture, fixture, motor vehicles and other equipment. When an item of property, plant and equipment is revalued, the entire class of property, plant and equipment to which that asset belongs is revalued simultaneously. When an asset’s carrying amount is increased as a result of a revaluation, the increase is credited directly to shareholders’ equity under the component of revaluation reserve. However, a revaluation increase is recognized as income to the extent that it reverses a revaluation decrease of the same asset previously recognized as an expense. When an asset’s carrying amount is decreased as a result of a revaluation, the decrease is recognized as an expense in the consolidated statement of income. However, a revaluation decrease is charged directly against any related revaluation surplus to the extent that the decrease does not exceed the amount held in the revaluation reserve in respect of that same asset. Revaluations are performed with sufficient regularity such that the carrying amount does not differ materially from that which would be determined using fair value at the balance sheet date. Revaluations are performed annually on items which experience significant and volatile movements in fair value while items which experience insignificant movements in fair value are revalued every three years.

 

Assets acquired under leasing agreements which effectively transfer substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership from the lessor to the lessee are classified as assets under finance leases. Assets under finance leases are initially recorded at amounts equivalent to the present value of the minimum lease payments (computed using the rate of interest implicit in the lease) which approximate the fair value at the inception of the lease. The net present value of the future minimum lease payments is recorded correspondingly as a finance lease obligation. Assets under finance leases are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The carrying amount of the Group’s assets under finance leases as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 were RMB239 and RMB314, respectively.

 

Gains or losses arising from retirement or disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognized as income or expense in the consolidated statement of income on the date of disposal. On disposal of a revalued asset, the related revaluation surplus is transferred from the revaluation reserve to retained earnings.

 

Depreciation is provided to write off the cost/revalued amount of each asset over its estimated useful life on a straight-line basis, after taking into account its estimated residual value, as follows:

 

    

Depreciable lives

primarily range from


Buildings and improvements

   8 to 30 years

Telecommunications network plant, transmission and switching equipment

   6 to 10 years

Furniture, fixture, motor vehicles and other equipment

   4 to 10 years

 

F - 14


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

(h) Lease prepayments

 

Lease prepayments represent land use rights paid to the PRC’s land bureau. Land use rights are carried at cost and are written off on a straight-line basis over the respective periods of the rights which range from 20 years to 70 years.

 

(i) Construction in progress

 

Construction in progress represents buildings, telecommunications network plant, transmission and switching equipment and other equipment under construction and pending installation, and is stated at cost less impairment losses (Note 2(k)). Cost comprises direct costs of construction as well as interest charges, and foreign exchange differences on related borrowed funds to the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest charges, during the periods of construction. Capitalization of these costs ceases and the construction in progress is transferred to property, plant and equipment when the asset is substantially ready for its intended use.

 

No depreciation is provided in respect of construction in progress.

 

(j) Investments

 

Investments in non-marketable equity securities are stated at cost less provision for impairment losses (Note 2(k)). A provision is made where, in the opinion of management, the carrying amount of the investments exceeds its recoverable amount.

 

(k) Impairment

 

The carrying amounts of the Group’s long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, are reviewed periodically in order to assess whether the recoverable amounts have declined below the carrying amounts. These assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their recorded carrying amounts may not be recoverable. When such a decline has occurred, the carrying amount is reduced to the recoverable amount. The amount of the reduction is recognized as an expense in the consolidated statement of income. The recoverable amount is the greater of the net selling price and the value in use. In determining the value in use, expected future cash flows generated by the assets are discounted to their present value. For the year ended December 31, 2004, a provision for impairment loss of RMB88 was made to fully impair the carrying value of certain equipment for outdated telecommunications services.

 

(l) Revenue recognition

 

The Group’s revenues are principally derived from the provision of local, domestic long distance (“DLD”) and international long distance (“ILD”) telephone services which consist of (i) usage charges for telephone services, which vary depending on the day, the time of day, distance and duration of the telephone call, (ii) a monthly telephone service fee, (iii) service activation and installation fees, and (iv) charges for value-added telecommunications services, such as call waiting, call diverting and caller number display. The Group records wireline service revenues over the periods they are earned as follows:

 

  (i) Revenues derived from local, DLD and ILD telephone usage are recognized as the services are provided.

 

  (ii) Upfront fees received for activation of wireline services and wireline installation charges are deferred and recognized over the expected customer relationship period. The related direct incremental customer acquisition costs are deferred to the extent of the upfront fees and are amortized over the same expected customer relationship period.

 

F - 15


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

( l) Revenue recognition (continued)

 

  (iii) Monthly telephone service fees are recognized in the month during which the telephone services are provided to customers.

 

  (iv) Revenues from sale of prepaid calling cards are recognized as the cards are used by customers.

 

  (v) Revenues derived from value-added telecommunications services are recognized when the services are provided to customers.

 

Other related wireline telecommunications service revenues are recognized as follows:

 

  (i) Revenues from the provision of Internet and managed data services are recognized when the services are provided to customers.

 

  (ii) Interconnection fees from domestic and foreign telecommunications operators are recognized when the services are rendered as measured by the minutes of traffic processed.

 

  (iii) Lease income from operating leases is recognized over the term of the lease.

 

  (iv) Sale of customer-end equipment is recognized on delivery of the equipment to customers and when the significant risks and rewards of ownership and title have been transferred to the customers.

 

(m) Advertising and promotion expense

 

The costs for advertising and promoting the Group’s wireline telecommunications services are expensed as incurred. Advertising and promotion expense, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses, were RMB2,505, RMB5,758 and RMB8,701 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004 respectively.

 

(n) Net financing costs

 

Net financing costs comprise interest income on bank deposits, interest expense on borrowings, and foreign exchange gains and losses. Interest income from bank deposits is recognized on a time proportion basis that takes into account the effective yield on the asset.

 

Interest costs incurred in connection with borrowings are expensed as incurred, except to the extent that they are capitalized as being directly attributable to the construction of an asset which necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use.

 

(o) Research and development expense

 

Research and development expenditure is expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, research and development expense were RMB237, RMB166 and RMB172 respectively.

 

(p) Employee benefits

 

The Group’s contributions to defined contribution retirement plans administered by the PRC government are recognized as an expense in the consolidated statement of income. Further information is set out in Note 29.

 

(q) Provisions

 

A provision is recognized in the consolidated balance sheet when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.

 

F - 16


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

(r) Income tax

 

Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax is calculated on the taxable income for the year by applying the applicable tax rates. Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for all temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The amount of deferred tax is calculated on the basis of the enacted tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled. The effect on deferred tax of any changes in tax rates is charged or credited to the consolidated statement of income, except for the effect of a change in tax rate that results in a change in the carrying amount of deferred tax assets and liabilities is charged or credited directly to shareholders’ equity, to the extent that such deferred tax assets and liabilities are previously charged or credited to equity. A deferred tax asset is recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the asset can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

 

(s) Dividends

 

Dividends are recognized as a liability in the period in which they are declared.

 

(t) Segmental reporting

 

A business segment is a distinguishable component of the Group that is engaged in providing products or services and is subject to risks and rewards that are different from those of other segments. For the periods presented, the Group has one operating segment which is the provision of wireline telecommunications services. All of the Group’s operating activities are carried out in the PRC.

 

3. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB

Cash at bank and in hand

   12,451    10,512

Time deposits with maturity within three months

   270    2,953
    
  
     12,721    13,465
    
  

 

4. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

Accounts receivable, net, are analyzed as follows:

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Accounts receivable

   14,769     15,603  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

   (1,818 )   (1,682 )
    

 

     12,951     13,921  
    

 

 

Amounts due from the provision of wireline telecommunications services to residential and business customers are due within 30 days from the date of billing. Customers who have accounts overdue by more than 90 days will have their services disconnected.

 

F - 17


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

4. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004:

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

At beginning of year

   1,853     1,859     1,818  

Provision for doubtful accounts

   1,004     1,037     1,121  

Accounts receivable written off

   (998 )   (1,078 )   (1,257 )
    

 

 

At end of year

   1,859     1,818     1,682  
    

 

 

 

5. INVENTORIES

 

Inventories represent:

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB

Materials and supplies

   2,104    1,907

Goods for resale

   1,149    860
    
  
     3,253    2,767
    
  

 

6. PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

Prepayments and other current assets represent:

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB

Amounts due from China Telecom Group

   844    640

Prepayments in connection with construction work and equipment purchases

   609    854

Prepaid expenses and deposits

   609    607

Other receivables

   1,633    963
    
  
     3,695    3,064
    
  

 

F - 18


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

7. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

     Buildings and
improvements


    Telecommunications
network plant and
equipment


    Furniture,
fixture,
motor
vehicles and
other
equipment


    Total

 
     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Cost/valuation:

                        

Balance as of January 1, 2004

   60,939     421,014     19,264     501,217  

Additions

   178     1,469     696     2,343  

Transferred from construction in progress

   4,380     49,775     1,976     56,131  

Disposals

   (119 )   (14,195 )   (1,259 )   (15,573 )

Reclassification

   22     17     (39 )   —    

Revaluations

   944     (8,776 )   —       (7,832 )
    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2004

   66,344     449,304     20,638     536,286  
    

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation:

                        

Balance as of January 1, 2004

   (8,331 )   (174,961 )   (8,029 )   (191,321 )

Depreciation charge for the year

   (2,646 )   (41,246 )   (2,930 )   (46,822 )

Provision for impairment

   —       (88 )   —       (88 )

Written back on disposals

   37     13,214     1,070     14,321  

Reclassification

   (11 )   (5 )   16     —    

Revaluations

   (67 )   7,870     —       7,803  
    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2004

   (11,018 )   (195,216 )   (9,873 )   (216,107 )
    

 

 

 

Net book value as of December 31, 2004

   55,326     254,088     10,765     320,179  
    

 

 

 

Net book value as of December 31, 2003

   52,608     246,053     11,235     309,896  
    

 

 

 

 

In connection with the Restructuring, the property, plant and equipment of the Predecessor Operations as of December 31, 2001 were revalued as required by the relevant PRC rules and regulations for each asset class by Beijing China Enterprise Appraisal Co., Ltd. (the “PRC valuers”), independent valuers registered in the PRC, on a depreciated replacement cost basis. The value of the property, plant and equipment was determined at RMB138,623. The surplus on revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment totaling RMB4,154 was credited to the revaluation reserve while the deficit arising from the revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment totaling RMB11,930 was recognized as an expense for the year ended December 31, 2001.

 

In connection with the First Acquisition, the property, plant and equipment of the First Acquired Group as of December 31, 2002 were revalued as required by the relevant PRC rules and regulations for each asset class by the PRC valuers on a depreciated replacement cost basis. The value of the property, plant and equipment was determined at RMB71,596. The surplus on revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment totaling RMB760 was credited to the revaluation reserve while the deficit arising from the revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment totaling RMB14,690 was recognized as an expense for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

F - 19


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

7. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET (continued)

 

In connection with the Second Acquisition, the property, plant and equipment of the Second Acquired Group as of December 31, 2003 were revalued as required by the relevant PRC rules and regulations for each asset class by the PRC valuers on a depreciated replacement cost basis. The value of the property, plant and equipment was determined at RMB74,685. The surplus on revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment totaling RMB1,537 was credited to the revaluation reserve while the deficit arising from the revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment totaling RMB14,832 was recognized as an expense for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy (Note 2(g)), the property, plant and equipment of the Group as of December 31, 2004 were revalued for each asset class by the directors of the Company on a depreciated replacement cost basis. The value of the property, plant and equipment was determined at RMB320,179. The surplus on revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment totaling RMB1,233 was credited to the revaluation reserve while the deficit arising from the revaluation of certain property, plant and equipment totaling RMB1,262 was recognized as an expense for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

The following is a summary of the carrying value of the Group’s property, plant and equipment prior to the revaluation and the revalued amounts of these assets as of December 31, 2004:

 

    

Carrying

value

prior to

revaluation


   Revaluation
surplus


   Revaluation
deficit


   

Revalued

amounts


     RMB    RMB    RMB     RMB

Building and improvements

   54,449    877    —       55,326

Telecommunications network plant and equipment

   254,994    356    (1,262 )   254,088

Furniture, fixture, motor vehicles and other equipment

   10,765    —      —       10,765
    
  
  

 
     320,208    1,233    (1,262 )   320,179
    
  
  

 

 

8. CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS

 

     RMB

 

Balance as of January 1, 2004

   31,617  

Additions

   53,964  

Transferred to property, plant and equipment

   (56,131 )
    

Balance as of December 31, 2004

   29,450  
    

 

F - 20


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

9. INTERESTS IN ASSOCIATES

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB

Share of net assets

   513    511
    
  

 

The Group’s interests in associates are accounted for under the equity method and are individually and in aggregate not material to the Group’s financial conditions or results of operations for all periods presented. Details of the Group’s principal associates are as follows:

 

Name of company


   Attributable
equity interest


 

Principal activities


Shenzhen Shekou Telecommunications

Company Limited

   50%   Provision of telecommunications services

Shanghai Information Investment

Incorporation

   24%   Provision of information technology consultancy services

 

The above associates are established in the PRC and are not traded on any stock exchange.

 

10. INVESTMENTS

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB

Unlisted equity investments

   206    200
    
  

 

Unlisted equity investments mainly represent the Group’s various interests in PRC private enterprises which are mainly engaged in the provision of information technology services and Internet contents. These investments are accounted for at cost, less provision for any impairment. The Group has no investments in marketable securities.

 

11. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are attributable to the items set out below:

 

     Assets

   Liabilities

    Net balance

 
     2003

   2004

   2003

    2004

    2003

    2004

 
     RMB    RMB    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Current

                                  

Provisions, primarily for receivables

   198    286    —       —       198     286  

Non-Current

                                  

Property, plant and equipment

   67    516    (579 )   (1,295 )   (512 )   (779 )

Deferred revenues and installation costs

   1,788    1,942    (746 )   (1,007 )   1,042     935  

Land use rights

   8,470    8,061    —       —       8,470     8,061  
    
  
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

   10,523    10,805    (1,325 )   (2,302 )   9,198     8,503  
    
  
  

 

 

 

 

F - 21


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

11. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (continued)

 

A valuation allowance on deferred tax assets is recorded if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized through recovery of taxes previously paid and/or future taxable income. The allowance is subject to ongoing adjustments based on changes in circumstances that affect the Group’s assessment of the realizability of the deferred tax assets. The Group has reviewed its deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004. Based on the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes that it is more likely than not the Group will realize the benefits of these temporary differences. Therefore, no valuation allowances were provided for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 in respect of deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences.

 

Movements in temporary differences for the three-year period ended December 31, 2004 are as follows:

 

     Note

 

Balance as

of January 1,
2002


   

Recognized

in statement

of income


    Recognized in
shareholders’
equity


    Balance as of
December 31,
2002


 
         RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Current

                            

Provisions, primarily for receivables

   (ii)   764     160     (369 )   555  

Non-current

                            

Property, plant and equipment

   (ii)   (10,294 )   3,627     987     (5,680 )

Deferred revenues and installation costs

   (ii)   1,123     736     (598 )   1,261  

Tax loss

   (i)   —       1,704     (1,704 )   —    

Land use rights

   (iii)   4,059     (75 )   2,408     6,392  
        

 

 

 

Net deferred tax (liabilities)/assets

       (4,348 )   6,152     724     2,528  
        

 

 

 

               (Note 23 )            
     Note

 

Balance as

of January 1,

2003


   

Recognized

in statement

of income


    Recognized in
shareholders’
equity


   

Balance as of
December 31,

2003


 
         RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Current

                            

Provisions, primarily for receivables

   (ii)   555     17     (374 )   198  

Non-current

                            

Property, plant and equipment

   (ii)   (5,680 )   4,042     1,126     (512 )

Deferred revenues and installation costs

   (ii)   1,261     383     (602 )   1,042  

Tax loss

   (i)   —       1,234     (1,234 )   —    

Land use rights

   (iii)   6,392     (131 )   2,209     8,470  
        

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

       2,528     5,545     1,125     9,198  
        

 

 

 

               (Note 23 )            
     Note

 

Balance as

of January 1,
2004


   

Recognized

in statement

of income


    Recognized in
shareholders’
equity


    Balance as of
December 31,
2004


 
         RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Current

                            

Provisions, primarily for receivables

       198     88     —       286  

Non-current

                            

Property, plant and equipment

   (iv)   (512 )   111     (378 )   (779 )

Deferred revenues and installation costs

       1,042     (107 )   —       935  

Land use rights

   (iii)   8,470     (165 )   (244 )   8,061  
        

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

       9,198     (73 )   (622 )   8,503  
        

 

 

 

               (Note 23 )            

 

F - 22


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

11. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (continued)

 

Note:

 

(i) Represents net tax loss carry forward of the Acquired Groups for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003. As the tax loss was utilized by China Telecom in the same tax year, the utilization of the deferred tax asset was reflected as a distribution to China Telecom in the statement of shareholders’ equity.

 

(ii) As described in Note 7, in connection with the Restructuring and the Acquisitions, the property, plant and equipment of the Predecessor Operations, the First Acquired Group and the Second Acquired Group were revalued as of December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The tax bases of these assets were adjusted to conform to the respective revalued amounts. In addition, in connection with the Restructuring and the Acquisitions, the tax bases of the assets and liabilities of the Predecessor Operations and the Acquired Groups that gave rise to the temporary differences were adjusted to conform to the related financial carrying amounts. As a result, the timing differences that gave rise to the net deferred tax liabilities relating to these items were eliminated. The reductions in net deferred tax liabilities of RMB4,887 as of December 31, 2001, RMB20 as of December 31, 2002 and RMB150 as of December 31, 2003 were credited to shareholders’ equity.

 

(iii) In connection with the Restructuring and the Acquisitions, the land use rights of the Predecessor Operations, the First Acquired Group and the Second Acquired Group, which as of December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 had a total carrying amount of RMB2,638, RMB617 and RMB1,251, respectively, were revalued as required by the relevant PRC rules and regulations. The revalued amounts of the Predecessor Operations’ and the Acquired Groups’ land use rights as of December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 were determined at RMB14,939, RMB7,913 and RMB8,464, respectively. The tax bases of the land use rights were adjusted to conform to such revalued amounts. The land use rights were not revalued for financial reporting purposes and accordingly, deferred tax assets were created with carrying amounts of RMB4,059, RMB2,408 and RMB2,209 as of December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, with corresponding increases in shareholders’ equity. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections of future taxable income, management believes that it is more likely than not the Group will realize the benefits of the deferred tax assets.

 

In 2004, certain subsidiaries of the Group with operations in the western region of the PRC obtained approval from tax authority to reduce the income tax rate from 33% to 15% for the period from January 1, 2004 to December 31, 2010. In addition, certain subsidiaries of the Group obtained approval from tax authority to reduce income tax rate from 33% to 15% with effect from January 1, 2004. Accordingly, the effect of the change in tax rate on the amount of the deferred tax asset expected to be realized during the relevant periods amounting to RMB244 was charged to shareholders’ equity.

 

(iv) As described in Note 7, in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, the property, plant and equipment of the Group were revalued as of December 31, 2004. The tax bases of these assets were not adjusted to conform to such revalued amounts and accordingly, a deferred tax asset and a deferred tax liability in the respective amount of RMB356 and RMB378 in respect of the revaluation deficit and surplus were recognized. The deferred tax asset was credited to the income statement while the deferred tax liability was charged to shareholders’ equity.

 

F - 23


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

12. SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM DEBT

 

The Group’s short-term debt comprises:

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB

Bank loans

   56,243    55,887

Loans from China Telecom Group

   —      10,089
    
  

Total short-term debt

   56,243    65,976
    
  

 

Weighted average interest rate of the Group’s short-term debt as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 was 4.6% and 4.4%, respectively. The loans from China Telecom Group bear interest at fixed rates ranging from 2.0% to 5.0% per annum, are unsecured and are repayable within one year.

 

The Group’s long-term debt comprises:

 

          December 31,

 
    

Interest rates and final maturity


   2003

    2004

 
          RMB     RMB  
Bank loans                  
Renminbi denominated    Interest rates ranging from 2.9% to 6.6% per annum with maturities through 2015    38,339     26,859  
US Dollars denominated    Interest rates ranging from 0.5% to 9.2% per annum with maturities through 2038    3,922     2,883  
Japanese Yen denominated    Interest rates ranging from 0.6% to 3.5% per annum with maturities through 2040    4,180     3,182  
Euro denominated    Interest rates ranging from 0.5% to 9.2% per annum with maturities through 2032    1,039     1,053  
Other currencies         73     70  
         

 

          47,553     34,047  
Other loans                  
Renminbi denominated         13     11  
US Dollars denominated         23     —    
Amount due to China Telecom                  
In connection with the First Acquisition – Renminbi denominated (Note(i))         35,000     35,000  
In connection with the Second Acquisition – Renminbi denominated (Note (ii))         —       15,150  
         

 

Total long-term debt         82,589     84,208  
Less: current portion         (13,957 )   (11,842 )
         

 

Non-current portion         68,632     72,366  
         

 

 

F - 24


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

12. SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM DEBT (continued)

 

Note (i) This represents the deferred consideration payable to China Telecom in respect of the First Acquisition (Note 1). The amount is unsecured, and for the first five years after the date of the First Acquisition, the Company pays interest on the outstanding balance at the rate of 5.184% per annum. Thereafter the interest rate is adjusted based on the prevailing market interest rate. This amount is repayable on December 31, 2013 and the Company may, from time to time, repay all or part of the amount at any time until December 31, 2013 without penalty.

 

        (ii) This represents the remaining balance of the deferred consideration payable to China Telecom in respect of the Second Acquisition (Note 1). The amount is unsecured, and for the first five years after the date of the Second Acquisition, the Company pays interest on the outstanding balance at the rate of 5.184% per annum. Thereafter the interest rate is adjusted based on the prevailing market interest rate. This amount is repayable on June 30, 2014 and the Company may, from time to time, repay all or part of the amount at any time until June 30, 2014 without penalty.

 

As of December 31, 2004, no bank loans were secured. As of December 31, 2003, bank loans of RMB22 were secured by certain of the Group’s property, plant and equipment. The net book value of the property, plant and equipment pledged as security amounted to RMB27 as of December 31, 2003.

 

The aggregate maturities of the Group’s long-term debt subsequent to December 31, 2004 are as follows:

 

     RMB

2004

   11,842

2005

   10,022

2006

   8,343

2007

   552

2008

   268

Thereafter

   53,181
    
     84,208
    

 

The Group’s short-term and long-term debts do not contain any financial covenants. As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Group had available credit facilities of RMB30,965 and RMB27,855, respectively which it can draw upon.

 

13. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

 

Accounts payable are analyzed as follows:

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB

Third parties

   28,367    26,591

China Telecom Group

   7,262    7,067
    
  
     35,629    33,658
    
  

 

Amounts due to China Telecom Group are repayable in accordance with normal commercial terms.

 

F - 25


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

14. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER PAYABLES

 

Accrued expenses and other payables represent:

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB

Amounts due to China Telecom Group

   5,165    4,889

Accrued expenses

   17,150    15,923

Customer deposits and receipts in advance

   3,689    6,719
    
  
     26,004    27,531
    
  

 

15. FINANCE LEASE OBLIGATIONS

 

Obligations under finance leases are analyzed as follows:

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Within 1 year

   52     163  

Between 1 to 2 years

   46     110  

Between 2 to 3 years

   —       51  
    

 

Total minimum lease payments

   98     324  

Less: finance charges related to future periods

   (5 )   (11 )
    

 

Present value of minimum lease payments

   93     313  

Less: current portion

   (50 )   (156 )
    

 

Non-current portion

   43     157  
    

 

 

F - 26


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

16. DEFERRED REVENUES

 

Deferred revenues represent the unearned portion of upfront connection fees and installation fees received from customers and the unused portion of calling cards. Connection fees and installation fees are amortized over the expected customer relationship period of 10 years. Beginning July 1, 2001, connection fees were no longer collected from new customers.

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Balance at beginning of year

   55,921     46,601  

Additions for the year

            

- installation fees

   3,309     2,135  

- calling cards

   5,451     4,392  
    

 

     8,760     6,527  
    

 

Reduction for the year

            

- amortization of connection fees

   (9,771 )   (8,458 )

- amortization of installation fees

   (2,643 )   (2,865 )

- usage of calling cards

   (5,666 )   (5,034 )
    

 

Balance at end of year

   46,601     36,771  
    

 

Representing:

            

- Current portion

   13,857     11,589  

- Non-current portion

   32,744     25,182  
    

 

     46,601     36,771  
    

 

 

 

Included in other non-current assets are capitalized direct incremental costs associated with the installation of wireline services. As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, the unamortized portion of these costs was RMB12,366 and RMB11,428, respectively.

 

F - 27


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

17. SHARE CAPITAL

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB

Registered, issued and fully paid

         

67,054,958,321 ordinary domestic shares of RMB 1.00 each

   67,587    67,055

13,877,410,000 overseas listed H shares of RMB 1.00 each

   8,027    13,877
    
  
     75,614    80,932
    
  

 

In May 2004, the Company issued and allotted 5,318,181,818 new H shares with a par value of RMB1.00 each, representing 4,466,693,018 H shares and 8,514,888 American Depositary Shares (“ADS”, each representing 100 H shares), at prices of HK$2.30 per H share and US$29.49 per ADS, respectively, by way of a global offering to Hong Kong and overseas investors. As part of the global offering, 531,818,182 existing domestic shares of RMB1.00 each owned by China Telecom and the Other Domestic Shareholders were converted into H shares and sold to Hong Kong and overseas investors. The Company raised net proceeds of RMB12,702 from issue of new H shares.

 

All ordinary domestic shares and H shares rank pari passu in all material respects.

 

F - 28


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

18. RESERVES

 

     Capital
reserve


   

Share

premium


  

Revaluation

reserve


    Surplus
reserves


   Statutory
common
welfare
fund


   Other
reserves


    Retained
earnings


   

Total

shareholders’

equity


 
     RMB     RMB    RMB     RMB    RMB    RMB     RMB     RMB  

Balance as of January 1, 2003, as adjusted (Note 1)

   20,955     3,362    4,904     8,121    1,624    65,241     7,204     111,411  

Net income

   —       —      —       —      —      —       13,882     13,882  

Contributions from China Telecom

   —       —      —       —      —      —       4,309     4,309  

Distributions to China Telecom

   —       —      —       —      —      —       (1,234 )   (1,234 )

Assets distributed to China Telecom in connection with the Second Acquisition

   —       —      —       —      —      —       (10,762 )   (10,762 )

Revaluation surplus

   —       —      1,537     —      —      —       —       1,537  

Recognition of deferred tax assets

   —       —      —       —      —      2,209     —       2,209  

Elimination of deferred tax liabilities

   —       —      —       —      —      —       150     150  

Transfer from retained earnings to other reserves

   —       —      —       —      —      (11,812 )   11,812     —    

Consideration for the acquisition of the First Acquired Group

   —       —      —       —      —      (45,649 )   —       (45,649 )

Transfer from other reserves to capital reserve

   (14,388 )   —      —       —      —      14,388     —       —    

Appropriations (Note (i) and (ii))

   —       —      —       7,340    1,748    —       (9,088 )   —    

Dividends

   —       —      —       —      —      —       (673 )   (673 )

Revaluation surplus realized

   —       —      (17 )   —      —      —       17     —    

Deferred tax on land use rights realized

   —       —      —       —      —      (131 )   131     —    
    

 
  

 
  
  

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2003

   6,567     3,362    6,424     15,461    3,372    24,246     15,748     75,180  

Issue of shares, net of issuing expenses of RMB294

   —       7,384    —       —      —      —       —       7,384  

Net income

   —       —      —       —      —      —       28,023     28,023  

Contributions from China Telecom

   —       —      —       —      —      —       100     100  

Transfer from retained earnings to other reserves

   —       —      —       —      —      2,653     (2,653 )   —    

Consideration for the acquisition of the Second Acquired Group

   —       —      —       —      —      (27,800 )   —       (27,800 )

Transfer from other reserves to capital reserve

   (9,371 )   —      —       —      —      9,371     —       —    

Revaluation surplus

   —       —      1,233     —      —      —       —       1,233  

Deferred tax on revaluation surplus of property, plant and equipment

   —       —      —       —      —      (378 )   —       (378 )

Appropriations (Note (i) and (ii))

   —       —      —       10,168    2,421    —       (12,589 )   —    

Dividends (Note 24)

   —       —      —       —      —      —       (5,224 )   (5,224 )

Effect of change in tax rate

   —       —      —       —      —      (244 )   —       (244 )

Revaluation surplus realized

   —       —      (72 )   —      —      —       72     —    

Deferred tax on land use rights realized

   —       —      —       —      —      (165 )   165     —    
    

 
  

 
  
  

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2004

   (2,804 )   10,746    7,585     25,629    5,793    7,683     23,642     78,274  
    

 
  

 
  
  

 

 

 

F - 29


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

18. RESERVES (continued)

 

Note:

 

(i) According to the Company’s Articles of Association, the Company is required to transfer 10% of its net income, as determined in accordance with the PRC accounting rules and regulations, to a statutory surplus reserve until such reserve balance reaches 50% of the registered capital. The transfer to this reserve must be made before distribution of any dividend to shareholders. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company transferred RMB1,748 and RMB2,421, respectively, being 10% of the respective year’s net income determined in accordance with PRC accounting rules and regulations, to this reserve.

 

According to the Company’s Articles of Association, the Directors authorized, subject to shareholders’ approval, for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 the transfer of RMB5,592 and RMB7,747, being 32% of the respective year’s net income determined in accordance with PRC accounting rules and regulations, to a discretionary surplus reserve.

 

The surplus reserves are non-distributable other than liquidation and can be used to make good of previous years’ losses, if any, and may be utilized for business expansion or converted into share capital by issuing new shares to existing shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings or by increasing the par value of the shares currently held by them, provided that the remaining reserve balance after such issue is not less than 25% of the registered capital.

 

(ii) According to the Company’s Articles of Association, the Company is required to transfer 5% to 10% of its net income, as determined in accordance with the PRC accounting rules and regulations, to a statutory common welfare fund. This fund can only be utilized on capital items for the collective benefits of the Company’s employees such as construction of dormitories, canteen and other staff welfare facilities. This fund is non-distributable other than on liquidation. The transfer to this fund must be made before distribution of any dividend to shareholders. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Directors authorized, subject to shareholders’ approval, the transfer of RMB1,748 and RMB2,421, respectively, being 10% of the respective year’s net income determined in accordance with the PRC accounting rules and regulations, to this fund.

 

(iii) According to the Company’s Articles of Association, the amount of retained earnings available for distribution to shareholders of the Company is the lower of the amount determined in accordance with the PRC accounting rules and regulations and the amount determined in accordance with IFRS. As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, the amount of retained earnings available for distribution was RMB14,212 and RMB20,609, respectively, being the amount determined in accordance with the PRC accounting rules and regulations. Final dividend of approximately RMB5,576 in respect of the financial year 2004 proposed after the balance sheet date has not been recognized as a liability at the balance sheet date (Note 24).

 

F - 30


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

19. OPERATING REVENUES

 

Operating revenues represent revenues from the provision of wireline telecommunications services. The components of the Group’s operating revenues are as follows:

 

         Year ended December 31,

     Note

  2002

   2003

   2004

         RMB    RMB    RMB

Upfront connection fees

   (i)   10,564    9,771    8,458

Upfront installation fees

   (ii)   2,305    2,643    2,865

Monthly fees

   (iii)   25,338    27,499    29,827

Local usage fees

   (iv)   44,440    45,815    47,646

DLD

   (iv)   25,726    25,460    26,231

ILD

   (iv)   3,878    3,943    3,788

Internet

   (v)   5,998    10,007    14,109

Managed data

   (vi)   3,147    3,210    3,015

Interconnections

   (vii)   7,524    8,365    10,719

Leased line

   (viii)   5,520    5,103    4,154

Others

   (ix)   6,466    9,737    10,400
        
  
  
         140,906    151,553    161,212
        
  
  

 

Note:

 

(i) Represent the amortized amount of the upfront fees received for initial activation of wireline services.

 

(ii) Represent the amortized amount of the upfront fees received for installation of wireline services.

 

(iii) Represent amounts charged to customers each month for their use of the Group’s telephone services.

 

(iv) Represent usage fees charged to customers for the provision of telephone services.

 

(v) Represent amounts charged to customers for the provision of Internet access services.

 

(vi) Represent amounts charged to customers for the provision of managed data transmission services.

 

(vii) Represent amounts charged to domestic and foreign telecommunications operators for delivery of calls connecting to the Group’s wireline telecommunications networks.

 

(viii) Represent lease income from other domestic telecommunications operators and business customers for the usage of the Group’s wireline telecommunications networks and is measured by the number of lines leased and the agreed upon rate per line leased. The lease arrangements are primarily on a year to year basis.

 

(ix) Represent primarily revenues from provision of value-added telecommunications services to customers, sale and repairs and maintenance of customer-end equipment, and lease of telecommunications network facilities.

 

F - 31


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

20. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

 

Other operating expenses consist of:

 

         Year ended December 31,

     Note

  2002

   2003

   2004

         RMB    RMB    RMB

Interconnection charges

   (i)   3,115    3,104    4,095

Donations

       36    41    17

Others

       37    31    27
        
  
  
         3,188    3,176    4,139
        
  
  

 

Note:

 

(i) Interconnection charges represent amounts incurred for the use of other domestic and foreign telecommunications operators’ networks for facilitating the completion of calls that originate from the Group’s wireline telecommunications networks.

 

21. TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES

 

Total operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 include personnel expenses of RMB18,894, RMB20,812 and RMB23,233, respectively.

 

22. NET FINANCE COSTS

 

Net finance costs comprise:

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Interest expense incurred

   5,494     4,948     6,834  

Less: Interest expense capitalized*

   (1,668 )   (1,608 )   (1,467 )
    

 

 

Net interest expense

   3,826     3,340     5,367  

Interest income

   (248 )   (331 )   (231 )

Foreign exchange losses

   520     647     207  

Foreign exchange gains

   (27 )   (50 )   (3 )
    

 

 

     4,071     3,606     5,340  
    

 

 

*Interest expense was capitalized in construction in progress at the following rates per annum

   4.4% to 5.8%     4.3% to 5.5%     4.1% to 5.2%  
    

 

 

 

F - 32


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

23. INCOME TAX

 

Income tax in the consolidated statement of income comprises:

 

     Year ended December 31,

     2002

    2003

    2004

     RMB     RMB     RMB

Provision for PRC income tax

   4,296     6,014     5,114

Deferred taxation (Note 11)

   (6,152 )   (5,545 )   73
    

 

 
     (1,856 )   469     5,187
    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the expected tax with the actual tax (benefit) / expense is as follows:

 

         Year ended December 31,

 
     Note

  2002

    2003

    2004

 
         RMB     RMB     RMB  

Income before income tax and minority interests

       6,435     14,407     33,263  
        

 

 

Expected PRC income tax expense at statutory tax rate of 33%

   (i)   2,124     4,754     10,977  

Differential tax rate on subsidiaries’ income

   (i)   (624 )   (314 )   (1,608 )

Non-deductible expenses

   (ii)   1,106     515     294  

Non-taxable income

   (iii)   (4,139 )   (3,659 )   (3,266 )

Tax credit for domestic equipment purchases

       (323 )   (827 )   (1,210 )
        

 

 

Income tax

       (1,856 )   469     5,187  
        

 

 

 

Note:

 

(i) The provision for PRC current income tax is based on a statutory rate of 33% of the assessable income of the Group as determined in accordance with the relevant income tax rules and regulations of the PRC, except for certain subsidiaries of the Company which are taxed at a preferential rate of 15%.

 

(ii) Amounts represent personnel and other miscellaneous expenses in excess of statutory deductible limits for tax purpose.

 

(iii) Amounts primarily represent connection fees received from customers which are not subject to income tax.

 

24. DIVIDENDS

 

Pursuant to a resolution passed at the Directors’ meeting on March 31, 2005, a final dividend of equivalent to HK$0.065 per share totaling approximately RMB5,576 for the year ended December 31, 2004 was proposed for shareholders’ approval at the Annual General Meeting. The dividend has not been provided for in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

Pursuant to the shareholders’ approval at the Annual General Meeting held on May 3, 2004, a final dividend of RMB0.069083 equivalent to HK$0.065 per share totaling RMB5,224 in respect of the year ended December 31, 2003 was declared and was paid on May 20, 2004.

 

F - 33


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

25. BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

The calculation of basic earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 is based on the net income of RMB8,219, RMB13,882 and RMB28,023 respectively, and the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year of 69,241,674,942, 75,614,186,503 and 78,839,968,917 shares, respectively. The weighted average number of shares for the year ended December 31, 2004 reflects the issuance of 5,318,181,818 new H shares in May 2004 (Note 17). For the year ended December 31, 2002, the weighted average number of shares reflects as if the 68,317,270,803 shares issued and outstanding upon the legal formation of the Company on September 10, 2002 had been outstanding for all periods presented. The weighted average number of shares for the year ended December 31, 2002 also reflects the issuance of 7,296,915,700 shares in 2002 in connection with the Company’s global initial public offering.

 

The amount of diluted earnings per share is not presented as there were no dilutive potential ordinary shares in existence for all periods presented.

 

26. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Operating lease commitments

 

The Group leases business premises through non-cancelable operating leases. These operating leases do not contain provisions for contingent lease rentals. None of the rental agreements contain escalation provisions that may require higher future rental payments nor impose restrictions on dividends, additional debt and/or further leasing.

 

As of December 31, 2004, future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases having initial or remaining lease terms of more than one year were as follows:

 

     RMB

2005

   369

2006

   187

2007

   137

2008

   124

2009

   127

Thereafter

   341
    

Total minimum lease payments

   1,285
    

 

Total rental expense in respect of operating leases charged to the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 were RMB1,136, RMB1,262 and RMB1,271, respectively.

 

Capital commitments

 

As of December 31, 2004, the Group had capital commitments as follows:

 

     RMB

Authorized and contracted for

    

Properties

   918

Telecommunications network plant and equipment

   3,947
    
     4,865
    

Authorized but not contracted for

    

Properties

   1,699

Telecommunications network plant and equipment

   9,168
    
     10,867
    

 

F - 34


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

26. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (continued)

 

Contingent liabilities

 

(a) The Company and the Group have been advised by their PRC lawyers that, except for liabilities arising out of or relating to the businesses of the Predecessor Operations and the Acquired Groups transferred to the Company in connection with the Restructuring and the Acquisitions, no other liabilities were assumed by the Company or the Group, and the Company or the Group are not jointly and severally liable for other debts and obligations incurred by China Telecom Group prior to the Restructuring and the Acquisitions.

 

(b) As of December 31, 2004, the Group had no contingent liabilities in respect of guarantees.

 

The Group monitors the conditions that are subject to the guarantees to identify whether it is probable that a loss has occurred, and recognizes any such losses under guarantees when those losses can be estimated. As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, it was not probable that the Group would be required to make payments under these guarantees. Thus no liability was accrued for losses related to the Group’s obligations under these guarantee arrangements.

 

Legal contingencies

 

The Group is a defendant in certain lawsuits as well as the named party in other proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While the outcomes of such contingencies, lawsuits or other proceedings cannot be determined at present, management believes that any resulting liabilities will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or operating results of the Group.

 

27. CONCENTRATION OF RISKS

 

Credit and concentration risks

 

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, time deposits, accounts receivable and other receivables represent the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets. The majority of the Group’s accounts receivable relate to provision of telecommunications services to residential and corporate customers operating in various industries. The Group performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral on accounts receivable. The Group maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts and actual losses have been within management’s expectations.

 

The Group has a diversified base of customers. No single customer contributed more than 10% of revenues for the periods presented.

 

The Group does not have concentrations of available sources of labor, services, franchises, licenses or other rights that could, if suddenly eliminated, severely impact its operations. The Group invests its cash with several large state-owned financial institutions in the PRC.

 

F - 35


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

27. CONCENTRATION OF RISKS (continued)

 

Business and economic risks

 

The Group conducts its principal operations in the PRC and accordingly is subject to special considerations and significant risks not typically associated with investments in equity securities of United States and Western European companies. These include risks associated with, among others, the political, economic, legal environment and social uncertainties in the PRC, influence of the Ministry of Information Industry over certain aspects of the Group’s operations and competition in the telecommunications industry. In addition, the ability to negotiate and implement specific business development projects in a timely and favorable manner may be impacted by political considerations unrelated to or beyond the control of the Group. Although the PRC government has been pursuing economic reform policies for the past two decades, no assurance can be given that the PRC government will continue to pursue such policies or that such policies may not be significantly altered. There is also no guarantee that the PRC government’s pursuit of economic reforms will be consistent or effective and as a result, changes in the rate or method of taxation, reduction in tariff protection and other import restrictions, and changes in State policies and regulations affecting the telecommunications industry may have a negative impact on the Group’s operating results and financial condition.

 

Currency risk

 

Substantially all of the revenue-generating operations of the Group are transacted in RMB, which is not fully convertible into foreign currencies. On January 1, 1994, the PRC government abolished the dual rate system and introduced a single rate of exchange as quoted by the People’s Bank of China. However, the unification of the exchange rate does not imply convertibility of RMB into United States dollars or other foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions must take place either through the People’s Bank of China or other institutions authorized to buy and sell foreign exchange or at a swap center. Approval of foreign currency payments by the People’s Bank of China or other institutions requires submitting a payment application form together with suppliers’ invoices, shipping documents and signed contracts.

 

Interest rate risk

 

The interest rates and terms of repayment of the Group’s debts are disclosed in Note 12.

 

28. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Companies are considered to be related if one company has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other company or exercise significant influence over the other company in making financial and operating decisions. Companies are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or common significant influence.

 

The Group conducts business with enterprises directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the PRC government (“state-owned enterprises”). Furthermore, the PRC government itself represents a significant customer of the Group both directly through its numerous authorities and indirectly through its numerous affiliates and other organizations. The Group considers that the provision of wireline telecommunications services to the PRC government authorities and affiliates and other state-owned enterprises are activities in the ordinary course of business in the PRC and has not disclosed such services as related party transactions.

 

The Group is part of a larger group of companies under China Telecom and has significant transactions and relationships with members of China Telecom. Because of these relationships, it is possible that the terms of these transactions are not the same as those that would result from transactions among wholly unrelated parties. Under IFRS, state-owned enterprises, other than China Telecom and its affiliates, are not disclosed as related parties. Related parties refer to enterprises over which China Telecom is able to exercise control or significant influence.

 

F - 36


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

28. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

The principal related party transactions with China Telecom Group, which were carried out in the ordinary course of business, are as follows:

 

         Year ended December 31,

     Note

  2002

   2003

   2004

         RMB    RMB    RMB

Purchases of telecommunications equipment and materials

   (i)   1,599    573    304

Construction, engineering and information technology services

   (ii)   7,668    7,999    6,568

Provision of community services

   (iii)   2,284    2,563    2,417

Provision of ancillary services

   (iv)   1,745    1,311    2,490

Provision of comprehensive services

   (v)   —      —      361

Operating lease expenses

   (vi)   441    353    393

Centralized service expenses

   (vii)   483    369    163

Interconnection revenues

   (viii)   302    253    98

Interconnection charges

   (viii)   687    685    201

Interest on amounts due to and loans from China Telecom Group

   (ix)   —      —      2,426

 

Note:

 

(i) Represent purchases of telecommunications equipment and materials from China Telecom Group.

 

(ii) Represent provision of network construction, engineering and information technology services to the Group by China Telecom Group.

 

(iii) Represent amounts paid and payable by the Group to China Telecom Group in respect of cultural, educational, hygiene and other community services.

 

(iv) Represent amounts paid and payable by the Group to China Telecom Group in respect of ancillary services such as repairs and maintenance of telecommunications equipment and facilities and certain customer services.

 

(v) Represent amounts paid and payable by the Group to China Telecom Group in respect of comprehensive services provided (see scope of comprehensive services defined below).

 

(vi) Represent amounts paid and payable to China Telecom Group for operating leases in respect of business premises and inter-provincial transmission optic fibers.

 

(vii) Represent net amount charged by China Telecom to the Group for costs associated with common corporate services and international telecommunications facilities.

 

(viii) Represent amounts charged from/to China Telecom for interconnection of domestic long distance telephone calls.

 

(ix) Represent interest paid and payable to China Telecom with respect to the deferred consideration payable to China Telecom in connection with the Acquisitions and interest with respect to loans from China Telecom Group (Note 12).

 

In connection with the Second Acquisition, the Group and China Telecom Group entered into a number of agreements on April 13, 2004. The principal terms of these agreements are similar to those disclosed in Note 28 to the Group’s 2003 consolidated financial statements, other than an increase in the maximum commission rate for domestic equipment procurement from 1.8% to 3.0% to reflect the latest market price.

 

F - 37


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

28. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

In addition, the Company entered into a comprehensive services framework agreement with China Telecom on April 13, 2004 to govern the terms and conditions of transactions between the Group and entities within China Telecom Group which were not within the scope of the agreements entered into previously. Such transactions include procurement of telecommunications equipment, network design, software upgrade, system integration, manufacture of calling cards and other services. Pursuant to this agreement, China Telecom Group charges the Group for these services in accordance with the following terms:

 

    government prescribed price;

 

    where there is no government prescribed price but where there is a government guided price, the government guided price will apply;

 

    where there is neither a government prescribed price nor a government guided price, the market price will apply;

 

    where none of the above is available, the price is to be agreed between the relevant parties, which shall be based on the cost incurred in providing the services plus a reasonable profit margin.

 

The directors of the Company are of the opinion that the above transactions with related parties were conducted in the ordinary course of business and on normal commercial terms or in accordance with the agreements governing such transactions, and this has been confirmed by the independent non-executive directors.

 

29. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS PLAN

 

As stipulated by the regulations of the PRC, the Group participates in various defined contribution retirement plans organized by municipal and provincial governments for its employees. The Group is required to make contributions to the retirement plans at rates ranging from 18% to 20% of the salaries, bonuses and certain allowances of the employees. A member of the plan is entitled to a pension equal to a fixed proportion of the salary prevailing at the member’s retirement date. The Group has no other material obligation for the payment of pension benefits associated with these plans beyond the annual contributions described above. The Group’s contributions for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 were RMB1,987, RMB1,996 and RMB2,031, respectively.

 

30. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

The Company implemented a plan of stock appreciation rights for members of its senior management in order to provide further incentives to these employees. Under this plan, stock appreciation rights were granted in units with each unit representing one H share. No shares will be issued under the stock appreciation rights plan.

 

Under the plan, all stock appreciation rights will have an exercise period of six years. A recipient of stock appreciation rights may not exercise the rights in the first 18 months after the date of grant. As at each of the third, fourth, fifth and sixth anniversary of the date of grant, the total number of stock appreciation rights exercisable may not in aggregate exceed 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%, respectively, of the total stock appreciation rights granted to such person.

 

In March 2003, the Company’s compensation committee approved the plan for stock appreciation rights pursuant to which the Company granted 276 million stock appreciation right units to eligible employees during 2003.

 

F - 38


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

30. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS (continued)

 

The exercise price of stock appreciation rights granted in 2003 is the initial public offering price of the Company’s H shares. Upon exercise of the stock appreciation rights, a recipient will receive, subject to any applicable withholding tax, a cash payment in RMB, translated from the Hong Kong dollar amount equal to the product of the number of stock appreciation rights exercised and the difference between the exercise price and market price of the Company’s H shares at the date of exercise based on the applicable exchange rate between RMB and Hong Kong dollar at the date of the exercise.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2004, 70 million stock appreciation right units were exercised. No stock appreciation right units were exercised in the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

The Company recognizes compensation expense of the stock appreciation rights over the applicable vesting period. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, compensation expense recognized was RMB97 and RMB70, respectively.

 

31. PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARIES

 

Details of the Company’s subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004, which principally affected the results of operations and the financial position of the Group, are as follows:

 

Name of Company


   Type of legal entity

   Date of incorporation

   Registered capital (RMB)

Shanghai Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    October 11, 2002    15,984

Guangdong Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    October 10, 2002    47,513

Jiangsu Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    October 19, 2002    19,208

Zhejiang Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    October 10, 2002    22,400

Anhui Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    August 26, 2003    3,871

Fujian Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    August 28, 2003    10,364

Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    September 18, 2003    1,153

Guangxi Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    August 28, 2003    4,992

Chongqing Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    August 22, 2003    4,276

Sichuan Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    August 28, 2003    8,123

Hubei Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 9, 2004    5,412

Hunan Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 12, 2004    661

Hainan Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 9, 2004    580

Guizhou Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 12, 2004    2,401

Yunnan Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 9, 2004    3,747

Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 8, 2004    2,482

Gansu Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 10, 2004    3,413

Qinghai Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 10, 2004    965

Ningxia Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 10, 2004    795

Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited

   Limited company    March 11, 2004    4,660

 

All of the above subsidiaries are incorporated in the PRC, are wholly-owned by the Company and are engaged in provision of telecommunications services.

 

F - 39


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

32. FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Financial assets of the Group include cash and cash equivalents, time deposits, investments, accounts receivable, amounts due from China Telecom Group, advances and other receivables. Financial liabilities of the Group include debts, accounts payable, amounts due to China Telecom Group, accrued expenses and other payables. The Group does not hold nor issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

 

The disclosures of the fair value estimates, methods and assumptions set forth below for the Group’s financial instruments are made to comply with the requirements of IAS 32 and IAS 39, and should be read in conjunction with the Group’s consolidated financial statements and related notes. The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Group using market information and valuation methodologies considered appropriate. However, considerable judgment is required to interpret market data to develop the estimates of fair values. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Group could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

 

The following summarizes the major methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of the Group’s financial instruments.

 

Long-term debt: The fair values of long-term indebtedness are estimated by discounting future cash flows using current market interest rates offered to the Group for debt with substantially the same characteristics and maturities. As of December 31, 2003 and 2004, the carrying amounts and fair values of the Group’s long-term debt were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2003

   December 31, 2004

     Carrying
amount


  

Fair

value


   Carrying
amount


  

Fair

value


     RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB

Long-term debt

   82,589    83,070    84,208    82,850
    
  
  
  

 

The Group’s long-term investments are unlisted equity interests and there are no quoted market prices for such interests in the PRC. Accordingly, a reasonable estimate of their fair values could not be made without incurring excessive costs.

 

The fair values of all other financial instruments approximate their carrying amounts due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

 

33. SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS AND US GAAP

 

The Group’s accounting policies conform with IFRS which differ in certain significant respects from US GAAP. The significant differences are set out below.

 

(a) Revaluation of property, plant and equipment

 

In connection with the Restructuring, the property, plant and equipment of the Predecessor Operations were revalued as of December 31, 2001 (Note 7). The net revaluation deficit has been reflected in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2001. Such revaluation resulted in an increase directly to shareholders’ equity of RMB4,154 with respect to the increase in carrying amount of certain property, plant and equipment above their historical cost bases, and a charge to income of RMB11,930 with respect to the reduction in carrying amount of certain property, plant and equipment below their historical cost bases.

 

F - 40


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

33. SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS AND US GAAP (continued)

 

(a) Revaluation of property, plant and equipment (continued)

 

In connection with the First Acquisition, the property, plant and equipment of the First Acquired Group were revalued as of December 31, 2002 (Note 7). The net revaluation deficit has been reflected in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2002. Such revaluation resulted in an increase directly to shareholders’ equity of RMB760 with respect to the increase in carrying amount of certain property, plant and equipment above their historical cost bases, and a charge to income of RMB14,690 with respect to the reduction in carrying amount of certain property, plant and equipment below their historical cost bases.

 

In connection with the Second Acquisition, the property, plant and equipment of the Second Acquired Group were revalued as of December 31, 2003. The net revaluation deficit has been reflected in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2003. Such revaluation resulted in an increase directly to shareholders’ equity of RMB1,537 with respect to the increase in carrying amount of certain property, plant and equipment above their historical cost bases, and a charge to income of RMB14,832 with respect to the reduction in carrying amount of certain property, plant and equipment below their historical cost bases.

 

In accordance with Group’s accounting policy, the property, plant and equipment of the Group were revalued as of December 31, 2004. The net revaluation deficit has been reflected in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2004. Such revaluation resulted in an increase directly to shareholders’ equity of RMB1,233 with respect to the increase in carrying amount of certain property, plant and equipment above their historical cost bases, and a charge to income of RMB1,262 with respect to the reduction in carrying amount of certain property, plant and equipment below their historical cost bases.

 

Under US GAAP, property, plant and equipment are stated at their historical cost less accumulated depreciation unless an impairment loss has been recorded. An impairment loss on property, plant and equipment is recorded under US GAAP if the carrying amount of such asset exceeds its future undiscounted cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. The future undiscounted cash flows of the Group’s property, plant and equipment, whose carrying amount was reduced as a result of the above revaluations, exceed the historical cost carrying amount of such property, plant and equipment and, therefore, impairment of such assets is not appropriate under US GAAP. Accordingly, the revaluation reserves recorded directly to shareholders’ equity and the charges to income recorded under IFRS as a result of the above revaluations are reversed for US GAAP purposes.

 

However, as a result of the tax deductibility of the net revaluation deficit, a deferred tax liability related to the net revaluation deficit is created under US GAAP with a corresponding decrease in shareholders’ equity.

 

(b) Disposal of revalued property, plant and equipment

 

Under IFRS, on disposal of a revalued asset, the related revaluation surplus is transferred from the revaluation reserve to retained earnings. Under US GAAP, the gain and loss on disposal of an asset is determined with reference to the asset’s historical cost carrying amount and included in current earnings.

 

(c) Effect of change in tax rate

 

Under IFRS, the effect of a change in tax rate that results in a change in the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities is charged or credited directly to equity, to the extent that such deferred tax assets and liabilities are previously charged or credited to equity. Under US GAAP, the effect of a change in tax rate for all items of deferred tax assets and liabilities is recorded in the income statement.

 

F - 41


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

33. SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS AND US GAAP (Continued)

 

(d) Related party transactions

 

Under IFRS, transactions with state-controlled enterprises other than China Telecom and its affiliates are not required to be disclosed as related party transactions. Furthermore, government departments and agencies are deemed not to be related parties to the extent that such transactions are in the normal course of business. Therefore, related party transactions as disclosed in Note 28 only refer to transactions with China Telecom Group.

 

Under US GAAP, there are no similar exemptions. The Group’s principal transactions with state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC were as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB    RMB

Interconnection revenues

   5,570    6,931    8,964

Interconnection charges

   955    1,154    2,190

Leased line revenues

   4,489    3,476    2,701

 

The amounts set out above represent the historical costs incurred by the related parties in carrying out such transactions.

 

(e) Recently issued accounting standards.

 

SFAS No. 123R

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-based payment” (SFAS No. 123R). SFAS No. 123R addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions in which an enterprise receives employee services in exchange for equity instruments of the enterprise or liabilities that are based on the fair value of the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of such equity instruments. SFAS No. 123R requires an entity to recognize the grant-date fair-value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees in the income statement. SFAS No. 123R generally requires that an entity account for those transactions using the fair-value-based method, and eliminates an entity’s ability to account for share-based compensation transactions using the intrinsic value method of accounting, which was permitted under Statement 123, as originally issued. For the Group, SFAS No. 123R is effective at the beginning of the reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005. Currently, the Group does not expect the application of SFAS No. 123R will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

SFAS No. 151

 

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory costs”. SFAS No. 151 clarifies accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). SFAS No. 151 requires that those items be recognized as current period charges. Additionally, SFAS No. 151 requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion based on normal capacity of the production facilities. For the Group, SFAS No. 151 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. Currently, the Group does not expect the application of SFAS No. 151 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

SFAS No. 152

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 152, “Accounting for Real Estate Time-Sharing Transactions”. SFAS No. 152 amends SFAS No. 66, “Accounting for Sales of Real Estate” to reference accounting and reporting guidance for real estate time-sharing transactions. SFAS No. 152 amends SFAS No. 67, “Accounting for Costs and Initial Rental Operations of Real Estate Projects”, so that the guidance in SFAS No. 67 about incidental operations and costs incurred to sell real estate projects does not apply to real-estate time-sharing transactions. For the Group, SFAS No. 152 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. Currently, the Group does not expect the application of SFAS No. 152 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F - 42


Table of Contents

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

33. SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS AND US GAAP (Continued)

 

(e) Recently issued accounting standards (continued)

 

SFAS No. 153

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Non-monetary Assets”. SFAS No. 153 addresses the accounting for non-monetary exchanges of productive assets. SFAS No. 153 requires non-monetary exchanges to be accounted for at fair value, recognizing any gains or losses, if the fair value is determinable within reasonable limits and the transaction has commercial substance. For the Group, SFAS No. 153 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. Currently, the Group does not expect the application of SFAS No. 153 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

(f) Reconciliation of net income and shareholders’ equity under IFRS to US GAAP

 

The effect on net income of significant differences between IFRS and US GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 is as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  

Net income under IFRS

   8,219     13,882     28,023     3,386  

US GAAP adjustments:

                        

Reversal of deficit on revaluation of property, plant and equipment

   14,690     14,832     1,262     152  

Depreciation on revalued property, plant and equipment, net of minority interests

   (1,542 )   (3,940 )   (6,766 )   (817 )

Disposal of revalued property, plant and equipment

   (55 )   (60 )   (128 )   (16 )

Effect of change in tax rate on deferred tax assets arising from revaluation of land use rights

   —       —       (244 )   (29 )

Effect of change in tax rate on deferred tax liabilities arising from revaluation of property, plant and equipment

   —       —       2,189     264  

Deferred tax effect of US GAAP adjustments

   (4,321 )   (3,262 )   1,379     167  
    

 

 

 

Net income under US GAAP

   16,991     21,452     25,715     3,107  
    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share under US GAAP

   0.25     0.28     0.33     0.04  
    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ADS* under US GAAP

   24.54     28.37     32.62     3.94  
    

 

 

 

 

* Basic earnings per ADS is calculated on the basis that one ADS is equivalent to 100 H shares.

 

The effect on shareholders’ equity of significant differences between IFRS and US GAAP as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 is as follows:

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB     US$  

Shareholders’ equity under IFRS

   150,794     159,206     19,236  

US GAAP adjustments:

                  

Revaluation of property, plant and equipment, net of minority interests

   29,312     22,447     2,712  

Deferred tax effect of US GAAP adjustment

   (9,465 )   (5,519 )   (667 )
    

 

 

Shareholders’ equity under US GAAP

   170,641     176,134     21,281  
    

 

 

 

F - 43


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibits

 

Description


1.1   Articles of Association (as amended) (English translation).
2.1   Form of H Share Certificate. (1)
2.2   Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, The Bank of New York, as depositary, and Owners and Beneficial Owners from time to time of American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder, including the form of American Depositary Receipt. (2)
4.1   Supplemental Trademark License Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
4.2   Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
4.3   Supplemental Connected Transactions Agreement, dated October 26, 2003, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (3)
4.4   Form of Underwriting Agreement. (4)
4.5   Supplemental Trademark License Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (5)
4.6   Supplemental Connected Transactions Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (6)
4.7   Comprehensive Services Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (7)
4.8   Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated April 13, 2004, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English translation). (8)
4.9   Supplemental Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated June 9, 2005, between the Registrant and China Telecom Group (English summary)
8.1   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
11.1   Code of Ethics (English translation). (3)
12.1   Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
12.2   Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
13.1   Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).
13.2   Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).
14.1   Consent of KPMG.

(1) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-100042), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2002.


Table of Contents
(2) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-100617), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to American Depositary Shares representing our H shares.
(3) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 001-31517), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(4) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004
(5) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.
(6) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.3 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.
(7) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.4 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.
(8) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.5 to our Form 6-K filed on April 29, 2004.

Exhibit 1.1

 


 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED

 


 

(Adopted by shareholders’ extraordinary general meeting on October 20, 2004)


Contents

 

CLAUSE


   PAGE

CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS

   1

CHAPTER 2: THE COMPANY’S OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE OF BUSINESS

   2

CHAPTER 3: SHARES AND REGISTERED CAPITAL

   3

CHAPTER 4: REDUCTION OF CAPITAL AND REPURCHASE OF SHARES

   5

CHAPTER 5: FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FOR THE ACQUISITION OF SHARES

   7

CHAPTER 6: SHARE CERTIFICATES AND REGISTER OF SHAREHOLDERS

   9

CHAPTER 7: SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

   13

CHAPTER 8: SHAREHOLDERS’ GENERAL MEETINGS

   15

CHAPTER 9: SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR VOTING BY A CLASS OF SHAREHOLDERS

   22

CHAPTER 10: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

   25

CHAPTER 11: SECRETARY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

   29

CHAPTER 12: GENERAL MANAGER

   32

CHAPTER 13: SUPERVISORY COMMITTEE

   33

CHAPTER 14: THE QUALIFICATIONS AND DUTIES OF THE DIRECTORS, SUPERVISORS, GENERAL MANAGER AND OTHER SENIOR OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

   35

CHAPTER 15: FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS AND PROFIT DISTRIBUTION

   41

CHAPTER 16: APPOINTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY FIRM

   43

CHAPTER 17: MERGER AND DIVISION OF THE COMPANY

   46

CHAPTER 18: DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

   47

CHAPTER 19: PROCEDURES FOR AMENDMENT OF THE COMPANY’S ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

   49

CHAPTER 20: NOTICES

   49

CHAPTER 21: DISPUTE RESOLUTION

   50

CHAPTER 22: SUPPLEMENTARY

   51


Note: In the right-hand column of these Articles of Association, “ MP ” means Mandatory Provisions for Articles of Association of Companies Listing Overseas promulgated by the former China Securities Committee under the State Council and the former State Committee on Economic System Reform; “App.” means the Listing Rules promulgated by the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited; “Zheng Jian Hai Han” means Circular Regarding Comments on the Amendment of Articles of Association of Companies Listing Overseas in Hong Kong (Zheng Jian Hai Han [1995] No.1), which was promulgated by the Overseas-Listing Department of China Securities Regulatory Commission and the Production System Department of the former State Committee on Economic System Reform; “Opinions” means Opinions Regarding the Promotion of Legally Compliant Operations and the Further Reform of Companies Listing Overseas, which was promulgated by the State Economic and Trade Commission and China Securities Regulatory Commission; and “Practice Guidelines for Company Secretary” means Practice Guidelines for Company Secretary of Companies Listing Overseas.


ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF

CHINA TELECOM CORPORATION LIMITED

  

App.13d

1(a)

CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS     
Article 1.    China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”) is a joint stock limited company established in accordance with the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China (the “Company Law”), the State Council’s Special Regulations Regarding the Issue of Shares Overseas and the Listing of Shares Overseas by Companies Limited by Shares (the “Special Regulations”) and other relevant laws and regulations of the State.    MP1
     The Company was established by way of promotion with the approval of the State Economic and Trade Commission of the People’s Republic of China on 10 September 2002, as evidenced by approval document Guo Jing Mao Qi Gai [2002] no. 656 of 2002. It is registered with and has obtained a business licence from the State Administration Bureau of Industry and Commerce on 10 September 2002. The Company’s business licence number is: 1000001003712.     
     The promoter of the Company is: China Telecommunications Corporation.     
Article 2.   

The Company’s registered Chinese name: LOGO

The Company’s registered English name: China Telecom Corporation Limited.

   MP2
Article 3.    The Company’s address   

:

  

31 Jinrong Street

Xicheng District

Beijing

China

   MP3
     Telephone number    :    6642-8166     
     Facsimile number    :    6641-5280     
     Postal code    :    100032     
Article 4.    The Company’s legal representative is the Chairman of the board of directors of the Company.    MP4
Article 5.   

The Company is a joint stock limited company which has perpetual existence.

 

The liability of a shareholder is limited to the value of the shares held by him, while the Company undertakes all of its liabilities with all of its assets.

 

The Company is an independent corporate legal person, governed by, and existing under the protection of, the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China.

   MP5
Article 6.    The Company’s Articles of Association (the “Articles of Association” or “these Articles of Association”) are enacted in accordance with the provisions of the Company Law, the Special Regulations and the Mandatory Provisions for Articles of Association of Companies to be Listed Overseas (the “Mandatory Provisions”) and other PRC laws and administrative regulations.”     

 

1


Article 7.   

The original Articles of Association took effect from the corporation date of the Company.

 

These Articles of Association shall take effect after being adopted by a special resolution at the Company’s general meeting and upon approval of the companies approving department authorized by the State Council. After these Articles of Association come into effect, the original Articles of Association shall be superseded by these Articles of Association.

   MP6
Article 8.    From the date on which the Company’s Articles of Association come into effect, the Company’s Articles of Association constitute the legally binding document regulating the Company’s organisation and activities, and the rights and obligations between the Company and each shareholder and among the shareholders.    MP6
Article 9.    The Company’s Articles of Association are binding on the Company and its shareholders, directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior management personnel; all of whom may, according to the Company’s Articles of Association, assert rights in respect of the affairs of the Company.    MP7
     Subject to Chapter 21 of these Articles of Association, a shareholder may take action against the Company pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association, and vice versa. A shareholder may also take action against another shareholder, and may take action against the directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers of the Company pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association.     
     The actions referred to in the preceding paragraph include court proceedings and arbitration proceedings.     
Article 10.   

The Company may invest in other limited liability companies or joint stock limited companies. The Company’s liabilities to an invested company shall be limited to the amount of its capital contribution to the invested company.

 

The Company may not be a shareholder with unlimited liabilities of any other organisations operating for profits.

   MP8
     Upon approval of the companies approving department authorized by the State Council, the Company may, according to its operating and management needs, operate as a holding company as prescribed in clause 2 of Article 12 of the Company Law.     
Article 11    Subject to compliance with PRC laws and regulations, the Company shall have the right to raise funds, including (but not limited to) taking loans and issuing company bonds, and have the right to charge or pledge its assets.     

 

CHAPTER 2: THE COMPANY’S OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE OF BUSINESS

 

Article 12.    The Company’s objectives are: comply with state laws and regulations, be market driven, actively adopt advanced communications technologies, and develop telecommunications and information businesses; strengthen management and increase service quality; provide fast, convenient and accurate communication services to society and satisfy the needs of society; improve enterprise efficiency, increase enterprise competitiveness and create profits for shareholders.    MP9

 

2


Article 13.    The Company’s scope of business shall be consistent with and subject to the scope of business approved by the authority responsible for the registration of the Company.    MP10
     The Company’s scope of business includes: the operation of various domestic and international fixed telecommunications networks and facilities (including the local wireless ring circuit) in the twenty provinces, municipalities, and autonomous regions of Shanghai, Guangdong, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Anhui, Fujian, Jiangxi, Guangxi, Chongqing, Sichuan, Hubei, Hunan, Hainan, Guizhou, Yunnan, Shanxi, Gansu, Qinghai, Ningxia and Xinjiang; operate voice, digital, image and multi media communications and information services on the foundation of the fixed telecommunication networks; make settlements with foreign telecommunications operators in relation to international telecommunication businesses in accordance with the State provisions; engage in system integration, technology development, technology services, information consulting, advertising, equipment manufacture, sale, design and construction in connection with communications and information businesses.     
Article 14   

The Company may, based on its business development needs, establish subsidiaries, controlled subsidiaries, branches, representative offices and other branch organisations.

 

Based on its business development needs and upon approval of the relevant governmental authorities, the Company may adjust its scope of business and manner of operation from time to time, and may establish branch organisations and/or representative offices (irrespective of whether controlled or owned by it) in Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan Region.

    

 

CHAPTER 3: SHARES AND REGISTERED CAPITAL

 

Article 15.    There must, at all times, be ordinary shares in the Company. The ordinary shares issued by the Company include domestic-invested shares and foreign-invested shares. Subject to the approval of the companies approving department authorized by the State Council, the Company may, according to its requirements, create different classes of shares.   

MP11

App.3

9

Article 16.   

The shares issued by the Company shall each have a par value of Renminbi one (1.00) yuan.

 

“Renminbi” referred to in the previous paragraph means the legal currency of the PRC.

   MP12
Article 17.    Subject to the approval of the securities authority of the State Council, the Company may issue shares to Domestic Investors and Foreign Investors.    MP13
     “Foreign Investors” referred to in the previous paragraph mean those investors who subscribe for the shares issued by the Company and who are located in foreign countries     

 

3


     and in the regions of Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan. “Domestic Investors” mean those investors who subscribe for the shares issued by the Company and who are located within the territory of the PRC.     
Article 18.   

Shares which the Company issues to Domestic Investors for subscription in Renminbi shall be referred to as “Domestic-Invested Shares”. Shares which the Company issues to Foreign Investors for subscription in foreign currencies shall be referred to as “Foreign-Invested Shares”. Foreign-Invested Shares which are listed overseas are called “Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares”. Both holders of Domestic-Invested Shares and holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares are holders of ordinary shares, and have the same obligations and rights.

 

“Foreign currencies” mean the legal currencies of countries or districts outside the PRC which are recognised by the foreign exchange authority of the State and which can be used to pay the share price to the Company.

  

MP14

App.3

9

Article 19    Foreign-Invested Shares issued by the Company and which are listed in Hong Kong shall be referred to as “H Shares”. H Shares are shares which have been admitted for listing on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “Stock Exchange”), the par value of which is denominated in Renminbi and which are subscribed for and traded in Hong Kong dollars.     
Article 20.    By the approval of the relevant companies department authorised by the State Council, the Company may issue a total of 80,932,368,321 ordinary shares, of which 68,317,270,803 were issued to the promoter of the Company at the time when the Company was established, representing 84.41% of the entire issued share capital.    MP15
Article 21.   

All the 12,615,097,518 ordinary shares issued by the Company after its incorporation are the overseas-listed foreign-invested shares (H Shares). Pursuant to the Provisional Measures on the Administration of the Reduction of the State-Owned Shares for Raising Social Security Funds, the number of overseas-listed foreign-invested shares (H Shares) converted from a reduction by holders of State-owned shares of their shareholdings of the State-owned shares amounted to 1,262,312,482 shares. The total of the overseas-listed foreign-invested shares (H Shares) issued by the Company shall be 13,877,410,000 shares, representing 17.15% of the issued share capital of the Company.

 

The share capital structure of the Company is as follows: there are a total of 80,932,368,321 ordinary shares issued, of which 58,346,370,499 shares are held by the promoter, China Telecommunications Corporation, representing 72.09% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company. The other holders of the domestic shares are Guangdong Rising Assets Management Co., Ltd., holding a total of 5,614,082,653 shares representing 6.94% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company, Jiangsu Guoxin Investment Group Co., Ltd., holding a total of 957,031,543 shares representing 1.18% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company and Zhejiang Financial Development Company, holding a total of 2,137,473,626 shares representing 2.64% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company. A total of 13,877,410,000 overseas-listed foreign-invested shares are held by holders of overseas-listed foreign-invested shares, representing 17.15% of the total of the ordinary shares issued by the Company.

  

MP16

App.3

9

Article 22.    The Company’s board of directors may take all necessary action for the issuance of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and Domestic-Invested Shares after proposals for issuance of the same have been approved by the securities authority of the State Council.    MP17

 

4


     The Company may implement its proposal to issue Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and Domestic-Invested Shares pursuant to the preceding paragraph within fifteen (15) months from the date of approval by the China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “CSRC”).     
Article 23.    Where the total number of shares stated in the proposal for the issuance of shares includes Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and Domestic-Invested Shares, such shares should be fully subscribed for at their respective offerings. If the shares cannot be fully subscribed for all at once due to special circumstances, the shares may, subject to the approval of the securities authority of the State Council, be issued in separate branches.    MP18
Article 24.    The registered capital of the Company shall be RMB80,932,368,321.    MP19
Article 25.    The Company may, based on its operating and development needs, authorize the increase of its capital pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association.    MP20
     The Company may increase its capital in the following ways:     
     (1) by offering new shares for subscription by unspecified investors;     
     (2) by issuing new shares to its existing shareholders;     
     (3) by allotting bonus shares to its existing shareholders;     
     (4) by any other means which is permitted by law and administrative regulation.     
     After the Company’s increase of share capital by means of the issuance of new shares has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association, the issuance thereof should be made in accordance with the procedures set out in the relevant State laws and administrative regulations.     
Article 26.    Except as provided for by other provisions of law and administrative regulations, shares of the Company may be freely transferred without any right of lien.   

MP21 App.3

1(2)

CHAPTER 4: REDUCTION OF CAPITAL AND REPURCHASE OF SHARES     
Article 27.    According to the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association, the Company may reduce its registered capital.    MP22
Article 28.    The Company must prepare a balance sheet and an inventory of assets when it reduces its registered capital.    MP23
     The Company shall notify its creditors within ten (10) days of the date of the Company’s resolution for reduction of capital and shall publish an announcement in a newspaper at least three (3) times within thirty (30) days of the date of such resolution. A creditor has the right within thirty (30) days of receipt of the notice from the Company or, in the case of a creditor who does not receive such notice, within ninety (90) days of the date of the first public announcement, to require the Company to repay its debts or to provide a corresponding guarantee for such debt.     

 

5


     The Company’s registered capital may not, after the reduction in capital, be less than the minimum amount prescribed by law.     
Article 29.    The Company may, in accordance with the procedures set out in the Company’s Articles of Association and with the approval of the relevant governing authority of the State, repurchase its issued shares under the following circumstances:    MP24
    

(1)    cancellation of shares for the purposes of reducing its capital;

    
    

(2)    merging with another company that holds shares in the Company;

    
    

(3)    other circumstances permitted by laws and administrative regulations.

 

The Company’s repurchase of its issued shares shall comply with the provisions of Articles 30 to 33.

    
Article 30.    The Company may repurchase shares in one of the following ways, with the approval of the relevant governing authority of the State:    MP25
    

(1)    by making a general offer for the repurchase of shares to all its shareholders on a pro rata basis;

    
    

(2)    by repurchasing shares through public dealing on a stock exchange;

   App.3
8(2)
    

(3)    by repurchasing shares outside of the stock exchange by means of an agreement.

    
Article 31.    The Company must obtain the prior approval of the shareholders in a general meeting (in the manner stipulated in the Company’s Articles of Association) before it can repurchase shares outside of the stock exchange by means of an agreement. The Company may, by obtaining the prior approval of the shareholders in a general meeting (in the same manner), release, vary or waive its rights under an agreement which has been so entered into.    MP26
     An agreement for the repurchase shares referred to in the preceding paragraph includes (but is not limited to) an agreement to become liable to repurchase shares or an agreement to have the right to repurchase shares.     
     The Company may not assign an agreement for the repurchase of its shares or any right contained in such an agreement.     
Article 32.    Shares which have been legally repurchased by the Company shall be cancelled within the period prescribed by law and administrative regulation, and the Company shall apply to the original companies registration authority for registration of the change in its registered capital and make a public announcement.    MP27
     The aggregate par value of the cancelled shares shall be deducted from the Company’s registered share capital.     
Article 33.    Unless the Company is in the course of liquidation, it must comply with the following provisions in relation to repurchase of its issued shares:    MP28
    

(1)    where the Company repurchases shares at par value, payment shall be made out of book surplus distributable profits of the Company or out of proceeds of a new issue of shares made for that purpose;

   App.3
8

 

6


    (2)    where the Company repurchases shares of the Company at a premium to its par value, payment up to the par value may be made out of the book surplus distributable profits of the Company or out of the proceeds of a new issue of shares made for that purpose. Payment of the portion in excess of the par value shall be effected as follows:     
         (i)    if the shares being repurchased were issued at par value, payment shall be made out of the book surplus distributable profits of the Company;     
         (ii)    if the shares being repurchased were issued at a premium to its par value, payment shall be made out of the book surplus distributable profits of the Company or out of the proceeds of a new issue of shares made for that purpose, provided that the amount paid out of the proceeds of the new issue shall not exceed the aggregate amount of premiums received by the Company on the issue of the shares repurchased nor shall it exceed the book value of the Company’s capital common reserve fund account (including the premiums on the new issue) at the time of the repurchase;     
    (3)    the Company shall make the following payments out of the Company’s distributable profits:     
         (i)    payment for the acquisition of the right to repurchase its own shares;     
         (ii)    payment for variation of any contract for the repurchase of its shares;     
         (iii)    payment for the release of its obligation(s) under any contract for the repurchase of its shares;     
    (4)    after the Company’s registered capital has been reduced by the aggregate par value of the cancelled shares in accordance with the relevant provisions, the amount deducted from the distributable profits of the Company for payment of the par value of shares which have been repurchased shall be transferred to the Company’s capital common reserve fund account.     

 

CHAPTER 5: FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FOR THE ACQUISITION OF SHARES

 

Article 34.    The Company and its subsidiaries shall not, at any time, provide any form of financial assistance to a person who is acquiring or is proposing to acquire shares in the Company. This includes any person who directly or indirectly incurs any obligations as a result of the acquisition of shares in the Company (the “Obligor”).    MP29
     The Company and its subsidiaries shall not, at any time, provide any form of financial assistance to the Obligor for the purposes of reducing or discharging the obligations assumed by such Obligor.     

 

7


     This Article shall not apply to the circumstances specified in Article 36 of this Chapter.     
Article 35.    For the purposes of this Chapter, “financial assistance” includes (without limitation) the following:    MP30
     (1)   gift;     
     (2)   guarantee (including the assumption of liability by the guarantor or the provision of assets by the guarantor to secure the performance of obligations by the Obligor), compensation (other than compensation in respect of the Company’s own default) or release or waiver of any rights;     
     (3)   provision of loan or any other agreement under which the obligations of the Company are to be fulfilled before the obligations of another party, or the change in parties to, or the assignment of rights under, such loan or agreement;     
     (4)   any other form of financial assistance given by the Company when the Company is insolvent or has no net assets or when its net assets would thereby be reduced to a material extent.     
     For the purposes of this Chapter, “assumption of obligations” includes the assumption of obligations by way of
contract or by way of arrangement (irrespective of whether such contract or arrangement is enforceable or not
and irrespective of whether such obligation is to be borne solely by the Obligor or jointly with other persons)
or by any other means which results in a change in his financial position.
    
Article 36.    The following actions shall not be deemed to be activities prohibited by Article 34 of this Chapter:    MP31
     (1)   the provision of financial assistance by the Company where the financial assistance is given in good faith in the interests of the Company, and the principal purpose of which is not for the acquisition of shares in the Company, or the giving of the financial assistance is an incidental part of some larger purpose of the Company;     
     (2)   the lawful distribution of the Company’s assets by way of dividend;     
     (3)   the allotment of bonus shares as dividends;     
     (4)   a reduction of registered capital, a repurchase of shares of the Company or a reorganisation of the share capital structure of the Company effected in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association;     
     (5)   the lending of money by the Company within its scope of business and in the ordinary course of its business, where the lending of money is part of the scope of business of the Company (provided that the net assets of the Company are not thereby reduced or that, to the extent that the assets are thereby reduced, the financial assistance is provided out of distributable profits);     
     (6)   contributions made by the Company to employee share ownership schemes (provided that the net assets of the Company are not thereby reduced or that, to the extent that the assets are thereby reduced, the financial assistance is provided out of distributable profits).     

 

8


CHAPTER 6: SHARE CERTIFICATES AND REGISTER OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Article 37.    Share certificates of the Company shall be in registered form.    MP32
     The share certificate of the Company shall contain following main particulars:     
     (1)    the name of the Company;     
     (2)    the corporation date of the Company;     
     (3)    the class of shares, par value and number of shares it represents;     
     (4)    the share certificate number;     
     (5)    other matters required to be stated therein by the Company Law, Special Regulations and the stock exchange(s) on which the Company’s shares are listed.     
Article 38.   

Share certificates of the Company may be assigned, given as a gift, inherited or charged in accordance with relevant provisions of laws, administrative regulations and these Articles of Association.

 

For assignment and transfer of share certificates, relevant registration shall be carried out with the share registration institution authorized by the Company.

  

App.3

1(1)

Article 39.    Share certificates of the Company shall be signed by the Chairman of the Company’s board of directors. Where the stock exchange(s) on which the Company’s shares are listed require other senior officer(s) of the Company to sign on the share certificates, the share certificates shall also be signed by such senior officer(s). The share certificates shall take effect after being imprinted with the seal of the Company (including the seal of the Company especially for securities). The share certificate shall be imprinted with the seal of the Company or the seal of the Company especially for securities under the authorization of the board of directors. The signatures of the Chairman of the board of directors or other senior officer(s) of the Company may be printed in mechanical form.   

MP33

C.1 Zheng Jian Hai Han

App.3

2(1)

Article 40.    The Company shall keep a register of shareholders which shall contain the following particulars:    MP34
     (1)    the name (title) and address (residence), the occupation or nature of each shareholder;     
     (2)    the class and quantity of shares held by each shareholder;     
     (3)    the amount paid-up on or agreed to be paid-up on the shares held by each shareholder;     
     (4)    the share certificate number(s) of the shares held by each shareholder;     
     (5)    the date on which each person was entered in the register as a shareholder;     

 

9


     (6)    the date on which any shareholder ceased to be a shareholder.     
     Unless there is evidence to the contrary, the register of shareholders shall be sufficient evidence of the shareholders’ shareholdings in the Company.     
Article 41.    The Company may, in accordance with the mutual understanding and agreements made between the securities authority of the State Council and overseas securities regulatory organisations, maintain the register of shareholders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares overseas and appoint overseas   agent(s) to manage such register of shareholders. The original register for holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares listed in Hong Kong shall be maintained in Hong Kong.   

MP35, C.2 Zheng Jian

Hai Han

App.13 Pt.D

1(b)

    

A duplicate register of shareholders for the holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares shall be maintained at the Company’s residence. The appointed overseas agent(s) shall ensure consistency between the original and the duplicate register of shareholders at all times.

 

If there is any inconsistency between the original and the duplicate register of shareholders for the holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares, the original register of shareholders shall prevail.

    
Article 42.    The Company shall have a complete register of shareholders which shall comprise the following parts:    MP36
     (1)    the register of shareholders which is maintained at the Company’s residence (other than those share registers which are described in sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) of this Article);     
     (2)    the register of shareholders in respect of the holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares of the Company which is maintained in the same place as the overseas stock exchange on which the shares are listed; and     
     (3)    the register of shareholders which are maintained in such other place as the board of directors may consider necessary for the purposes of the listing of the Company’s shares.     
Article 43.    Different parts of the register of shareholders shall not overlap. No transfer of any shares registered in any part of the register shall, during the continuance of that registration, be registered in any other part of the register.    MP37
     All Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares listed in Hong Kong which have been fully paid-up may be freely transferred in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association. However, unless such transfer complies with the following requirements, the board of directors may refuse to recognise any instrument of transfer and would not need to provide any reason therefor:   

C.12 Zheng Jian Hai Han

App.3

1(1)

     (1)    a fee of HK$2.50 per instrument of transfer or such higher amount agreed from time to time by the Stock Exchange for registration of the instrument of transfer and other documents relating to or which will affect the right of ownership of the shares;   

App.3

1(1)

 

10


     (2)    the instrument of transfer only relates to Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares listed in Hong Kong;     
     (3)    the stamp duty which is chargeable on the instrument of transfer has already been paid;     
     (4)    the relevant share certificate(s) and any other evidence which the board of directors may reasonably require to show that the transferor has the right to transfer the shares have been provided;     
     (5)    if it is intended that the shares be transferred to joint owners, the maximum number of joint owners shall not be more than four (4);    App.3
1(3)
    

 

(6)

  

 

the Company does not have any lien on the relevant shares.

  
    

The transfer of Overseas-Listed Foreign Invested Shares in the Company listed in Hong Kong shall be carried out in writing on normal or standard instruments of transfer or on a form acceptable to the Board of Directors; and such transfer instrument can be signed only by hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a securities clearing institution or its representative recognised in accordance with section 37 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Hong Kong Law Chapter 571), signed by hand or signed in printed mechanical form. All the transfer instruments shall be maintained in the legal address of the Company or other place the Board of Director may designate from time to time.

 

Any change or correction to various parts of the register of shareholders shall be carried out in accordance with the law of the place where such parts of the register of shareholders are maintained.

    
Article 44.    No change may be made in the register of shareholders as a result of a transfer of shares within thirty (30) days prior to the date of a shareholders’ general meeting or within five (5) days before the record date for the Company’s distribution of dividends.    MP38
Article 45.    When the Company needs to determine the rights attaching to shares in the Company for the purposes of convening a shareholders’ meeting, for dividend distribution, for liquidation or for any other purpose, the board of directors shall decide on a date for the determination of rights attaching to shares in the Company. The shareholders of the Company shall be such persons who appear in the register of shareholders at the close of such determination date.    MP39
Article 46.    Any person aggrieved and claiming to be entitled to have his name (title) entered in or removed from the register of shareholders may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for rectification of the register.    MP40
Article 47.    Any person who is a registered shareholder or who claims to be entitled to have his name (title) entered in the register of shareholders in respect of shares in the Company may, if his share certificate (the “original certificate”) relating to the shares is lost, apply to the Company for a replacement share certificate in respect of such shares (the “Relevant Shares”).    MP41

 

 

11


    Application by a holder of Domestic-Invested Shares, who has lost his share certificate, for a replacement share certificate shall be dealt with in accordance with Article 150 of the Company Law.     
    Application by a holder of Overseas-Listed Foreign Shares, who has lost his share certificate, for a replacement share certificate may be dealt with in accordance with the law of the place where the original register of shareholders of holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares is maintained, the rules of the stock exchange or other relevant regulations.     
    The issue of a replacement share certificate to a holder of H Shares, who has lost his share certificate, shall comply with the following requirements:    App.3
2(2)
    (1)    The applicant shall submit an application to the Company in a prescribed form accompanied by a notarial certificate or a statutory declaration, stating the grounds upon which the application is made, the circumstances and evidence of the loss; and declaring that no other person is entitled to have his name entered in the register of shareholders in respect of the Relevant Shares.     
    (2)    The Company has not received any declaration made by any person other than the applicant declaring that his name shall be entered into the register of shareholders in respect of such shares before it decides to issue a replacement share certificate to the applicant.     
    (3)    The Company shall, if it intends to issue a replacement share certificate, publish a notice of its intention to do so at least once every thirty (30) days within a period of ninety (90) consecutive days in such newspapers as may be prescribed by the board of directors.    App.3
7(1)
    (4)    The Company shall, prior to publication of its intention to issue a replacement share certificate, deliver to the stock exchange on which its shares are listed, a copy of the notice to be published and may publish the notice upon receipt of confirmation from such stock exchange that the notice has been exhibited in the premises of the stock exchange. Such notice shall be exhibited in the premises of the stock exchange for a period of ninety (90) days.     
         In the case of an application which is made without the consent of the registered holder of the Relevant Shares, the Company shall deliver by mail to such registered shareholder a copy of the notice to be published.     
    (5)    If, by the expiration of the 90-day period referred to in paragraphs (3) and (4) of this Article, the Company has not have received any challenge from any person in respect of the issuance of the replacement share certificate, it may issue a replacement share certificate to the applicant pursuant to his application.     
    (6)    Where the Company issues a replacement share certificate pursuant to this Article, it shall forthwith cancel the original share certificate and document the cancellation of the original share certificate and issuance of a replacement share certificate in the register of shareholders accordingly.     
    (7)    All expenses relating to the cancellation of an original share certificate and the issuance of a replacement share certificate shall be borne by the applicant and the Company is entitled to refuse to take any action until reasonable security is provided by the applicant therefor.     

 

12


Article 48.    Where the Company issues a replacement share certificate pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association and a bona fide purchaser acquires or becomes the registered owner of such shares, his name (title) shall not be removed from the register of shareholders.    MP42
Article 49.    The Company shall not be liable for any damages sustained by any person by reason of the cancellation of the original share certificate or the issuance of the replacement share certificate unless the claimant is able to prove that the Company has acted in a deceitful manner.    MP43

CHAPTER 7: SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

    
Article 50.    A shareholder of the Company is a person who lawfully holds shares in the Company and whose name (title) is entered in the register of shareholders.    MP44 App.3 9
    

A shareholder shall enjoy rights and assume obligations according to the class and amount of shares held by him; shareholders who hold shares of the same class shall enjoy the same rights and assume the same obligations.

 

In the case of the joint shareholders, if one of the joint shareholders is deceased, only the other existing shareholders of the joint shareholders shall be deemed as the persons who have the ownership of the relevant shares. But the board of directors has the power to require them to provide a certificate of death as necessary for the purpose of modifying the register of shareholders, or any of the joint shareholders of the shares, only the joint shareholders ranking first in the register of shareholders have the right to accept certificates of the relevant shares, receive notices of the Company, attend and vote at shareholders’ general meetings of the Company. Any notice which is delivered to the shareholder shall be considered as all the joint shareholders of the relevant shares who have been delivered.

  

Opinions of

Hong Kong

Clearing

Article 51.    The ordinary shareholders of the Company shall enjoy the following rights:    MP45
     (1)    the right to receive dividends and other distributions in proportion to the number of shares held;   

App.3

9

    

 

(2)

  

 

the right to attend or appoint a proxy to attend shareholders’ general meetings and to vote thereat;

    
     (3)    the right of supervisory management over the Company’s business operations and the right to present proposals or to raise queries;     
     (4)    the right to transfer shares in accordance with laws, administrative regulations and provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association;     
     (5)    the right to obtain relevant information in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association, including:     
          (i)    the right to obtain a copy of the Company’s Articles of Association, subject to payment of costs;     

 

13


          (ii)   the right to inspect and copy, subject to payment of a reasonable fee:     
              (a)   all parts of the register of shareholders;     
              (b)   personal particulars of each of the Company’s directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers, including:     
                  (aa)    present and former name and alias;     
                  (bb)    principal address (place of residence);     
                  (cc)    nationality;     
                  (dd)    primary and all other part-time occupations and duties;     
                  (ee)    identification documents and the numbers thereof;     
              (c)   report on the state of the Company’s share capital;     
              (d)   reports showing the aggregate par value, quantity, highest and lowest price paid in respect of each class of shares repurchased by the Company since the end of the last accounting year and the aggregate amount paid by the Company for this purpose;     
              (e)   minutes of shareholders’ general meetings;     
     (6)    in the event of the termination or liquidation of the Company, the right to participate in the
distribution of surplus assets of the Company in accordance with the number of shares held;
    
     (7)    other rights conferred by laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.     
Article 52.    The ordinary shareholders of the Company shall assume the following obligations:    MP46
     (1)    to comply with the Company’s Articles of Association;     
     (2)    to pay subscription monies according to the number of shares subscribed and the method of
subscription;
    
     (3)    other obligations imposed by laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of
Association.
    
     Shareholders are not liable to make any further contribution to the share capital other than according to the terms which were agreed by the subscriber of the relevant shares at the time of subscription.     

 

14


Article 53.    In addition to the obligations imposed by laws and administrative regulations or required by the listing rules of the stock exchange on which the Company’s shares are listed, a controlling shareholder shall not exercise his voting rights in respect of the following matters in a manner prejudicial to the interests of all or part of the shareholders of the Company:    MP47
     (1)    to relieve a director or supervisor of his duty to act honestly in the best interests of the Company;     
     (2)    to approve the expropriation by a director or supervisor (for his own benefit or for the benefit of another person) of the Company’s assets in any way, including (but not limited to) opportunities which are beneficial to the Company;     
     (3)    to approve the expropriation by a director or supervisor (for his own benefit or for the benefit of another person) of the individual rights of other shareholders, including (but not limited to) rights to distributions and voting rights (save pursuant to a restructuring which has been submitted for approval by the shareholders in a general meeting in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association).     
Article 54.    For the purpose of the foregoing Article, a “controlling shareholder” means a person who satisfies any one of the following conditions:    MP48
     (1)    a person who, acting alone or in concert with others, has the power to elect more than half of the board of directors;     
     (2)    a person who, acting alone or in concert with others, has the power to exercise or to control the exercise of 30% or more of the voting rights in the Company;     
     (3)    a person who, acting alone or in concert with others, holds 30% or more of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company;     
     (4)    a person who, acting alone or in concert with others, has de facto control of the Company in any other way.     

CHAPTER 8: SHAREHOLDERS’ GENERAL MEETINGS

    
Article 55.    The shareholders’ general meeting is the organ of authority of the Company and shall exercise its functions and powers in accordance with law.    MP49
Article 56.    The shareholders’ general meeting shall have the following functions and powers:    MP50
     (1)    to decide on the Company’s operational policies and investment plans;     
     (2)    to elect and replace directors and to decide on matters relating to the remuneration of directors;     
     (3)    to elect and replace supervisors who represent the shareholders and to decide on matters relating to the remuneration of supervisors;     
     (4)    to examine and approve the board of directors’ reports;     

 

15


     (5)    to examine and approve the supervisory committee’s reports;     
     (6)    to examine and approve the Company’s proposed preliminary and final annual financial budgets;     
     (7)    to examine and approve the Company’s profit distribution plans and loss recovery plans;     
     (8)    to decide on the increase or reduction of the Company’s registered capital;     
     (9)    to decide on matters such as merger, division, dissolution and liquidation of the Company;     
     (10)    to decide on the issue of debentures by the Company;     
     (11)    to decide on the appointment, dismissal and non-reappointment of the accountants of the Company;     
     (12)    to amend the Company’s Articles of Association;     
     (13)    to consider motions raised by shareholders who represent 5% or more of the total number of voting shares of the Company;     
     (14)    to decide on other matters which, according to law, administrative regulation or the Company’s Articles of Association, need to be approved by shareholders in general meetings;     
     The shareholders in a general meeting may authorize the board of directors to carry out matters on their behalf, or may sub-delegate the carrying out of such matters to the board of directors.     
Article 57.    The Company shall not, without the prior approval of shareholders in a general meeting, enter into any contract with any person (other than a director, supervisor, general manager and other senior officers) pursuant to which such person shall be responsible for the management and administration of the whole or any substantial part of the Company’s business.    MP51
Article 58.    Shareholders’ general meetings are divided into annual general meetings and extraordinary general meetings. Shareholders’ general meetings shall be convened by the board of directors. Annual general meetings are held once every year and within six (6) months from the end of the preceding financial year.    MP52
     The board of directors shall convene an extraordinary general meeting within two (2) months of the occurrence of any one of the following events:     
     (1)    where the number of directors is less than the number stipulated in the Company Law or two-thirds of the number specified in the Company’s Articles of Association;     
     (2)    where the unrecovered losses of the Company amount to one-third of the total amount of its share capital;     

 

16


     (3)    where shareholder(s) holding 10% or more of the Company’s issued and outstanding voting shares request(s) in writing for the convening of an extraordinary general meeting;     
     (4)    whenever the board of directors deems necessary or the supervisory committee so requests;     
     (5)    whenever two or more independent directors so request.    Opinions
C6
Article 59.    When the Company convenes a shareholders’ general meeting, written notice of the meeting shall be given forty-five (45) days before the date of the meeting to notify all of the shareholders whose names appear in the share register of the matters to be considered and the date and place of the meeting. A shareholder who intends to attend the meeting shall deliver to the Company his written reply concerning his attendance at such meeting twenty (20) days before the date of the meeting.    MP53
Article 60.    When the Company convenes a shareholders’ annual general meeting, shareholder(s) holding 5% or more of the total voting shares of the Company shall have the right to propose new motions in writing, and the Company shall place such proposed motions on the agenda for such annual general meeting if they are matters falling within the functions and powers of shareholders in general meetings.    MP54
Article 61.    The Company shall, based on the written replies which it receives from the shareholders twenty (20) days before the date of the shareholders’ general meeting, calculate the number of voting shares represented by the shareholders who intend to attend the meeting. If the number of voting shares represented by the shareholders who intend to attend the meeting amount to more than one-half of the Company’s total voting shares, the Company may hold the meeting; if not, then the Company shall, within five (5) days, notify the shareholders by way of public announcement the matters to be considered at, and the place and date for, the meeting. The Company may then hold the meeting after publication of such announcement.    MP55
     A shareholders’ extraordinary general meeting shall not decide on any matter not stated in the notice for the meeting.     
Article 62.    A notice of a meeting of the shareholders of the Company shall satisfy the following criteria:    MP56
     (1)    be in writing;     
     (2)    specify the place, date and time of the meeting;     
     (3)    state the matters to be discussed at the meeting;     
     (4)    provide such information and explanation as are necessary for the shareholders to make an informed decision on the proposals put before them. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, where a proposal is made to amalgamate the Company with another, to repurchase the shares of the Company, to reorganise its share capital, or to restructure the Company in any other way, the terms of the proposed transaction must be provided in detail together with copies of the proposed agreement, if any, and the cause and effect of such proposal must be properly explained;     

 

17


     (5)    contain a disclosure of the nature and extent, if any, of the material interests of any director, supervisor, general manager and other senior officers in the proposed transaction and the effect which the proposed transaction will have on them in their capacity as shareholders in so far as it is different from the effect on the interests of shareholders of the same class;     
     (6)    contain the full text of any special resolution to be proposed at the meeting;     
     (7)    contain a conspicuous statement that a shareholder entitled to attend and vote at such meeting is entitled to appoint one (1) or more proxies to attend and vote at such meeting on his behalf and that a proxy need not be a shareholder;     
     (8)    specify the time and place for lodging proxy forms for the relevant meeting.     
Article 63.    Notice of shareholders’ general meetings shall be served on each shareholder (whether or not such shareholder is entitled to vote at the meeting), by personal delivery or prepaid airmail to the address of the shareholder as shown in the register of shareholders. For the holders of Domestic-Invested Shares, notice of the meetings may also be issued by way of public announcement.    MP57
App.3
7(1)
     The public announcement referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be published in one (1) or more national newspapers designated by the securities authority of the State Council within the interval of forty-five (45) days to fifty (50) days before the date of the meeting; after the publication of such announcement, the holders of Domestic-Invested Shares shall be deemed to have received the notice of the relevant shareholders’ general meeting.    App.3
7(1)
Article 64.    The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the failure to receive the notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive such notice shall not invalidate the meeting and the resolutions adopted thereat.    MP58
Article 65.    Any shareholder who is entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company shall be entitled to appoint one (1) or more persons (whether such person is a shareholder or not) as his proxies to attend and vote on his behalf, and a proxy so appointed shall be entitled to exercise the following rights pursuant to the authorization from that shareholder:    MP59
     (1)    the shareholders’ right to speak at the meeting;     
     (2)    the right to demand or join in demanding a poll;     
     (3)    the right to vote by hand or on a poll, but a proxy of a shareholder who has appointed more than one (1) proxy may only vote on a poll.     
     Where any member, under the Listing Rules, is required to abstain from voting on any particular resolution or is restricted to voting only for or only against any particular resolution, any votes cast by or on behalf of such member in contravention of such requirement or restriction shall not be counted.    App.3
14
Article 66.    The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or his attorney duly authorized in writing, or if the appointor is a legal entity, either under    MP60
App.3
11(2)

 

18


     seal or under the hand of a director or a duly authorized attorney. The letter of authorization shall contain the number of the shares to be represented by the attorney. If several persons are authorized as the attorney of the shareholder, the letter of authorization shall specify the number of shares to be represented by each attorney.     
Article 67.    The instrument appointing a voting proxy and, if such instrument is signed by a person under a power of attorney or other authority on behalf of the appointor, a notarially certified copy of that power of attorney or other authority shall be deposited at the residence of the Company or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time for holding the meeting at which the proxy proposes to vote or the time appointed for the passing of the resolution.    MP61
    

If the appointor is a legal person, its legal representative or such person as is authorized by resolution of its board of directors or other governing body may attend any meeting of shareholders of the Company as a representative of the appointor.

 

If the shareholder is the recognized clearing house, such shareholder is entitled to appoint one or more persons as his proxies to attend on his behalf at a general meeting or at any class meeting, but, if one or more persons have such authority, the letter of authorization shall contain the number and class of the shares in connection with such authorization. Such person can exercise the right on behalf of the recognized clearing house (or its attorney) as if he is the individual shareholder of the Company.

  

Opinions of

Hong Kong

Clearing

 

Article 68.    Any form issued to a shareholder by the directors for use by such shareholder for the appointment of a proxy to attend and vote at meetings of the Company shall be such as to enable the shareholder to freely instruct the proxy to vote in favour of or against the motions, such instructions being given in respect of each individual matter to be voted on at the meeting. Such a form shall contain a statement that, in the absence of specific instructions from the shareholder, the proxy may vote as he thinks fit.   

MP62

App.3

11(1)

Article 69.    A vote given in accordance with the terms of a proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the death or loss of capacity of the appointor or revocation of the proxy or the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the shares in respect of which the proxy is given, provided that the Company did not receive any written notice in respect of such matters before the commencement of the relevant meeting.    MP63
Article 70.    A proxy attending a shareholder’s general meeting shall present his identity certification and the proxy form signed by the appointor or the legal representative of the appointor. The proxy form shall specify the issuing date. If a shareholder as a legal person appoints its legal representative to attend a meeting, such legal representative shall present his identity certification and a notarially certified copy of the resolutions of such shareholder’s board of directors or other authorities in respect of the appointment of the proxy or any other copy certified in a manner accepted by the Company.    MP63
Article 71.    Resolutions of shareholders’ general meetings shall be divided into ordinary resolutions and special resolutions.    MP64
     An ordinary resolution must be passed by votes representing more than one-half of the voting rights represented by the shareholders (including proxies) present at the meeting.     

 

19


    

A special resolution must be passed by votes representing more than two-thirds of the voting rights represented by the shareholders (including proxies) present at the meeting.

 

Shareholders (including proxies) shall expressly specify they are in favour of or against any matter under voting. Any abstention from or waiver of voting shall not be regarded as valid votes when the Company counts the votes in respect of the relevant matter.

    
Article 72.    A shareholder (including a proxy), when voting at a shareholders’ general meeting, may exercise such voting rights as are attached to the number of voting shares which he represents. Each share shall have one (1) vote.    MP65
Article 73.    At any shareholders’ general meeting, a resolution shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded:    MP66
     (1)    by the chairman of the meeting;     
     (2)    by at least two (2) shareholders present in person or by proxy entitled to vote thereat;     
     (3)    by one (1) or more shareholders (including proxies) representing 10% or more of shares (held solely or in combination) carrying the right to vote at the meeting, before or after a vote is carried out by a show of hands.     
     Unless a poll is demanded, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been passed on a show of hands and the record of such in the minutes of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of the fact that such resolution has been passed. There is no need to provide evidence of the number or proportion of votes in favour of or against such resolution.     
     The demand for a poll may be withdrawn by the person who demands the same.     
Article 74.    A poll demanded on the election of the chairman of the meeting, or on a question of adjournment of the meeting, shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the meeting directs, and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded may be proceeded with, pending the taking of the poll. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be a resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.    MP67
Article 75.    On a poll taken at a meeting, a shareholder (including a proxy) entitled to two (2) or more votes need not cast all his votes in the same way.    MP68
Article 76.    In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded shall have a casting vote.    MP69
Article 77.    The following matters shall be resolved by an ordinary resolution at a shareholders’ general meeting:    MP70
     (1)    work reports of the board of directors and the supervisory committee;     
     (2)    profit distribution plans and loss recovery plans formulated by the board of directors;     

 

20


     (3)   election or removal of members of the board of directors and members of the supervisory committee, their remuneration and manner of payment;     
     (4)   annual preliminary and final budgets, balance sheets and profit and loss accounts and other financial statements of the Company;     
     (5)   matters other than those which are required by the laws and administrative regulations or by the Company’s Articles of Association to be adopted by special resolution.     
Article 78.    The following matters shall be resolved by a special resolution at a shareholders’ general meeting:    MP71
     (1)   the increase or reduction in share capital and the issue of shares of any class, warrants and other similar securities;     
     (2)   the issue of debentures of the Company;     
     (3)   the division, merger, dissolution and liquidation of the Company;     
     (4)   amendment of the Company’s Articles of Association;     
     (5)   amendment to rights of shareholders of any class; and     
     (6)   any other matter considered by the shareholders in general meeting, and resolved by way of an ordinary resolution, which is of a nature which may have a material impact on the Company and should be adopted by special resolution.    App.3
6(2)
Article 79    Any resolution adopted by a shareholders’ general meeting shall comply with relevant provisions of PRC
laws, administrative regulations and these Articles of Association.
    
Article 80.    Shareholders who request the convening of an extraordinary general meeting or a class meeting shall comply
with the following procedures:
   MP72
     (1)   Two (2) or more shareholders holding in aggregate 10% or more of the shares carrying the right to vote at the meeting sought to be held shall sign one (1) or more counterpart requisitions stating the object of the meeting and requiring the board of directors to convene a shareholders’ extraordinary general meeting or a class meeting thereof. The board of directors shall as soon as possible proceed to convene the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders or a class meeting thereof after receipt of such requisition(s). The amount of shareholdings referred to above shall be calculated as at the date of deposit of the requisition(s).     
     (2)   If the board of directors fails to issue a notice of such a meeting within thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of the requisition(s), the requisitionists may themselves convene such a meeting (in a manner as similar as possible to the manner in which shareholders’ meetings are convened by the board of directors) within four (4) months from the date of receipt of the requisition(s) by the board of directors.     
     Any reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionists by reason of failure by the board     

 

21


     of directors to duly convene a meeting shall be repaid to the requisitionists by the Company and any sum so repaid shall be set-off against sums owed by the Company to the defaulting directors.     
Article 81    The Chairman of the board of directors shall convene and chair every shareholders’ general meeting. If the Chairman is unable to attend the meeting for any reason, the vice-chairman of the board of directors shall convene and chair the meeting. If both the Chairman and vice-chairman of the board of directors are unable to attend the meeting, then the board of directors may designate a director to convene and chair the meeting. If no chairman of the meeting has been so designated, shareholders present shall choose one (1) person to act as the chairman of the meeting. If for any reason, the shareholders shall fail to elect a chairman, then the shareholder (including a proxy) holding the largest number of shares carrying the right to vote thereat shall be the chairman of the meeting.    MP73
Article 82.    The chairman of the meeting shall be responsible for determining whether a resolution has been passed. His decision, which shall be final and conclusive, shall be announced at the meeting and recorded in the minute book.    MP74
Article 83.    If the chairman of the meeting has any doubt as to the result of a resolution which has been put to vote at a shareholders’ meeting, he may have the votes counted. If the chairman of the meeting has not counted the votes, any shareholder who is present in person or by proxy and who objects to the result announced by the chairman of the meeting may, immediately after the declaration of the result, demand that the votes be counted and the chairman of the meeting shall have the votes counted immediately.    MP75
Article 84.   

If votes are counted at a shareholders’ general meeting, the result of the count shall be recorded in the minute book.

 

The Company secretary shall make the record of the shareholders’ general meeting, which shall be signed by directors attending the meeting.

 

Resolutions adopted by a shareholders’ general meeting shall be included in the minutes of the meeting. The record and minutes of the meeting shall be in Chinese. Such record and minutes, shareholders’ attendance lists and proxy forms shall be kept at the Company’s place of residence.

   MP76
Article 85.    Copies of the minutes of proceedings of any shareholders’ meeting shall, during business hours of the Company, be open for inspection by any shareholder without charge. If a shareholder requests a copy of such minutes from the Company, the Company shall send a copy of such minutes to him within seven (7) days after receipt of reasonable fees therefor.    MP77

CHAPTER 9: SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR VOTING BY A CLASS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Article 86.   

Those shareholders who hold different classes of shares are class shareholders.

 

Class shareholders shall enjoy rights and assume obligations in accordance with laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.

   MP78

 

22


Article 87.    Rights conferred on any class of shareholders may not be varied or abrogated save with the approval of a special resolution of shareholders in a general meeting and by holders of shares of that class at a separate meeting convened in accordance with Articles 89 to 93.    MP79
App.3
6(2)
Article 88.    The following circumstances shall be deemed to be variation or abrogation of the rights attaching to a particular class of shares:    MP80
     (1)    to increase or decrease the number of shares of that class, or to increase or decrease the number of shares of a class having voting or equity rights or privileges equal or superior to those of shares of that class;     
     (2)    to exchange all or part of the shares of that class for shares of another class or to exchange or to create a right to exchange all or part of the shares of another class for shares of that class;     
     (3)    to remove or reduce rights to accrued dividends or rights to cumulative dividends attached to shares of that class;     
     (4)    to reduce or remove preferential rights attached to shares of that class to receive dividends or to the distribution of assets in the event that the Company is liquidated;     
     (5)    to add, remove or reduce conversion privileges, options, voting rights, transfer or pre-emptive rights, or rights to acquire securities of the Company attached to shares of that class;     
     (6)    to remove or reduce rights to receive payment payable by the Company in particular currencies attached to shares of that class;     
     (7)    to create a new class of shares having voting or equity rights or privileges equal or superior to those of the shares of that class;     
     (8)    to restrict the transfer or ownership of shares of that class or to increase the types of restrictions attaching thereto;     
     (9)    to allot and issue rights to subscribe for, or to convert the existing shares into, shares in the Company of that class or another class;     
     (10)    to increase the rights or privileges of shares of another class;     
     (11)    to restructure the Company in such a way so as to result in the disproportionate distribution of obligations between the various classes of shareholders;     
     (12)    to vary or abrogate the provisions of this Chapter.     
Article 89.    Shareholders of the affected class, whether or not otherwise having the right to vote at shareholders’ general meetings, have the right to vote at class meetings in respect of matters concerning sub-paragraphs (2) to (8), (11) and (12) of Article 88, but interested shareholder(s) shall not be entitled to vote at such class meetings.    MP81

 

23


     “(An) interested shareholder(s)”, as such term is used in the preceding paragraph, means:     
     (1)    in the case of a repurchase of shares by way of a general offer to all shareholders of the Company or by way of public dealing on a stock exchange pursuant to Article 30, a “controlling shareholder” within the meaning of Article 54;     
     (2)    in the case of a repurchase of shares by an off-market agreement pursuant to Article 30, a holder of the shares to which the proposed agreement relates;     
     (3)    in the case of a restructuring of the Company, a shareholder who assumes a relatively lower proportion of obligation than the obligations imposed on shareholders of that class under the proposed restructuring or who has an interest in the proposed restructuring different from the general interests of the shareholders of that class.     
Article 90.    Resolutions of a class of shareholders shall be passed by votes representing more than two-thirds of the voting rights of shareholders of that class represented at the relevant meeting who, according to Article 89, are entitled to vote thereat.    MP82
Article 91.   

Written notice of a class meeting shall be given to all shareholders who are registered as holders of that class in the register of shareholders forty-five (45) days before the date of the class meeting. Such notice shall give such shareholders notice of the matters to be considered at such meeting, the date and the place of the class meeting. A shareholder who intends to attend the class meeting shall deliver his written reply in respect thereof to the Company twenty (20) days before the date of the class meeting.

 

If the shareholders who intend to attend such class meeting represent more than half of the total number of shares of that class which have the right to vote at such meeting, the Company may hold the class meeting; if not, the Company shall within five (5) days give the shareholders further notice of the matters to be considered, the date and the place of the class meeting by way of public announcement. The Company may then hold the class meeting after such public announcement has been made.

   MP83
Article 92.    Notice of class meetings need only be served on shareholders entitled to vote thereat.    MP84
     Class meetings shall be conducted in a manner which is as similar as possible to that of shareholders’ general meetings. The provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association relating to the manner for the conduct of shareholders’ general meetings are also applicable to class meetings.     
Article 93.    Apart from the holders of other classes of shares, the holders of the Domestic-Invested Shares and holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares shall be deemed to be holders of different classes of shares.     
     The special procedures for approval by a class of shareholders shall not apply in the following circumstances:    MP85
C.3
Zheng Jian
Hai Han
     (1)    where the Company issues, upon the approval by special resolution of its shareholders in a general meeting, either separately or concurrently once every twelve (12) months, not more than 20% of each of its existing issued Domestic-Invested Shares and Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares; or    App.13 Pt.D
1f

 

24


     (2)    where the Company’s plan to issue Domestic-Invested Shares and Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares at the time of its establishment is carried out within fifteen (15) months from the date of approval of the securities authority of the State Council.   

App.13 Pt.D

1f(ii)

CHAPTER 10: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

    
Article 94.   

The Company shall have a board of directors. The board of directors shall consist of fifteen (15) directors, of which three (3) shall be independent (non-executive) directors (meaning directors who are independent from the Company’s shareholders and do not hold office in the Company hereinafter).

 

The board of directors shall have one (1) Chairman.

 

Where necessary, the board of directors may establish audit, wages and other specialised committees.

  

MP86

Opinions 6

Article 95.    Directors shall be elected at the shareholders’ general meeting each for a term of three (3) years. At the expiry of a director’s term, the term is renewable upon re-election.    MP87
    

 

The minimal length of the period during which written notice to the Company of the intention to propose a person for election as a director, and during which written notice to the Company by such person of his willingness to be elected may be given, will be at least 7 days. Such period will commence no earlier than the day after the despatch of the notice of the meeting appointed for such election and end no later than 7 days prior to the date of such meeting.

  

 

C.4  Zheng Jian Hai Han

App.3

4(4),4(5)

     Nine (9) members of the first board of directors shall be nominated by the promoters of the Company and elected at the Company’s inaugural meeting. The number of directors elected for each subsequent board of directors shall not be less than that stipulated in Article 94 or more than the maximum determined at the shareholders’ general meeting by an ordinary resolution. Where the number of directors elected by voting exceeds the maximum number of directors proposed, directors shall be appointed according to the maximum number proposed and on the basis that those who get the highest votes shall be appointed.     
    

Subject to compliance with all relevant laws and administrative regulations, the shareholders’ general meeting may by ordinary resolution remove any director before the expiration of his term of office. However, the director’s right to claim for damages which arises out from his removal shall not be affected thereby.

 

The Chairman shall be elected and removed by more than one-half of all of the members of the board of directors. The term of office of each of the Chairman is three (3) years, which term is renewable upon re-election.

 

The outside directors shall have sufficient time and necessary knowledge and ability to perform its duties. When an outside director performs his duties, the Company must provide necessary information and independent (non-executive) directors may directly report to the shareholders’ meeting, the securities regulatory authority under the State Council and other relevant departments thereon.

  

C4 Zheng Jian HaiHan

App.3

4(3)

 

25


     The executive directors shall handle matters as authorized by the board of directors.     
     The Directors shall not be required to hold shares in the Company.     
Article 96.    The board of directors is accountable to the shareholders in general meeting and exercises the following
functions and powers:
  

Opinions 6

MP88

     (1)   to be responsible for the convening of the shareholders’ general meeting and to report on its work to the shareholders in general meetings;     
     (2)   to implement the resolutions passed by the shareholders in general meetings;     
     (3)   to determine the Company’s business plans and investment proposals;     
     (4)   to formulate the Company’s preliminary and final annual financial budgets;     
     (5)   to formulate the Company’s profit distribution proposal and loss recovery proposal;     
     (6)   to formulate the Company’s debt and financial policies, proposals for the increase or reduction of the Company’s registered capital and for the issuance of the Company’s debentures;     
     (7)   to draw up the Company’s material acquisition and disposal proposals and plans for the merger, division or dissolution of the Company;     
     (8)   to decide on the Company’s internal management structure;     
     (9)  

to appoint or remove the Company’s general manager and to appoint or remove the deputy general managers, and financial deputy general manager of the Company, based on the recommendations of the general manager; to appoint and remove the secretary of the board of directors, and to decide on their remuneration;

 

to appoint or replace members of the board of directors and supervisory committee of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, to appoint, replace or recommend shareholders’ representatives, directors and supervisors of the subsidiaries controlled by the Company or subsidiaries in which the Company holds interest;

    
     (10)   to decide on the establishment of the Company’s branch organisations;     
     (11)   to formulate proposals for any amendment of the Company’s Articles of Association;     
     (12)   to formulate the basic management structure of the Company;     
     (13)   except matters that the Company Law and these Articles of Association require     

 

26


          to be resolved by the shareholders in general meeting, to decide on other important and administrative matters of the Company and to execute other important agreements;     
     (14)    to exercise any other powers conferred by the shareholders in general meetings.     
     Other than the board of directors’ resolutions in respect of the matters specified in sub-paragraphs (6), (7) and (11) of this Article which shall be passed by the affirmative vote of more than two-thirds of all the directors, the board of directors’ resolutions in respect of all other matters may be passed by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the directors.     
     Resolutions made by the board of directors on the Company’s connected transactions shall come into effect only after they are signed by the independent (non-executive) directors.    Opinions 6
Article 97.    The board of directors shall not, without the prior approval of shareholders in a general meeting, dispose or agree to dispose of any fixed assets of the Company where the aggregate of the amount or value of the consideration for the proposed disposition, and the amount or value of the consideration for any such disposition of any fixed assets of the Company that has been completed in the period of four (4) months immediately preceding the proposed disposition, exceeds 33% of the value of the Company’s fixed assets as shown in the latest balance sheet which was tabled at a shareholders’ general meeting.    MP89
     For the purposes of this Article, “disposition” includes an act involving the transfer of an interest in assets but does not include the usage of fixed assets for the provision of security.     
     The validity of a disposition by the Company shall not be affected by any breach of the first paragraph of this Article.     
     Before the board of directors makes a decision on market development, merger and acquisition, investment in new areas, etc., in relation to projects involving investment or acquisition or merger amounting to more than 10% of the total assets of the Company, an independent consulting agency shall be engaged to provide professional opinions which shall be an important basis of the decisions of the board of directors.    Opinions 4
Article 98.    The Chairman of the board of directors shall exercise the following powers:    MP90
     (1)    to preside over shareholders’ general meetings and to convene and preside over meetings of the board of directors;     
     (2)    to organise the implementation of the duties of the board of directors and to check on the implementation of resolutions passed by the board of directors at directors’ meetings;     
     (3)    to sign the securities certificates issued by the Company;     
     (4)    to exercise other powers conferred by the board of directors.     
     When the Chairman is unable to exercise his powers, such powers shall be exercised by the executive director who has been designated by the Chairman to exercise such powers on his behalf.     

 

27


Article 99.    Meetings of the board of directors shall be held at least twice every year and shall be convened by the Chairman of the board of directors. All of the directors should be notified about the meeting ten (10) days beforehand. Where there is an urgent matter, an extraordinary meeting of the board of directors may be held if it is so requested by six (6) of the directors, the Chairman of the board of directors or the Company’s general manager, not subject to the provisions of Article 100 on notice of the meetings.    MP91
Article 100.    Notice of meetings of the board of directors shall be delivered as follows:    MP92
     (1)    For regular meetings of the board of directors of which the time and venue have been stipulated by the board of directors beforehand, no notice of the convening of such meetings will be needed.     
     (2)    For meetings of the board of directors of which the time and venue have not been decided by the board of directors beforehand, the Chairman of the board of directors shall notify the directors of the time and venue of such meeting 10 days in advance by telex, by telegram, by facsimile, by express delivery service or by registered mail or in person, unless otherwise provided for in Article 99.     
     (3)    Notice of meetings may be served in Chinese, with an English translation attached thereto when necessary, and in each case accompanied by a meeting agenda. A director may waive his right to receive notice of a board meeting.     
Article 101.   

All the executive and outside directors must be notified about the important matters that must be decided by the board of directors within the time limit stipulated in Article 100 and sufficient materials must be provided at the same time in strict compliance with the required procedures. Directors may request supplementary information. If more than one-fourth of the directors or more than two outside directors consider that the materials provided are not sufficient or supporting arguments are not clear, they may jointly propose to postpone the meeting or postpone the discussion of certain matters on the agenda of the meeting and the board of directors shall accept such proposal.

 

Notice of a meeting shall be deemed to have been given to any director who attends the meeting without protesting against, before or at its commencement, any lack of notice.

   Opinions 3
     Any regular or extraordinary meeting of the board of directors may be held by way of telephone conferencing or similar communication equipment so long as all directors participating in the meeting can clearly hear and communicate with each other. All such directors shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.     
Article 102.    A board of directors meeting shall only be convened if more than half of the board of directors are present (including any directors appointed pursuant to Article 103 to attend the meeting as the representatives of other directors). Each director has one vote. Any resolution requires the affirmative votes of more than half of all the board of directors in order to be passed. In the case of equal division of votes, the Chairman of the board of directors is entitled to a casting vote.    MP93
Article 103.    Directors shall attend the meetings of the board of directors in person. Where a director is unable to attend a meeting for any reason, he may by a written power of attorney appoint another director to attend the meeting on his behalf. The power of attorney shall set out the scope of the authorization.    MP94

 

28


     A Director appointed as the representative of another director to attend the meeting shall exercise the rights of a director within the scope of authority conferred by the appointing director. Where a director is unable to attend a meeting of the board of directors and has not appointed the representative to attend the meeting on his behalf, he shall be deemed to have waived his right to vote at the meeting.     
     Expenses incurred by a director for attending a meeting of the board of directors shall be paid by the Company. These expenses include the costs of transportation between the premises of the director and the venue of the meeting in different cities and accommodation expenses during the meeting. Rent of the meeting place, local transportation costs and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses shall be paid by the Company.     
Article 104.    The board of directors may accept a written resolution in lieu of a board meeting provided that a draft of such written resolution shall be delivered to each director in person, by mail, by telegram or by facsimile. If the board of directors has delivered such proposed written resolution to all the directors and the directors who signed and approved such resolution have reached the required quorum, and the same have been delivered to the secretary of the board of directors, such resolution shall become a board resolution and there is no need to hold a board meeting.     
Article 105.   

The board of directors shall keep minutes of resolutions passed at meetings of the board of directors in Chinese. Opinions of the independent (non-executive) directors shall be clearly stated in the resolutions of the board of directors. The minutes of each board meeting shall be provided to all the directors promptly. Directors who wish to amend or supplement the minutes shall submit the proposed amendments to the Chairman in writing within one week after receipt of the meeting minutes. The minutes shall be signed by the directors present at the meeting and the person who recorded the minutes after they are finalised. The minutes of board meetings shall be kept at the premises of the Company in the PRC and a complete copy of the minutes shall be promptly sent to each director.

 

The directors shall be liable for the resolutions of the board of directors. If a resolution of the board of directors violates the laws, administrative regulations or the Company’s Articles of Association and the Company suffers serious losses as a result thereof, the directors who participated in the passing of such resolution are liable to compensate the Company therefor. However, if it can be proven that a director expressly objected to the resolution when the resolution was voted on, and that such objection was recorded in the minutes of the meeting, such director may be released from such liability.

  

MP95

Opinions 6

CHAPTER 11: SECRETARY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

    
Article 106.   

The Company shall have one (1) secretary of the board of directors. The secretary shall be a senior officer of the Company.

 

Where necessary, the board of directors may establish a secretariat of the board of directors.

   MP96
Article 107.    The secretary of the Company’s board of directors shall be a natural person who has the requisite professional knowledge and experience, and shall be appointed by the board of directors.    MP97

 

29


         The main tasks of the secretary of the board of directors include:    Practice
Guidelines
for

Company
Secretary
Chapter 1
    (1)    assist the directors in the day-to-day work of the board of directors, continuously provide the directors with, warn the directors of and ensure that the directors understand the regulations, policies and requirements of the foreign and domestic regulatory authorities on the operation of the Company, assist the directors and the general manager in effectively implementing relevant foreign and domestic laws, regulations, the Company’s Articles of Association and other relevant regulations;     
    (2)    responsible for the organization and preparation of documents for board meetings and shareholders’ meetings, take proper meeting minutes, ensure that the resolutions passed at the meetings comply with statutory procedures and know about the implementation of the resolutions of the board of directors;     
    (3)    responsible for the organization and coordination of information disclosure, coordinate the relationship with investors and increase transparency of the Company;     
    (4)    participate in the structuring of financing through capital market;     
    (5)    deal with intermediaries, regulatory authorities and media, maintain good public relations work.     
   

Duties of the secretary of the board of directors include:

 

   Practice
Guidelines
for
Company
Secretary
Chapter 2
    (1)    to organise and prepare for the board meetings and shareholders’ meetings, to prepare documents for the meetings, to make relevant arrangements for the meetings, to be responsible for taking meeting minutes, to keep meeting documents and minutes and take initiative to know about the implementation of relevant resolutions; to report to and advise the board of directors on important issues in implementation;   
    (2)    to ensure that important decisions of the board of directors will be implemented in strict compliance with the required procedures; to participate in, and organise the consultation and analysis of matters to be decided by the board of directors and provide relevant advice and recommendations thereon; to carry out the day-to-day work of the board of directors and its relevant committees upon authorization;     
    (3)    to act as a contact between the Company and securities regulatory authority, to be responsible for the organisation of the preparation and timely submission of documents required by the regulatory authorities, responsible for undertaking the tasks given by the regulatory authorities and organising the accomplishment thereof;     

 

30


     (4)    to be responsible for coordinating and organizing the Company’s information disclosure, to set up a sound information disclosure system, participate in all the meetings of the Company in relation to information disclosure, to timely obtain import important business decisions and relevant information of the Company;     
     (5)    to be responsible for keeping confidential price sensitive information of the Company and formulating effective confidentiality rules and measures; to take necessary remedial measures in the event of the disclosure for whatever reasons of any price sensitive information of the Company, to make prompt explanations and clarifications and notify the regulatory authority of the overseas listing place and CSRC thereof;     
     (6)    to be responsible for the coordination and organisation of market promotions, to coordinate visits to the Company, to deal with relationship with investors, to maintain contact with investors, intermediaries and media, to be responsible for coordinating and answering questions raised by the public, to ensure that the investors promptly obtain the information disclosed by the Company; to organise and prepare for marketing and promotion activities outside and in the PRC, to draw up a summary report on market promotion activities and important visits to the Company and organise the reporting of the same to CSRC;     
     (7)    to be responsible for administering and keeping the register of the members of the Company, register of the directors of the Company, shareholding of major shareholders and directors and list of the holders of the outstanding debentures of the Company in issue;     
     (8)    to assist the directors and the general manager in implementing foreign and domestic laws, regulations, the Company’s Articles of Association and other relevant regulations in exercising their powers. After becoming aware that any resolutions made or likely to be made by the Company are in breach of relevant regulations, the secretary is obliged to give prompt warnings and entitled to report such facts to CSRC and other regulatory authorities;     
     (9)    to coordinate the provision of necessary information required for exercising supervisory functions to the Company’s supervisory committee and other examination body; and     
     (10)    to exercise other powers and duties authorized by the board of directors and other powers and duties required in the overseas listing jurisdiction.     
Article 108.    A director or other senior officer of the Company may also act as the secretary of the board of directors. The certified public accountancy firm which has been appointed by the Company to act as its auditors shall not act as the secretary of the board of directors.    MP98
     Where the office of secretary is held concurrently by a director, and an act is required to be done by a director and a secretary separately, the person who holds the office of director and secretary may not perform the act in a dual capacity.     

 

31


Article 109.    The secretary of the board of directors shall diligently exercise his duties in accordance with the relevant
provisions of these Articles of Association.
    
     The secretary of the board of directors shall assist the Company in complying with the relevant PRC laws and
the rules of the securities exchange on which the shares of the Company are listed.
    

CHAPTER 12: GENERAL MANAGER

    
Article 110.    The Company shall have a general manager who shall be appointed or dismissed by the board of directors.    MP99
     The Company shall have several deputy general managers and one financial deputy general manager who
shall assist the General Manager. The deputy general managers and financial deputy general manager shall be
nominated by the general manager and appointed or dismissed by the board of the directors.
    
     A member of the board of directors may act concurrently as the general manager or a deputy general
manager.
    
Article 111.    The general manager shall be accountable to the board of directors and shall exercise the following functions
and powers:
   MP100
     (1)   to be in charge of the Company’s production, operation and management and to organise the implementation of the resolutions of the board of directors;     
     (2)   to organise the implementation of the Company’s annual business plan and investment proposal;     
     (3)   to draft plans for the establishment of the Company’s internal management structure;     
     (4)   to draft plans for the establishment of the Company’s branch organisations;     
     (5)   to draft the Company’s basic management system;     
     (6)   to formulate basic rules and regulations for the Company;     
     (7)   to propose the appointment or dismissal of the deputy general managers and financial deputy general manager of the Company;     
     (8)   to appoint or dismiss management personnel other than those required to be appointed or dismissed by the board of directors;     
     (9)   other powers conferred by the Company’s Articles of Association and the board of directors.     
Article 112.    The general manager who is not a director shall be entitled to attend meetings of the board of directors and
receive relevant documents. The general manager who is not a director does not have any voting rights at
board meetings.
   MP101

 

32


Article 113.    In performing their duties and powers, the general manager, deputy general managers and financial deputy general manager shall not depart from the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings and the board of directors or exceed their authority.     
Article 114.    In performing their duties and powers, the general manager, deputy general managers and financial deputy general manager shall act honestly and diligently and in accordance with laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.    MP102
Article 115.    The general manager, deputy general managers, financial deputy general manager and other senior officers who wish to resign shall give a three-month written notice to the board of directors. Department managers who wish to resign shall give a two-month written notice to the general manager.     

CHAPTER 13: SUPERVISORY COMMITTEE

    
Article 116.    The Company shall have a supervisory committee. The supervisory committee is a permanent supervisory body of the Company responsible for supervising the board of directors and its members, the general manager, deputy general managers, financial deputy general manager and other senior officers of the Company to prevent them from abusing their powers and infringing the legitimate rights and interests of the shareholders, the Company and its employees.    MP103
Article 117.   

The supervisory committee shall comprise five (5) supervisors including one outside supervisor (hereinafter meaning supervisors who do not hold office in the Company).

 

The supervisory committee shall have one (1) chairman. Each supervisor shall serve for a term of three (3) years, which term is renewable upon re-election and re-appointment.

 

The election or removal of the chairman of the supervisory committee shall be determined by the affirmative votes of two-thirds or more of the members of the supervisory committee.

  

MP104

Opinions 7

 

 

     The chairman of the supervisory committee shall organise the implementation of the duties of the supervisory committee.   

C.5  Zheng Jian Hai Han

App.13 Pt.D

1d(i)

Article 118.   

The supervisory committee shall include four (4) supervisors who shall represent the shareholders (hereinafter including qualified outside supervisors and independent supervisors) and one (1) supervisor who shall represent the employees. Supervisors who represent the shareholders shall be elected or removed by the shareholders in general meetings, and the supervisor who represents employees shall be elected or removed by the employees democratically.

 

Where necessary, the supervisory committee may establish an office responsible for the day-to-day work of the supervisory committee.

  

MP105

Opinions 7

Article 119.    The directors, general manager, deputy general managers and financial deputy general manager of the Company shall not act concurrently as supervisors.    MP106

 

33


Article 120.    Meetings of the supervisory committee shall be held at least twice every year, and shall be convened by the chairman of the supervisory committee.    MP107
Article 121.    The supervisory committee shall be accountable to the shareholders in a general meeting and shall exercise the following functions and powers in accordance with law:    MP108
     (1)    to review the Company’s financial position;     
     (2)    to supervise the directors, general manager, deputy general managers, financial controller and other senior officers to ensure that they do not act in contravention of any law, regulation or the Company’s Articles of Association;     
     (3)    to demand any director, general manager, deputy general manager, financial controller or any other senior officer who acts in a manner which is harmful to the Company’s interest to rectify such behaviour;     
     (4)    to check the financial information such as the financial report, business report and plans for distribution of profits to be submitted by the board of directors to the shareholders’ general meetings and to authorize, in the Company’s name, publicly certified accountants and practising auditors to assist in the re-examination of such information should any doubt arise in respect thereof;     
     (5)    to propose to convene an extraordinary general meeting;     
     (6)    to represent the Company in negotiations with or in bringing actions against a director;     
     (7)    other functions and powers specified in the Company’s Articles of Association.     
    

The supervisory committee may provide its opinions on the appointment of accountancy firm by the Company, may appoint another accountancy firm in the name of the Company when necessary to examine financial affairs of the Company independently, and may directly report relevant information to the securities authorities of the State Council and other relevant authorities.

 

Outside supervisors shall report independently to the shareholders’ meeting on whether the senior officers perform their duties honestly and diligently.

   Opinions 7
     Supervisors shall attend meetings of the board of directors as observers.     
Article 122.    Resolutions of the supervisory committee shall be passed by the affirmative vote of more than two-thirds of all of its members.   

MP109

C.6 Zheng Jian Hai Han

App.13 Pt.D

1(d)(ii)

Article 123.    All reasonable fees incurred in respect of the employment of professionals (such as, lawyers, certified public accountants or practising auditors) which are required by the supervisory committee in the exercise of its functions and powers shall be borne by the Company.    MP110

 

34


Article 124.    A supervisor shall carry out his duties honestly and faithfully in accordance with laws, administrative
regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.
   MP111
CHAPTER 14: THE QUALIFICATIONS AND DUTIES OF THE DIRECTORS, SUPERVISORS, GENERAL MANAGER AND OTHER SENIOR OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
Article 125.    A person may not serve as a director, supervisor, general manager or any other senior officer of the Company
if any of the following circumstances apply:
   MP112
     (1)   a person who does not have or who has limited capacity for civil conduct;     
     (2)   a person who has been sentenced for corruption, bribery, infringement of property or misappropriation of property or other crimes which disrupt the social economic order, where less than a term of five (5) years has lapsed since the sentence was served, or a person who has been deprived of his political rights and not more than five (5) years have lapsed since the sentence was served;     
     (3)   a person who is a former director, factory manager or manager of a company or enterprise which has been dissolved or put into liquidation as a result of mismanagement and who was personally liable for the winding up of such company or enterprise, where less than three (3) years have elapsed since the date of completion of the insolvent liquidation of the company or enterprise;     
     (4)   a person who is a former legal representative of a company or enterprise the business licence of which was revoked due to violation of law and who are personally liable therefor, where less than three (3) years have elapsed since the date of the revocation of the business licence;     
     (5)   a person who has a relatively large amount of debts which have become overdue;     
     (6)   a person who is currently under investigation by judicial organs for violation of criminal law;     
     (7)   a person who, according to laws and administrative regulations, cannot act as a leader of an enterprise;     
     (8)   a person other than a natural person;     
     (9)   a person who has been convicted by the competent authority for violation of relevant securities regulations and such conviction involves a finding that such person has acted fraudulently or dishonestly, where less than five (5) years have elapsed from the date of such conviction.     
Article 126.    The validity of an act carried out by a director, the general manager, deputy general managers, financial
controller or other senior officers of the Company on behalf of the Company as against a bona fide third
party, shall not be affected by any irregularity in his office, election or any defect in his qualification.
   MP113

 

35


Article 127.    In addition to the obligations imposed by laws, administrative regulations or the listing rules of the stock
exchange on which shares of the Company are listed, each of the Company’s directors, supervisors, general
manager and other senior officers owes a duty to each shareholder, in the exercise of the functions and
powers entrusted to him by the Company:
   MP114
     (1)   not to cause the Company to exceed the scope of business stipulated in its business licence;     
     (2)   to act honestly and in the best interests of the Company;     
     (3)   not to expropriate the Company’s property in any way, including (but not limited to) usurpation of opportunities which benefit the Company;     
     (4)   not to expropriate the individual rights of shareholders, including (but not limited to) rights to distribution and voting rights, save and except pursuant to a restructuring of the Company which has been submitted to the shareholders for approval in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association.     
Article 128.    Each of the Company’s directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers owes a duty, in the
exercise of his powers and in the discharge of his duties, to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a
reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.
   MP115
Article 129.    Each of the Company’s directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers shall exercise his
powers or perform his duties in accordance with the fiduciary principle; and shall not put himself in a
position where his duty and his interest may conflict. This principle includes (without limitation) discharging
the following obligations:
   MP116
     (1)   to act honestly in the best interests of the Company;     
     (2)   to act within the scope of his powers and not to exceed such powers;     
     (3)   to exercise the discretion vested in him personally and not to allow himself to act under the control of another and, unless and to the extent permitted by laws, administrative regulations or with the informed consent of shareholders given in a general meeting, not to delegate the exercise of his discretion;     
     (4)   to treat shareholders of the same class equally and to treat shareholders of different classes fairly;     
     (5)   unless otherwise provided for in the Company’s Articles of Association or except with the informed consent of the shareholders given in a general meeting, not to enter into any contract, transaction or arrangement with the Company;     
     (6)   not to use the Company’s property for his own benefit, without the informed consent of the shareholders given in a general meeting;     
     (7)   not to exploit his position to accept bribes or other illegal income or expropriate the Company’s property in any way, including (but not limited to) opportunities which benefit the Company;     

 

36


     (8)   not to accept commissions in connection with the Company’s transactions, without the informed consent of the shareholders given in a general meeting;     
     (9)   to comply with the Company’s Articles of Association, to perform his official duties faithfully, to protect the Company’s interests and not to exploit his position and power in the Company to advance his own interests;     
     (10)   not to compete with the Company in any way, save with the informed consent of the shareholders given in a general meeting;     
     (11)   not to misappropriate the Company’s funds or to lend such funds to any other person, not to use the Company’s assets to set up deposit accounts in his own name or in any other name or to use such assets to guarantee the debts of a shareholder of the Company or any other personal liabilities;     
     (12)   not to release any confidential information which he has obtained during his term of office, without the informed consent of the shareholders in a general meeting; nor shall he use such information otherwise than for the Company’s benefit, save that disclosure of such information to the court or other governmental authorities is permitted if:     
         (i)    disclosure is made under compulsion of law;     
         (ii)    public interests so warrants;     
         (iii)    the interests of the relevant director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer so require.     
Article 130.    Each director, supervisor, general manager and other senior officer of the Company shall not direct the
following persons or institutions (“associates”) to act in a manner in which he is prohibited from so acting:
   MP117
     (1)   the spouse or minor child of the director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer;     
     (2)   the trustee of the director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer or of any person described in sub-paragraph (1) above;     
     (3)   the partner of that director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer or any person referred to in sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Article;     
     (4)   a company in which that director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer, whether alone or jointly with one (1) or more of the persons referred to in sub-paragraphs (l), (2) and (3) of this Article and other directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers, has de facto controlling interest;     
     (5)   the directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers of a company which is being controlled in the manner set out in sub-paragraph (4) above.     
Article 131.    The fiduciary duties of the directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers of the Company
do not necessarily cease with the termination of their tenure. The
   MP118

 

37


     duty of confidentiality in respect of trade secrets of the Company survives the termination of their tenure. Other duties may continue for such period as the principle of fairness may require depending on the amount of time which has lapsed between the termination and the act concerned and the circumstances and the terms under which the relationship between the relevant director, supervisor, general manager and other senior officer on the one hand and the Company on the other hand was terminated.     
Article 132.    Subject to Article 53 hereof, a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company may be relieved of liability for specific breaches of his duty with the informed consent of the shareholders given at a general meeting.    MP119
Article 133.    Where a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company is in any way, directly or indirectly, materially interested in a contract, transaction or arrangement or proposed contract, transaction or arrangement with the Company (other than his contract of service with the Company), he shall declare the nature and extent of his interests to the board of directors at the earliest opportunity, whether or not the contract, transaction or arrangement or proposal therefor is otherwise subject to the approval of the board of directors.    MP120
     If a director or his associate (as defined in the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited) has a material interest in any contract, transaction, arrangement or other matters that requires the approval of the board of directors, the relevant director shall not vote for the relevant matter at the meeting of the board of directors, and shall not be listed in the quorum of the meeting.   

App.3

4(1)

     Unless the interested director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer discloses his interests in accordance with the preceding sub-paragraph of this Article and he is not counted as part of the quorum and refrains from voting, such contract, transaction or arrangement is voidable at the instance of the Company except as against a bona fide party thereto who does not have notice of the breach of duty by the interested director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer.     
     A director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company is deemed to be interested in a contract, transaction or arrangement in which his associate is interested.     
Article 134.    Where a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company gives to the board of directors a notice in writing stating that, by reason of the facts specified in the notice, he is interested in contracts, transactions or arrangements which may subsequently be made by the Company, that notice shall be deemed for the purposes of the preceding Article to be a sufficient declaration of his interests, so far as the content stated in such notice is concerned, provided that such notice shall have been given before the date on which the question of entering into the relevant contract, transaction or arrangement is first taken into consideration by the Company.    MP121
Article 135.    The Company shall not pay taxes for or on behalf of a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer in any manner.    MP122
Article 136.    The Company shall not directly or indirectly make a loan to or provide any guarantee in connection with the making of a loan to a director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company or of the Company’s holding company or any of their respective associates.    MP123

 

38


     The foregoing prohibition shall not apply to the following circumstances:     
     (1)   the provision by the Company of a loan or a guarantee in connection with the making of a loan to its subsidiary;     
     (2)   the provision by the Company of a loan or a guarantee in connection with the making of a loan or any other funds available to any of its directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him for the purposes of the Company or for the purpose of enabling him to perform his duties properly, in accordance with the terms of a service contract approved by the shareholders in a general meeting;     
     (3)   if the ordinary course of business of the Company includes the lending of money or the giving of guarantees, the Company may make a loan to or provide a guarantee in connection with the making of a loan to any of the relevant directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers or their respective associates in the ordinary course of its business on normal commercial terms.     
Article 137.    Any person who receives funds from a loan which has been made by the Company acting in breach of the
preceding Article shall, irrespective of the terms of the loan, forthwith repay such funds.
   MP124
Article 138.    A guarantee for the repayment of a loan which has been provided by the Company acting in breach of Article
136(1) shall not be enforceable against the Company, save in respect of the following circumstances:
   MP125
     (1)   the guarantee was provided in connection with a loan which was made to an associate of any of the directors, supervisors, general manager and other senior officers of the Company or of the Company’s holding company and the lender of such funds did not know of the relevant circumstances at the time of the making of the loan; or     
     (2)   the collateral which has been provided by the Company has already been lawfully disposed of by the lender to a bona fide purchaser.     
Article 139.    For the purposes of the foregoing provisions of this Chapter, a “guarantee” includes an undertaking or
property provided to secure the obligor’s performance of his obligations.
   MP126
Article 140.    In addition to any rights and remedies provided by the laws and administrative regulations, where a director,
supervisor, general manager or other senior officer of the Company breaches the duties which he owes to the
Company, the Company has a right:
   MP127
     (1)   to demand such director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer to compensate it for losses sustained by the Company as a result of such breach;     
     (2)   to rescind any contract or transaction which has been entered into between the Company and such director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer or between the Company and a third party (where such third party knows or should have known that such director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer representing the Company has breached his duties owed to the Company);     

 

39


     (3)    to demand such director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer to account for profits made as result of the breach of his duties;     
     (4)    to recover any monies which should have been received by the Company and which were received by such director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer instead, including (without limitation) commissions; and     
     (5)    to demand repayment of interest earned or which may have been earned by such director, supervisor, general manager or other senior officer on monies that should have been paid to the Company.     
Article 141.    The Company shall, with the prior approval of shareholders in a general meeting, enter into a contract in writing with a director or supervisor wherein his emoluments are stipulated. The aforesaid emoluments include:    MP128
     (1)    emoluments in respect of his service as director, supervisor or senior officer of the Company;     
     (2)    emoluments in respect of his service as director, supervisor or senior officer of any subsidiary of the Company;     
     (3)    emoluments in respect of the provision of other services in connection with the management of the affairs of the Company and any of its subsidiaries; and     
     (4)    payment by way of compensation for loss of office, or as consideration for or in connection with his retirement from office.     
     No proceedings may be brought by a director or supervisor against the Company for anything due to him in respect of the matters mentioned in this Article except pursuant to the contract mentioned above.     
Article 142.    The contract concerning the emoluments between the Company and its directors or supervisors should provide that in the event that the Company is acquired, the Company’s directors and supervisors shall, subject to the prior approval of shareholders in a general meeting, have the right to receive compensation or other payment in respect of his loss of office or retirement. For the purposes of this paragraph, the acquisition of the Company includes any of the following:    MP129
     (1)    an offer made by any person to the general body of shareholders;     
     (2)    an offer made by any person with a view to the offeror becoming a “controlling shareholder” within the meaning of Article 54 hereof.     
     If the relevant director or supervisor does not comply with this Article, any sum so received by him shall belong to those persons who have sold their shares as a result of such offer. The expenses incurred in distributing such sum on a pro rata basis amongst such persons shall be borne by the relevant director or supervisor and shall not be paid out of such sum.     

 

40


CHAPTER 15: FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS AND PROFIT DISTRIBUTION

Article 143.    The Company shall establish its financial and accounting systems in accordance with laws, administrative regulations and PRC accounting standards formulated by the finance regulatory department of the State Council.    MP130
Article 144.   

The fiscal year of the Company shall be on the basis of the solar calendar beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31 of the same year.

 

The Company shall use Renminbi as its standard unit of account. The accounts shall be prepared in Chinese.

 

At the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall prepare a financial report which shall be examined and verified in a manner prescribed by law.

   MP131
Article 145.    The board of directors of the Company shall place before the shareholders at every annual general meeting such financial reports which the relevant laws, administrative regulations and directives promulgated by competent regional and central governmental authorities require the Company to prepare. Such reports must be verified and certified.   

MP132

App.3

5

Article 146.    The Company’s financial reports shall be made available for shareholders’ inspection at the Company twenty (20) days before the date of every shareholders’ annual general meeting. Each shareholder shall be entitled to obtain a copy of the financial reports referred to in this Chapter.    MP133
     The Company shall deliver or send to each shareholder of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares by prepaid mail at the address registered in the register of shareholders the said reports not later than twenty-one (21) days before the date of every annual general meeting of the shareholders.   

C.7  Zheng Jian Hai Han

App.3

5

Article 147.    The financial statements of the Company shall, in addition to being prepared in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations, be prepared in accordance with either international accounting standards, or that of the place outside the PRC where the Company’s shares are listed. If there is any material difference between the financial statements prepared respectively in accordance with the two accounting standards, such difference shall be stated in the financial statements. In distributing its after-tax profits, the lower of the two amounts shown in the financial statements shall be adopted.    MP134
Article 148.    Any interim results or financial information published or disclosed by the Company must also be prepared and presented in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations, and also in accordance with either international accounting standards or that of the place overseas where the Company’s shares are listed.    MP135
Article 149.    The Company shall publish its financial reports twice every fiscal year, that is, the interim financial report shall be published within sixty (60) days after the expiration of the first six (6) months of each fiscal year; the annual financial report shall be published within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the expiration of each fiscal year.    MP136
Article 150.    The Company shall not keep accounts other than those required by law.    MP137
Article 151.    When distributing its after-tax profits in a given year, the Company shall contribute 10% of the profits to the Company’s statutory common reserve fund and 5% to 10% to the Company’s statutory welfare fund. Where the accumulated amount of the statutory common reserve fund reaches 50% or more of the registered capital of the Company, no further contribution is required.     

 

41


     Where the statutory common reserve fund is insufficient to make for the losses of the Company in the previous year, before making contribution to the statutory common reserve fund and the statutory welfare fund, the profits made in the current year shall be used to make up for the losses first.     
     After making contribution to the statutory common reserve fund from its after-tax profits, the Company may, subject to resolutions adopted at a general meeting, make contributions to discretionary common reserve funds.     
     After making up for the losses and making contributions to the common reserve fund and statutory welfare fund, any remaining profits shall be distributed to the shareholders in proportion to their respective shareholders.     
Article 152.    The Company shall not allocate dividends or carry out other allocations in the form of bonuses before it has compensated for its losses and made allocations to the statutory common reserve fund and the statutory common welfare fund. Dividends paid by the Company shall not carry any interest except where the Company has failed to pay the dividends to the shareholders on the date on which such dividends become payable.   

App.3

3(1),3(2)

     Any amount paid up in advance of calls on any share shall carry interest, but shall not entitle the holder of the share to receive, by way of advance payment, the dividend declared and distributed thereafter.     
Article 153.    Capital surplus fund includes the following items:    MP138
     (1)    premium on shares issued at a premium price;     
     (2)    any other income designated for the capital surplus fund by the regulations of the finance regulatory department of the State Council.     
Article 154.    The common reserve funds (including the statutory common reserve fund, discretionary common reserve funds and capital surplus fund) of the Company shall be applied for making up for losses, expanding the Company’s production and operation or capitalisation.     
     If a general meeting of the Company resolves to capitalise any common reserve fund, the Company shall issue new shares to the existing shares in proportion to their respective shareholdings or increase the par value of each share provided that when capitalising the statutory common reserve fund, the balance of such fund shall not be less than 25% of the registered capital.     
Article 155.    The Company’s statutory common welfare fund is used for the collective welfare of the Company’s employees.     
Article 156.    The Company may distribute dividends in the form of:    MP139
     (1)    cash;     
     (2)    shares.     

 

42


Article 157.    The Company shall declare and pay cash dividends and other amounts which are payable to holders of Domestic-Invested Shares in Renminbi. The Company shall calculate and declare cash dividends and other payments which are payable to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares in Renminbi, and shall pay such amounts in Hong Kong dollars. The foreign exchange required by the Company to pay cash dividends and other amounts to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares shall be obtained in accordance with the relevant foreign exchange administrative regulations of the State.     
Article 158.    Unless otherwise provided for in relevant laws and administrative regulations, where cash dividends and other amounts are to be paid in Hong Kong dollars, the applicable exchange rate shall be the average closing rate for the relevant foreign currency announced by the Peoples’ Bank of China during the week prior to the announcement of payment of dividend and other amounts.     
Article 159.    Subject to Articles 56(2) and 96(14) of these Regulations, the board of directors may decide to distribute interim or special dividends.     
Article 160.    When distributing dividends to its shareholders, the Company shall withhold and pay on behalf of its shareholders the taxes levied on the dividends in accordance with the provisions of the PRC tax law.     
Article 161.    The Company shall appoint receiving agents for holders of the Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares. Such receiving agents shall receive dividends which have been declared by the Company and all other amounts which the Company should pay to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares on such shareholders’ behalf.   

MP140

App.13 Pt.D

1(c)

     The receiving agents appointed by the Company shall meet the relevant requirements of the laws of the place at which the stock exchange on which the Company’s shares are listed or the relevant regulations of such stock exchange.     
     The receiving agents appointed for holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares listed in Hong Kong shall each be a company registered as a trust company under the Trustee Ordinance of Hong Kong.    C.8  Zheng Jian Hai Han

CHAPTER 16: APPOINTMENT OF ACCOUNTANCY FIRM

    
Article 162.    The Company shall appoint an independent firm of accountants which is qualified under the relevant regulations of the State to audit the Company’s annual report and review the Company’s other financial reports.    MP141
     The first auditors of the Company may be appointed before the first annual general meeting of the Company at the inaugural meeting. Auditors so appointed shall hold office until the conclusion of the first annual general meeting.     
     If the inaugural meeting does not exercise the powers under the preceding paragraph, those powers shall be exercised by the board of directors.     
Article 163.    The accountancy firm appointed by the Company shall hold office from the conclusion of the annual general meeting of shareholders at which they were appointed until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting of shareholders.    MP142

 

43


Article 164.    The accountancy firm appointed by the Company shall enjoy the following rights:    MP143
     (1)    a right to review the books, records and vouchers of the Company at any time, the right to require the directors, general manager and other senior officers of the Company to supply relevant information and explanations;     
     (2)    a right to require the Company to take all reasonable steps to obtain from its subsidiaries such information and explanation as are necessary for the discharge of its duties;     
     (3)    a right to attend shareholders’ general meetings and to receive all notices of, and other communications relating to, any shareholders’ general meeting which any shareholder is entitled to receive, and to speak at any shareholders’ general meeting in relation to matters concerning its role as the Company’s accountancy firm.     
Article 165.    If there is a vacancy in the position of accountant of the Company, the board of directors may appoint an accountancy firm to fill such vacancy before the convening of the shareholders’ general meeting. Any other accountancy firm which has been appointed by the Company may continue to act during the period during which a vacancy arises.    MP144
Article 166.    The shareholders in a general meeting may by ordinary resolution remove the Company’s accountancy firms before the expiration of its term of office, irrespective of the provisions in the contract between the Company and the Company’s accountant firm. However, the accountancy firm’s right to claim for damages which arise from its removal shall not be affected thereby.    MP145
Article 167.    The remuneration of an accountancy firm or the manner in which such firm is to be remunerated shall be determined by the shareholders in a general meeting. The remuneration of an accountancy firm appointed by the board of directors shall be determined by the board of directors.    MP146
Article 168.    The Company’s appointment, removal or non-reappointment of an accountancy firm shall be resolved by the shareholders in a general meeting. Such resolution shall be filed with the securities authority of the State Council.   

MP147

 

     Where a resolution at a general meeting of shareholders is passed to appoint as accountant a person other than an incumbent accountancy firm to fill a casual vacancy in the office of accountant, to reappoint as accountant a retiring accountancy firm that was appointed by the board of directors to fill a casual vacancy, or to dismiss an accountancy firm before the expiration of its term of office, the following provisions shall apply:   

C.9  Zheng Jian Hai Han

App.13 Pt.D

1(e)

     (1)    A copy of the appointment or removal proposal shall be sent (before notice of meeting is given to the shareholders) to the accountancy firm proposed to be appointed or proposing to leave its post or the firm which has left its post in the relevant fiscal year (leaving includes leaving by removal, resignation and retirement).     
     (2)    If the accountancy firm leaving its post makes representations in writing and requests the Company to give the shareholders notice of such representations, the     

 

44


          Company shall (unless the representations have been received too late) take the following measures:

 

          (a)   in any notice of the resolution given to shareholders, state the fact of the representations having been made; and     
          (b)   attach a copy of the representations to the notice and deliver it to the shareholders in the manner stipulated in the Company’s Articles of Association.     
     (3)    If the Company fails to send out the accountancy firm’s representations in the manner set out in
sub-paragraph (2) above, such accountancy firm may require that the representations be read out at
the meeting.
    
     (4)    An accountancy firm which is leaving its post shall be entitled to attend the following
shareholders’ general meetings:
    
          (a)   the general meeting at which its term of office would otherwise have expired;     
          (b)   the general meeting at which it is proposed to fill the vacancy caused by its removal; and     
          (c)   the general meeting which convened as a result of its resignation,     
          and to receive all notices of, and other communications relating to, any such meeting, and to speak
at any such meeting which concerns it as former auditor of the Company.
    
Article 169.    Prior notice should be given to the accountancy firm if the Company decides to remove such accountancy firm or not to renew the appointment thereof. Such accountancy firm shall be entitled to make representations at the shareholders’ general meeting. Where the accountancy firm resigns from its position, it shall make clear to the shareholders in a general meeting whether there has been any impropriety on the part of the Company.   

MP148,

C.10 Zheng Jian Hai Han

App.13 Pt.D

1(e)

     An accountancy firm may resign its office by depositing at the Company’s legal address a resignation notice which shall become effective on the date of such deposit or on such later date as may be stipulated in such notice. Such notice shall contain the following statements:     
     (1)    a statement to the effect that there are no circumstances connected with its resignation which it
considers should be brought to the notice of the shareholders or creditors of the Company; or
    
     (2)    a statement of any such circumstances.     
     The Company shall, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the notice referred to in the preceding paragraph, send a copy of the notice to the relevant governing authority. If the notice contains a statement under the preceding sub-paragraph (2), a copy of such statement shall be placed at the Company for shareholders’ inspection. The Company should also send a copy of such statement by prepaid mail to every shareholder of Overseas-Listed Foreign Shares at the address registered in the register of shareholders.     

 

45


     Where the accountancy firm’s notice of resignation contains a statement in respect of the above, it may require the board of directors to convene a shareholders’ extraordinary general meeting for the purpose of receiving an explanation of the circumstances connected with its resignation.     

CHAPTER 17: MERGER AND DIVISION OF THE COMPANY

Article 170.   

In the event of the merger or division of the Company, a plan shall be presented by the Company’s board of directors and shall be approved in accordance with the procedures stipulated in the Company’s Articles of Association. The Company shall then go through the relevant approval process. A shareholder who objects to the plan of merger or division shall have the right to demand the Company or the shareholders who consent to the plan of merger or division to acquire such dissenting shareholders’ shareholding at a fair price.

 

The contents of the resolution of merger or division of the Company shall constitute special documents which shall be available for inspection by the shareholders of the Company. Such special documents shall be sent by mail to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares.

   MP149
Article 171.    The merger of the Company may take the form of either merger by absorption or merger by the establishment of a new company.    MP150
     In the event of a merger, the merging parties shall execute a merger agreement and prepare a balance sheet and an inventory of assets. The Company shall notify its creditors within ten (10) days of the date of the Company’s merger resolution and shall publish a public notice in a newspaper at least three (3) times within thirty (30) days of the date of the Company’s merger resolution.     
     Upon the merger, rights in relation to debtors and indebtedness of each of the merged parties shall be assumed by the company which survives the merger or the newly established company.     
Article 172.   

Where there is a division of the Company, its assets shall be divided up accordingly.

 

In the event of division of the Company, the parties to such division shall execute a division agreement and prepare a balance sheet and an inventory of assets. The Company shall notify its creditors within ten (10) days of the date of the Company’s division resolution and shall publish a public notice in a newspaper at least three (3) times within thirty (30) days of the date of the Company’s division resolution.

 

Debts of the Company prior to division shall be assumed by the companies which exist after the division in accordance with the agreement of the parties.

  

MP151,

App.3

7(1)

Article 173.    The Company shall, in accordance with law, apply for change in its registration with the companies registration authority where a change in any item in its registration arises as a result of any merger or division. Where the Company is dissolved, the Company shall apply for cancellation of its registration in accordance with law. Where a new company is established, the Company shall apply for registration thereof in accordance with law.    MP152

 

46


CHAPTER 18: DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

 

Article 174.    The Company shall be dissolved and liquidated upon the occurrence of any of the following events:    MP153
     (1)    a resolution for dissolution is passed by shareholders at a general meeting;     
     (2)    dissolution is necessary due to a merger or division of the Company;     
     (3)    the Company is legally declared insolvent due to its failure to repay debts as they become due; and     
     (4)    the Company is ordered to close down because of its violation of laws and administrative regulations.     
Article 175.    A liquidation committee shall be set up within fifteen (15) days of the Company being dissolved pursuant to sub-paragraph (1) of the preceding Article, and the composition of the liquidation committee of the Company shall be determined by an ordinary resolution of shareholders in a general meeting. If the Company fails to set up the liquidation committee within the time limit, the creditors may apply to the People’s Court for appointment of relevant persons to form a liquidation committee and carry out liquidation.    MP154
     Where the Company is dissolved under sub-paragraph (3) of the preceding Article, the People’s Court shall in accordance with the provisions of relevant laws organise the shareholders, relevant organisations and relevant professional personnel to establish a liquidation committee to carry out the liquidation.     
     Where the Company is dissolved under sub-paragraph (4) of the preceding Article, the relevant governing authorities shall organise the shareholders, relevant organisations and professional personnel to establish a liquidation committee to carry out the liquidation.     
Article 176.    Where the board of directors proposes to liquidate the Company for any reason other than the Company’s declaration of its own insolvency, the board shall include a statement in its notice convening a shareholders’ general meeting to consider the proposal to the effect that, after making full inquiry into the affairs of the Company, the board of directors is of the opinion that the Company will be able to pay its debts in full within twelve (12) months from the commencement of the liquidation.    MP155
     Upon the passing of the resolution by the shareholders in a general meeting for the liquidation of the Company, all functions and powers of the board of directors shall cease.     
     The liquidation committee shall act in accordance with the instructions of the shareholders’ general meeting to make a report at least once every year to the shareholders’ general meeting on the committee’s income and expenses, the business of the Company and the progress of the liquidation; and to present a final report to the shareholders’ general meeting on completion of the liquidation.     
Article 177.    The liquidation committee shall, within ten (10) days of its establishment, send notices to creditors and shall, within sixty (60) days of its establishment, publish a public announcement in a newspaper at least three (3) times.    MP156

 

47


Article 178.    During the liquidation period, the liquidation committee shall exercise the following functions and powers:    MP157
     (1)    to sort out the Company’s assets and prepare a balance sheet and an inventory of assets respectively;     
     (2)    to notify the creditors or to publish public announcements;     
     (3)    to dispose of and liquidate any unfinished businesses of the Company;     
     (4)    to pay all outstanding taxes;     
     (5)    to settle claims and debts;     
     (6)    to deal with the surplus assets remaining after the Company’s debts have been repaid;     
     (7)    to represent the Company in any civil proceedings.     
Article 179.    After it has sorted out the Company’s assets and after it has prepared the balance sheet and an inventory of assets, the liquidation committee shall formulate a liquidation plan and present it to a shareholders’ general meeting or to the relevant governing authority for confirmation.    MP158
     After the payment of liquidation expenses with priority, the Company’s assets shall be distributed in accordance with the following sequence: (i) salaries and labour insurance expenses of employees of the Company; (ii) outstanding taxes; (iii) bank loans, and company bonds and other debts of the Company.     
     Any surplus assets of the Company remaining after payment referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be distributed to its shareholders according to the class of shares and the proportion of shares held in the following sequence:     
     (1)    In the case of preferential shares, distribution shall be made to holders of such preferential shares according to the par value thereof; if the surplus assets are not sufficient to repay the amount of preferential shares in full, the distribution shall be made to holders of such shares in proportion to their respective shareholdings.     
     (2)    In the case of ordinary shares, distribution shall be made to holders of such shares in proportion to their respective shareholdings.     
     During the liquidation period, the Company shall not commence any new business activities.     
Article 180.    If after putting the Company’s assets in order and preparing a balance sheet and an inventory of assets in connection with the liquidation of the Company, the liquidation committee discovers that the Company’s assets are insufficient to repay the Company’s debts in full, the liquidation committee shall immediately apply to the People’s Court for a declaration of insolvency.    MP159

 

48


     After a Company is declared insolvent by a ruling of the People’s Court, the liquidation committee shall transfer all matters arising from the liquidation to the People’s Court.     
Article 181.    Following the completion of the liquidation, the liquidation committee shall prepare a liquidation report, a statement of income and expenses received and made during the liquidation period and a financial report, which shall be verified by a Chinese registered accountant and submitted to the shareholders’ general meeting or the relevant governing authority for confirmation.    MP160
     The liquidation committee shall, within thirty (30) days after such confirmation, submit the documents referred to in the preceding paragraph to the companies registration authority and apply for cancellation of registration of the Company, and publish a public announcement relating to the termination of the Company.     

CHAPTER 19: PROCEDURES FOR AMENDMENT OF THE COMPANY’S ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

    
Article 182.    The Company may amend its Articles of Association in accordance with the requirements of laws, administrative regulations and the Company’s Articles of Association.    MP161
Article 183.    In addition to provisions of Articles 60 and 80 hereof, the following procedure shall be followed when amending the Company’s Articles of Association:     
     (1)    The board of directors shall adopt a resolution thereon in accordance with these Articles of Associations and prepare a proposal for amendment of the Articles; or shareholders may present a motion for amendment of the Articles;     
     (2)    The foregoing proposal shall be furnished to the shareholders and a shareholders’ meeting shall be convened for voting on it;     
     (3)    The amendments presented to the shareholders’ meeting shall be adopted through a special resolution.     
Article 184.    Amendment of the Company’s Articles of Association which involve the contents of the Mandatory Provisions of Overseas-Listed Companies’ Articles of Association shall become effective upon receipt of approvals from the companies approving department authorized by the State Council.    MP162
Article 185.    Where amendments of the Articles of Association involve the registered particulars of the Company, procedures for alteration of registration shall be handled in accordance with the law.     

CHAPTER 20: NOTICES

    
Article 186.    Unless as otherwise provided for in these Articles of Association, all the notices, materials or written statements issued by the Company to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares shall be delivered by messenger or by pre-paid mails to the registered address of each holder of such shares.   

App.3

7(3)

 

49


Article 187.    Where the notice is sent by mail, if it is clearly addressed, pre-paid and put into an envelope, it shall be
deemed delivered when such envelope is put into a mail box, and shall be deemed received 48 hours
thereafter.
    

CHAPTER 21: DISPUTE RESOLUTION

    
Article 188.    The Company shall abide by the following principles for dispute resolution:

 

   MP163
     (1)   Whenever any disputes or claims arise between: holders of the Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and the Company; holders of the Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and the Company’s directors, supervisors, general manager or other senior officers; or holders of the Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares and holders of Domestic-Invested Shares, in respect of any rights or obligations arising from these Articles of Association, the Company Law or any rights or obligations conferred or imposed by the Company Law and other relevant laws and administrative regulations concerning the affairs of the Company, such disputes or claims shall be referred by the relevant parties to arbitration.    C.11  Zheng Jian Hai Han
         Where a dispute or claim of rights referred to in the preceding paragraph is referred to arbitration, the entire claim or dispute must be referred to arbitration, and all persons who have a cause of action based on the same facts giving rise to the dispute or claim or whose participation is necessary for the resolution of such dispute or claim, shall, where such person is the Company, the Company’s shareholders, directors, supervisors, general manager, or other senior officers of the Company, comply with the arbitration. Disputes in respect of the definition of shareholders and disputes in relation to the register of shareholders need not be resolved by arbitration.     
     (2)   A claimant may elect for arbitration to be carried out at either the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission in accordance with its Rules or the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre in accordance with its Securities Arbitration Rules. Once a claimant refers a dispute or claim to arbitration, the other party must submit to the arbitral body elected by the claimant.     
         If a claimant elects for arbitration to be carried out at Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre, any party to the dispute or claim may apply for a hearing to take place in Shenzhen in accordance with the Securities Arbitration Rules of the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre.     
     (3)   If any disputes or claims of rights are settled by way of arbitration in accordance with sub-paragraph (1) of this Article, the laws of the PRC shall apply, save as otherwise provided in the laws and administrative regulations.     
     (4)   The award of an arbitral body shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties.     

 

50


CHAPTER 22: SUPPLEMENTARY

 

Article 189.    The newspapers required by these Articles of Association for the publication of announcements shall be those designated or required by the relevant State laws and administrative regulations. If it is necessary to make an announcement to holders of Overseas-Listed Foreign-Invested Shares as required by these Articles of Association, the relevant announcement shall at the same time be published in the newspapers designated by the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited in accordance with the stipulation for “press announcements” set out therein.     
Article 190.    The board of directors of the Company shall be responsible for the interpretation of these Articles of Association, and the shareholders in general meeting shall have the right to amend the Articles of Association.     
Article 191.    These Articles of Association are written in Chinese. If there is any discrepancy between the Chinese version and any other translated versions, the Chinese version shall prevail.     
Article 192.    In these Articles of Association, reference to “accountancy firm” shall have the same meaning as “auditor”.    MP165

 

51

Exhibit 4.9

 

Summary

 

of

 

the Supplemental Agreement

 

to

 

CONDITIONAL SALE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

REGARDING THE TOTAL EQUITY OF EACH OF HUBEI TELECOM, HUNAN TELECOM, HAINAN

 

TELECOM, GUIZHOU TELECOM, YUNNAN TELECOM, SHAANXI TELECOM, GANSU TELECOM,

 

QINGHAI TELECOM, NINGXIA TELECOM AND XINJIANG TELECOM dated April 13, 2004

 

Between

 

China Telecom Corporation Limited

 

and

 

China Telecommunications Corporation

 

dated June 9, 2004

 

(the “Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement”)

 

The key terms and conditions of the Supplemental Agreement are:

 

(1) Both parties agree to ensure that all the other Preconditions prescribed in the Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement which have not been satisfied must be satisfied by June 30, 2004 and confirm that June 30, 2004 should be the date of Completion as defined in the Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement.

 

(2) Both parties agree that on the date of the Completion, the purchaser shall pay the seller in cash RMB8.34 billion as Initial Consideration as defined in the Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement.

Exhibit 8.1

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

Name


 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation


Shanghai Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Guangdong Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Jiangsu Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Zhejiang Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Anhui Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Fujian Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Jiangxi Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Guangxi Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Chongqing Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Sichuan Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Hubei Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Hunan Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Hainan Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Guizhou Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Yunnan Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Shaanxi Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Gansu Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Qinghai Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Ningxia Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

Xinjiang Telecom Company Limited

  The People’s Republic of China

China Telecom Group Yellow Pages Information Company Ltd.

  The People’s Republic of China

 

 

Exhibit 12.1

 

Certification

 

I, Wang Xiaochu, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4. The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

  b) [omitted pursuant to the guidance of Release No. 33-8238 (June 5, 2003), Release No. 33-8392 (February 2, 2004) and Release No. 33-8545 (March 2, 2005)];

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this annual report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

5. The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: May 24, 2005      

/s/ Wang Xiaochu


        Name: Wang Xiaochu
        Title: Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 12.2

 

Certification

 

I, Wu Andi, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4. The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

  b) [omitted pursuant to the guidance of Release No. 33-8238 (June 5, 2003), Release No. 33-8392 (February 2, 2004) and Release No. 33-8545 (March 2, 2005)];

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this annual report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

5. The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: May 24, 2005      

/s/ Wu Andi


        Name: Wu Andi
        Title: Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 13.1

 

Certification

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to his knowledge, that the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2004 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: May 24, 2005      

/s/ Wang Xiaochu


        Name: Wang Xiaochu
        Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Exhibit 13.2

 

Certification

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of China Telecom Corporation Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to his knowledge, that the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2004 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: May 24, 2005      

/s/ Wu Andi


        Name: Wu Andi
        Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Exhibit 14.1

 

Consent from Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors

 

China Telecom Corporation Limited:

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-113181) on Form F-3 of China Telecom Corporation Limited of our report dated March 31, 2005, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of China Telecom Corporation Limited as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, which report appears in the December 31, 2004 annual report on Form 20-F of China Telecom Corporation Limited.

 

KPMG

Hong Kong, China

May 24, 2005